Quarterlytics / Industrials / Business Equipment & Supplies / Cardtronics Inc.

Cardtronics Inc.

catm · NASDAQ Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker catm
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Industrials
Industry Business Equipment & Supplies
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Cardtronics Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Contents

Financial Metrics 1

Letter from the CEO 2

Cardtronics At A Glance 4

Infographic: A Cashless Society? 5

Traditionally Strong 6

Transformative Acquisitions 8

Enterprising ATM Estate 10

Executive Leadership 12
Contact Information and Notices Inside Back 

Cover

Where Cash 
     Meets Commerce

Financial Metrics

Total Revenue (in millions)

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

493.4

532.1

624.6

+12%vs. 2012

780.4 

876.5 

218.8

189.5

+15%

vs. 2012

156.3

130.8

110.4

+20%

vs. 2012

1.37

1.93

1.61

1.00

0.68

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

Adjusted EBITDA* 
(in millions)

Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share*

2009

30.2%

2010

2011

2012

2013

32.3%

32.7%

+1.8%

vs. 2012

31.3%

33.1%*

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

74.9

105.2

113.3

+34.6%

vs. 2012

136.4

183.6

Adjusted Gross Profit Margin*

Operating Cash Flows (in millions)

*For details on the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Diluted Earnings per Share and Adjusted Gross Profit Margin, please see the 
reconciliation included in the Form 10-K.

1

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comA Letter From the CEO

Dear Cardtronics Shareholders,

2013  proved  to  be  a  productive  blend  of  solid  execution,  growth,  strategic  investment  and  creation  of 

shareholder value. Our model for investors emphasizes steady, reliable growth. And on that note, we are pleased 

with our performance. 

In 2013, solid performance from our traditional core drivers melded together with two transformative acquisitions 

and a series of strategic investments and realignments that will drive our future growth — including creation 

of the Enterprise Growth Group, whose sole charge is to deliver the most valuable consumer ATM experience. 

In  a  world  that  is  still  finding  its  way  vis–à–vis  securing  electronic  payments,  we  believe  cash  continues  to 

dispense value and security for the consumer and retailer as no electronic payment can. The proof is in the way 

we deliver for our investors, our clients and the countless consumers who continue to rely on cash. The upshot: 

we’ve recorded 20 consecutive quarters of year-over-year growth in adjusted net income per share.

BUILDING ON FOUR YEARS OF GROWTH
The first four years I have led Cardtronics have sped by. Since February 2010, a lot has changed. We have achieved a great deal, including: 

•  Growth of nearly 130 percent in the number of ATMs we support, from 35,000 to more than 80,000. Since we typically operate one 
ATM in a location, this translates into a force of 80,000 locations, a powerful asset that enables us to communicate with roughly 45 

million consumers each month.  

•  Global transaction volumes that have increased from 392 million to nearly 1 billion.
•  An increase in the number of countries we operate in from three to five — with the new entries being Canada and Germany — and a 

rise in the number of our offices from seven to 20. 

•  More than doubling our team from approximately 460 to more than 1,000.
•  The acquisition of 13 companies, including our largest transaction to date.
•  A tripling in the stock market capitalization of Cardtronics, from $450 million to more than $1.7 billion.   

Much of what we have accomplished in 2013 specifically has laid the groundwork for future sustainable growth. Let’s look at that next.

EXPANDING AND ENHANCING: THE CARDPOINT & I-DESIGN EFFECT
Two major acquisitions — which I invite you to read more about in the Transformative Acquisitions section of this report — in Europe in 2013 

already are delivering enhanced opportunities for us. In August, we completed the acquisition of Cardpoint Ltd., an ATM services provider that 

operates under the names Cashzone in the United Kingdom and Cardpoint in Germany.  

This transaction grew our U.K. portfolio of ATMs by 7,100 and opened the door into Germany with 800 ATMs. With this transaction, we also 

introduced a new corporate identity for our European operations: Cardtronics Europe. This is a region where we see significant potential for 

increasing bottom-line contributions.

In  March,  we  acquired  i-design,  a  company  in  Scotland  that  provides  marketing  and  advertising  services  for  ATM  owners.  Its  capabilities 

range from remembering consumer preferences to delivering targeted marketing and advertising messages while customers wait for their 

cash, as well as enabling interactive on-screen customer surveys. With i-design, we are now immersed in the world of digital advertising and 

marketing, but in a way that complements our core ATM capabilities.   

We  see  great  potential  for  these  capabilities  to  provide  a  more  rewarding  consumer  experience,  transforming  ATMs  into  interfaces  for 

customer loyalty. Ultimately, we believe they will help drive in-store sales activities for retailers and cross-sales for financial institutions – 

creating unique value for Cardtronics’ clients. We plan to roll out i-design across strategically located segments of our global fleet of ATMs 

over the next several years.

The i-design acquisition also provides another pathway for us to grow internationally, because i-design actively sells in more countries today 

than does Cardtronics. 

2

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comA Letter From the CEO

OUR ENTERPRISE GROWTH TEAM
To us, enterprise growth means just that: a focus on sustainable, top-

led to the creation of a dedicated chief information security officer 

role  on  our  management  team.  It  is  held  by  our  former  CIO,  Jerry 

line  revenue  growth  that  drives  shareholder  value.  We  expect  our 

Garcia, a senior information security and technology expert.

new internal Enterprise Growth Group to give us that opportunity, by 

building the most productive ATM estate in the world. The group is 

concentrating on identifying and putting strategic initiatives in place 

REFLECTIONS AND RECOGNITIONS
We  are  strong  and  getting  stronger  —  thanks  to  the  dedicated 

that  drive  more  value  to  our  retailer  and  financial  services  clients 

people that call Cardtronics their professional home. It is from this 

—  leveraging  and  extending  our  strengths  to  generate  profitable 

position  of  strength  that  we  have  launched  a  year  of  significant 

growth. 

opportunity in 2014. Our future together continues to look bright. 

In  David  Dove,  the  30-year  payments  and  retail  financial  services 

I  tend  to  look  at  four  pipelines  for  signs  of  what’s  ahead —  sales, 

veteran  who  joined  our  team  full-time  in  2013  to  head  the  group, 

renewals, product and acquisition. Each is in a healthy stage.  We will 

we’ve  identified  a  leader  who  can  help  drive  the  company  forward. 

continue to develop and deliver on the core drivers of our strategic 

The  group  will  develop  new  products,  some  of  which  are  profiled 

business  model  that  have  performed  so  well,  historically.  We  also 

in  the  upcoming  Enterprising ATM  Estate  section,  that  enhance  the 

have the opportunity to build upon our transformative acquisitions 

consumer experience, as well as lead the charge on strategic mergers 

to further diversify and enhance our revenues.

and acquisitions. Already, the team is adding product- and software-

development muscle to deliver more transactions across our existing 

We  are  well  on  our  way  to  establishing  a  unique  position  in  the 

fleet.  The  Enterprise  Growth  Group  will  also  work  to  increase  ATM 

marketplace with our capabilities. As we progress, we will not – and 

branding  penetration  into  our  company-owned  North  American 

must not – forget that people still want the freedom to choose their 

portfolio  and  drive  hard  to  continue  the  double-digit  transaction 

payment options and countless of them worldwide choose cash. 

volume growth in our Allpoint Network. 

CIO/CISO: OUR NEXT-GENERATION CARDTRONICS 
INFRASTRUCTURE
In  2013,  we  retooled  our  development  and  technology  areas  under 

our  new  chief  information  officer,  Mike  McCarthy,  who  is  truly  a 

payments technology / processing veteran. He drives the build of the 

We  wish  to  thank  our  shareholders  for  supporting  our  continual 

efforts  to  provide  the  best  avenues  for  the  public  to  access  their 

cash and — as you’ll see in the months ahead — realize value at a 

Cardtronics ATM that they simply can’t get anywhere else. 

products and services that support our new Enterprise Growth Group. 

Sincerely,

And at a time when consumers consider privacy and the security of 

their  personal  information  most  important  —  especially  as  cyber-

attacks  mount  at  financial  services  institutions  and  retailers —  we 

Steve Rathgaber

are  proactively  fortifying  our  information  security  program.  Our 

Chief Executive Officer 

commitment to being a model of excellence in information security 

3

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comCardtronics At A Glance

Greater  Convenience
& Relevance

WHERE CASH MEETS COMMERCE

Increased Traffic 
and Sales

Expanded Reach 
and Service

COMMUNITY BASED ON VALUE AND LOYALTY

OUR NETWORK
-owned and/or operated-

WHO  WE  ARE

By making ATM cash access convenient where

people shop, work and live, Cardtronics is at the

convergence of retailers, financial institutions and

the customers they share. Cardtronics operates

over 80,000 strategically located retail ATMs

in the U.S., U.K., Mexico, Canada, Germany and

the Caribbean. Whether Cardtronics is driving

foot traffic for America’s most relevant retailers,

enhancing ATM brand presence for card issuers

or expanding cardholders’ surcharge-free cash

access on the local, national or international scene,

Cardtronics is convenient access to cash, when and

where consumers need it.

WHERE  WE  DO  BUSINESS

Total transacting ATMs worldwide (owned and/or 

operated):  Approximately 80,000 

Cardtronics ATMs by country (owned and/or operated 

as of 12/31/13):

• United States:  

• United Kingdom:  

• Canada: 

• Mexico:  

• Germany: 

64,300

11,500

1,900

2,000

850

ATMs in our Allpoint surcharge-free  

ATM network: 55,000

North American bank-branded ATMs: 20,400

64,300

11,500

1,900

United States

United Kingdom

Canada

2,000

Mexico

850

Germany

Our innovative strategy is supported by a vast network 

of trusted client relationships that includes:

• 7 out of the top 10 U.S. financial institutions*

• 6 out of the top 10 U.S. retailers**

*  U.S. retail financial institutions ranked by assets as of  
   12/31/2013
** U.S. retailers with a significant ATM program; rank based  
    on Stores.org data of 2013 U.S. retail sales

4

our relationships

7 out of 10

6 out of 10

Top FIs

Top Retailers

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.com 
 
 
 
CASHLESS

SocietyA

No t

?e x a c t l y .

Are the days of cash numbered? Hard to see any proof of that rumor in Cardtronics’ operational data. 
And what’s more, the major payments networks are reporting evidence to the contrary as well.

VISA
cash volume
U.S. Debit Programs

2013 vs 2012
2.8%

MASTERCARD
cash volume
U.S. Debit Programs

2013 vs 2012
5.8%

Source: Visa, Inc. 2013 
Operational Performance Data

Source: Mastercard, Inc 4th 
Quarter 2013 Supplemental 
Operational Results

BY THE  NUMBERS

2013

ALL ABOUT CASH

Cash Withdrawal Transactions (millions)

at                               ATMs

2012
468.6

2011
335.9

2013
561.5

Cash Dispensed ($ billions)

at                               ATMs

2011
$38.3

2012
$50.4

2013
$55.7

Traditionally Strong

People all over the world still like to keep cash on hand when they need it, and Cardtronics delivers with quick, convenient and reliable access 

via its fast-growing network of ATMs. Already the world’s biggest retail ATM owner/operator, we expanded our ATM network substantially in 

2013 through acquisitions and impressive long-term contracts signed or re-signed with major and smaller retailers.  

We now service more than 80,000 retail ATMs in North America and Europe. That’s nearly a 30 percent rise from 2012 — and it means that 

Cardtronics is present in materially more locations than even the largest banks. What’s more, a meaningful subset of these banks’ advertised 

ATM fleets are, in fact, branded Cardtronics ATMs.  

We expanded operations and market reach both domestically and overseas with four independent ATM deployer acquisitions in 2013. These 

acquisitions represent 17,000 ATM locations, including both company-owned and merchant-owned cash machines. By early 2014, we had more 

than doubled our U.K. ATM estate, planted the Cardtronics flag in Germany and increased our ATM portfolio in the U.S. to more than 65,000. 

Renewals: 2013 was a good year for renewal activity. Cardtronics re-signed six significant brands in the U.S., each from a different market 

segment  —  Chevron,  Circle  K,  Costco,  Dallas  Love  Field, Travelex  and Winn-Dixie.  In  all,  the  renewals  —  which  demonstrate  that  our ATM 

placement model continues to perform — secured over 5,000 ATMs in our portfolio for years to come.   

New Business & Expansions: Cardtronics won long-term contracts in 2013 with three premier retailers — H-E-B and Timewise in the U.S. and 

The Co-operative Food in the U.K. These wins, in conjunction with other new business and relationship expansions with existing clients such 

as CVS, 7-Eleven and Walgreens, grew our global company-owned ATM fleet by approximately 3,000 locations. We also expanded existing ATM 

branding relationships with financial institutions, including PNC Bank and Scotiabank, underscoring the vibrancy of our traffic-driving program. 

At the end of 2013, Cardtronics had more than 20,400 branded ATMs in the U.S., Canada and Mexico, up from 18,800 in 2012.    

Allpoint Network: Our surcharge-free network now helps more than 60 million cardholders, represented by 1,200 financial services providers, 

save time and money when accessing their cash. Allpoint transactions, on the whole, surged nearly 25 percent in 2013, reflecting growth from 

existing and new financial institutions, as well as existing and new prepaid issuers. Prepaid transactions grew nearly 28 percent. The addition 

of Discover Financial Services — a relationship that provides millions of Discover card members with surcharge-free access to their cash — 

highlights the opportunity in the direct bank, or branchless, market.   

6

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comTraditionally Strong

Turnaround  in  the  U.K.:  Operations  in  the  United  Kingdom,  an 

underperformer in recent years, began contributing positive bottom-

line  results  in  2013,  and  we’re  excited  about  the  prospects  here. 

The  improvement  reflects  several  factors,  including  an  intensified 

focus  on  driving  additional ATM  transactions,  improving  our  gross 

margin, employing lean-process management and accelerating cost 

savings.  We  also  added  a  major  new  contract  with  Network  Rail, 

which operates the U.K. rail network’s infrastructure. The network’s 

17 rail stations house 35 super-high transacting ATMs — arguably 

the highest profile ATMs in the U.K. 

Global  Process  Improvement:  Cardtronics  achieved  a  notable 

operating  margin  expansion  in  2013,  with  a  meaningful  boost 

from  global  process-improvement  projects,  enabling  us  to  do 

things smarter and better, not just cheaper. These projects included 

multiple operations-side initiatives that have resulted in Cardtronics 

driving efficiencies in our cost structure, particularly cash utilization 

and communications.  

Tuck-in  Acquisitions,  Revenue  Broadening:  Cardtronics  invested 

substantially  in  the  merchant-owned  ATM  business  in  2013  by 

acquiring Aptus Financial, Merrimak ATM and CGI, which collectively 

delivered 9,000 merchant ATMs to Cardtronics’ fleet. This investment 

yields  numerous  benefits;  it  diversifies  revenue,  expands  the ATM 

fleet,  and  delivers  benefits  of  scale  and  synergies  related  to  the 

integration  of  acquisitions,  among  other  effects.  In  recent  years, 

such  acquisitions  have  enabled  Cardtronics  to  add  regional  sales 

and service hubs for the company in Arizona, California, Minnesota, 

New Jersey and Oregon.

7

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comTransformative Acquisitions    

Game-changing acquisitions can spur energies and growth in developing areas as well as traditional operations.  Cardtronics recorded two 

such combinations in 2013, which promise to greatly expand our European operations and even touch our U.S. base.

Cardpoint:  For  Cardtronics,  the  acquisition  in August  of  Cardpoint  Ltd.,  a  leading  independent 

ATM  operator  in  the  U.K.  and  Germany,  promises  to  provide  the  needed  foundation  for  our 

European operations as it strengthens our organization there.  It is our largest acquisition to date, 

at about $153 million (USD), and already has contributed pleasing early returns. 

With Cardpoint, Cardtronics more than doubled our ATM network in the U.K. — adding more 

than  7,100  Cashzone-branded ATMs.  Our  Bank  Machine  operation  in  the  U.K.  and  Cashzone 

complement  each  other  well  and,  combined,  deliver  a  bigger,  stronger  and  more  profitable 

operation. 

The  Cardpoint  acquisition  also  enabled  us  to  enter  continental  Europe  as  the  largest 

independent ATM operator in Germany with about 800 Cardpoint ATMs. Germany, whose retail 

ATM industry is different from that in the U.K., offers a meaningful growth opportunity as an 

incredibly fragmented ATM market poised for development. 

With  an  expanded  European ATM  portfolio  comes  increased  diversity  of  international  (non-

U.S.)  transaction  and  revenue  sources  for  Cardtronics.  International  operations  in  2013 

provided about 42.5% of total transactions for the company and about 25% of consolidated 

Cardtronics revenue, and that effectively reduces the concentration of both with some of our 

largest U.S. retailers. By comparison, in 2009, those figures were 26% and 18.5%, respectively.

In  addition  to  these  contributions  to  our  ATM  fleet  and  financial  performance,  Cardtronics 

gained  the  expertise  of  Jonathan  Simpson-Dent,  who  was  leading  Cashzone  and  Cardpoint 

and has been named managing director of Cardtronics Europe. He was a former chief financial 

officer for PepsiCo Europe and a senior engagement manager at McKinsey. Andreas Raabe, who 

also came aboard through the transaction, and brings 20 years of ATM and payments industry 

experience, will continue as managing director of Cardpoint in Germany.

Finally, this acquisition has enabled us to launch our 

new consumer-facing brand in the U.K. The new name 

is  Cashzone,  which  replaced  Bank  Machine  after  the 

calendar  turned  to  2014.    The  new  business  entity, 

Cardtronics  U.K.,  combines  the  ATM  estates  of  both 

operations. The vision of Cardtronics U.K. is to be the 

ATM partner of choice in the U.K. and the undisputed 

leader  in  service  and  innovation,  delivering  for  our 

people, our customers and our shareholders.  

We  now  present  ourselves  to  U.K.  customers  as 

a  vertically  integrated  business  that  provides  a 

complete  range  of  market-leading  services  —  an 

end-to-end ATM solution. They include the Cashzone 

ATM  services  business  as  well  as  Green  Team,  our 

cash  logistics  business,  and  New  Wave,  our  ATM 

installation business. 

8

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comTransformative Acquisitions

ATM Advertising by i-design

170.5
≈30

million one-on-one ad impressions

million ATM receipt offers dispensed

i-design Group: The March acquisition of this Scotland-based developer and provider of marketing 

and advertising software and services is strategic on several levels. As digital screens increasingly 

dominate consumer attention, i-design brings the ATM into that screen-experience mix by providing 

rewarding  experiences  to  users  of  the  machines.  These  range  from  learning  and  remembering 

consumers’ favorite transactions to delivering targeted marketing and advertising messages, as well 

as enabling interactive on-screen customer survey and mobile-phone interactions with the ATM.

Straight-away, i-design immersed Cardtronics in the world of digital advertising and marketing, delivering new streams of fee income. In the 

U.K. alone, i-design manages advertising across 9,000 cash machines, representing multiple ATM network operators and the single biggest 

screen network in the U.K. 

Specific  to  our  global  ATM  estate,  the  deal  for  i-design  brought  in-house  the  technology  needed  to  create  a  more  valuable  consumer 

experience — before, during and after the transaction — at Cardtronics ATMs whilst driving in-store sales activity and greater customer loyalty 

for our retailer partners. 

For financial institutions, i-design enables the extension of existing marketing programs to the ATM screen. Capable of delivering targeted 

offers to specific segments of a bank’s customer base, i-design has great potential to turn the ATM screen into a cross-sales engine for financial 

institutions.  Additionally, i-design helps enhance Cardtronics’ branding suite of services, providing multiple financial institutions a unique 

on-screen branding experiences at the same ATM.

We believe these capabilities will give our customers more reasons to work with us. In addition, with the existing i-design client base, we 

have the opportunity to engage prospective customers we haven’t had access to previously. 

Cardtronics intends to leverage the i-design platform across strategically located segments of its global ATM fleet. That rollout process will 

be done in stages over several years, based on a number of factors — including retailer relationships, inventory and contract lengths, among 

others. 

9

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comEnterprising ATM Estate 

Cardtronics has the opportunity to build the most productive ATM estate in the world. We must chase the opportunity and focus on sustainable, 

top-line revenue growth that bolsters shareholder value. We’re always seeking fresh ways to leverage and extend our strengths to generate 

sustained profitable growth and, in 2013, a major initiative was the launch of the Enterprise Growth Group.

This internal organization concentrates on strategic initiatives, including mergers and acquisitions. David Dove, a veteran payments and retail 

financial services authority who has worked very closely with Cardtronics in the past, is its new group president having joined the Cardtronics 

senior leadership team on a full-time basis in 2013.   

Enterprise Growth Group: This team will help Cardtronics make the ATM experience more valuable for all of our constituents by identifying 

and securing new resources and technology, including talent, to let us stretch our capabilities and invest in our next generation. It is adding 

product-development muscle and software-development resources to, among other things, drive more transactions across our ATM fleet. 

Over time, among other endeavors, it will help us refine the art form of being able to identify with greater accuracy how much foot traffic and 

point-of-sale spending lift a Cardtronics ATM generates for our retailer hosts. We’re aiming to paint a very clear and verifiable picture of how 

Cardtronics influences customer behavior for a retailer.   

Where Cardtronics separates itself from other ATM operators, including even the largest banks, is driving more transactions into a retail store 

than any single financial institution can do on its own with an ATM placement. Therefore, among other initiatives, Enterprise Growth intends 

to increase ATM branding penetration into our owned North American portfolio and work to continue Allpoint Network’s double-digit growth 

in transaction volume. With i-design, an opportunity exists to leverage our global ATM estate into a digital advertising network, creating a 

measurable link between the cash machine and spending at the sales counter.  

On the acquisition front, the Group can help us identify and complete our classic roll-up and tuck-in acquisitions of ATM portfolios, as well as 

land strategic combinations in areas we aren’t in today.   

Preferred Branding: The expansion of our market-leading ATM branding product suite exemplifies 

the use of technology to create a customized cardholder experience without diluting the significance 

of  the  brand  experience  for  our  legacy  bank  partners.  It  makes  it  possible  to  employ  multibank 

branding on a single ATM rather than just a single bank brand. 

As an example, BBVA Compass is our Principal Branding partner for our ATMs at H-E-B grocery stores, 

but when cardholders from Frost Bank, our Preferred Branding partner for H-E-B, use the same ATM, 

they will soon see the Frost Bank ATM customer experience on the screen in addition to a visible 

logo presence on the ATM.

Preferred  Branding  expands  financial  institutions’  opportunity  to 

put their mark on our convenient ATMs in premier retail locations 

—  offering  their  cardholders  increased  fee-free  cash  and  account 

access  in  the  process.  And  it  promises  to  generate  new  revenue 

streams and drive additional foot traffic and sales activity for our 

retail partners.  

10

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comEnterprising ATM Estate 

ATM Branding
20,400

branded ATMs

3 in 5

eligible U.S. Cardtronics 
ATMs are branded by a 
financial institution

Total C ar d

≈24%

t

r o nics Trans

ATM Locator 
         Traffic in ‘13
million Allpoint ATM 
13
locator queries
175.6

million queries across all 
LocatorSearch-supported tools

60 million

AllPoint

®

cardholders
1,200
financial service providers
25%
increase in Allpoint 
transactions from 
2012 to 2013

t
i

n

s

o

a

c

ATM Marketing

Marketing messages and 
promotional offers delivered 
direct to the ATM user

Real-time coupons and offers deliver 
retail sales and consumer delight

2013:
  920.1 million
2012:
  744.7 million

FeeAlert:  This  service  reminds  consumers  via  text  message  that  they  paid  an 

unnecessary fee when they could have visited an Allpoint ATM or a bank-branded 

Cardtronics ATM. Our first client to offer FeeAlert is Technology Credit Union, an 

existing  Cardtronics  client  that  chose  to  expand  its  relationship  by  adding  this 

service  for  its  cardholders.  The  credit  union’s  choice  signals  that  FeeAlert  is  a 

complementary,  relationship-building  product  and  also  adds  another  reason  for 

us to talk to financial institutions.  In this way, FeeAlert exemplifies the Enterprise 

Growth Group’s strategic initiatives.

Ukash: Ukash customers exchange their cash for a unique code they can then use 

for secure online payments. Cardtronics is partnering with this global online cash 

payment provider to help consumers convert Ukash codes back into cash at about 

3,000 of our ATMs across the U.K., all without needing a debit or credit card.  Such 

cardless cash access demonstrates that ATMs can provide valuable services that 

complement digital currency and Internet commerce.

An  Enterprising  Future:  As  exemplified  by  the  products  above,  the  Enterprise 

Growth  Group  is  committed  to  driving  more  value  to  our  retailer  and  financial 

institution clients, as well as the consumers we share as customers. And by doing 

that,  Cardtronics  naturally  focuses  on  creating  sustainable,  top-line  revenue 

growth  that  drives  shareholder  value.  Cardtronics  is  building  for  the  future  — 

stretching beyond what we’ve been so we can grow into what we want to become. 

11

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comExecutive Leadership
BOARD OF DIRECTORS

EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT

Dennis Lynch
Chairman of the Board

Tim Arnoult
Former President of Global Treasury Services
Bank of America

Steve Rathgaber
Chief Executive Officer

David Dove
Group President
Enterprise Growth 

Jorge Diaz
Division President and Chief Executive Officer
Fiserv Output Solutions, a division of Fiserv, Inc.

Jonathan Simpson-Dent
Managing Director
Cardtronics Europe

Julie Gardner
Former Chief Marketing Officer
Kohl’s Corporation

Patrick Phillips
Former President of Premier Banking
Bank of America

Steve Rathgaber
Chief Executive Officer
Cardtronics

Mark Rossi
Senior Managing Director
Cornerstone Equity Investors LLC

Juli Spottiswood
President and Chief Executive Officer
Parago, Inc.

Chris Brewster
Chief Financial Officer

Mike Clinard
Group President
Global Services

Rick Updyke
Group President
North America

Mike McCarthy
Chief Information Officer

Jerry Garcia
Chief Information Security Officer

Debra Bronder
Executive Vice President
Human Resources

Tom Pierce
Chief Marketing Officer

Mike Keller
General Counsel

12

2013 Annual Report and Form 10-K      www.cardtronics.comUNITED STATES  
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K  

(Mark One) 

 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013  

or  

  

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from____ to____           

Commission File Number: 001-33864  
________________________________ 
CARDTRONICS, INC.  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Delaware  
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400  
Houston, TX  
(Address of principal executive offices) 

76-0681190  
(I.R.S. Employer 
Identification No.) 

77042  
(Zip Code) 

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (832) 308-4000 

 Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act. Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 

during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing 
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required 
to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required 
to submit and post such files). Yes     No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the 
best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this 
Form 10-K.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See 

the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.  

Large accelerated filer  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer   

Smaller reporting company   

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes      No  

Aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates as June 30, 2013, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second 

fiscal quarter, based on the reported last sale price of common stock on that date:  $1,217,819,999. 

Number of shares outstanding as of February 14, 2014: 44,484,108 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share. 

Portions of our definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 

within 120 days of December 31, 2013, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 

PART I 
Item 1. 

Business 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Item 3. 

Item 4. 

PART II 
Item 5. 

Item 6. 

Item 7. 

Properties 

Legal Proceedings 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Selected Financial Data 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Item 9. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. 

Other Information 

PART III 
Item 10. 

Item 11. 

Item 12. 

Item 13. 

Item 14. 

PART IV 
Item 15. 
Signatures 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Executive  Compensation 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

Page  

1 

2 

11 

24 

24 

24 

24 

25 

28 

29 

54 

57 

104 

104 

105 

106 

106 

106 

106 

106 

107 

108 

When we refer to “us,” “we,” “our,” “ours,” “the Company,” or “Cardtronics,” we are describing Cardtronics, Inc. and/or our subsidiaries, 
unless the context indicates otherwise. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K (the “2013 Form 10-K”) contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of 
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These statements are identified by the use of the 
words “project,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “contemplate,” “foresee,” “would,” “could,” “plan,” and similar 
expressions that are intended to identify forward-looking statements, which are generally not historical in nature. These forward-looking 
statements are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effect on us. While 
management believes that these forward-looking statements are reasonable as and when made, there can be no assurance that future 
developments affecting us will be those that we anticipate. All comments concerning our expectations for future revenues and operating 
results are based on our estimates for our existing operations and do not include the potential impact of any future acquisitions. Our 
forward-looking statements involve significant risks and uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and assumptions that could 
cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations or projections. Known material factors 
that could cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements are those described in: Part I, Item 1A. Risk 
Factors. 

Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements contained in this document, which speak only as of the 
date of this 2013 Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements after the date they are 
made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS 

Overview 

PART I 

Cardtronics, Inc. provides convenient automated consumer financial services through its network of automated teller machines (“ATMs”) 
and multi-function financial services kiosks. As of December 31, 2013, we were the world’s largest retail ATM owner, providing services to 
approximately 80,600 devices throughout the United States (“U.S.”) (including the U.S. territories of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin 
Islands), the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), Germany, Canada, and Mexico. In the U.S., certain of our devices are multi-function financial 
services kiosks that, in addition to traditional ATM functions such as cash dispensing and bank account balance inquiries, perform other 
consumer financial services, including bill payments, check cashing, remote deposit capture (which is deposit taking at ATMs using 
electronic imaging), and money transfers. Also included in the number of devices in our network as of December 31, 2013 were 
approximately 13,600 ATMs to which we provided various forms of managed services. Under a managed services arrangement, retailers and 
financial institutions rely on us to handle some or all of the operational aspects associated with operating and maintaining ATMs, typically in 
exchange for a monthly service fee or fee per service provided. 

We often partner with large, nationally and regionally-known retail merchants under multi-year contracts to place our ATMs and kiosks 

within their store locations. In doing so, we provide our retail partners with a compelling automated financial services solution that helps 
attract and retain customers, and in turn increases the likelihood that our devices will be utilized. We also own and operate an electronic funds 
transfer (“EFT”) transaction processing platform that provides transaction processing services to our network of ATMs and financial services 
kiosks, as well as to ATMs owned and operated by third parties.  

Historically, we have generally deployed and operated our devices under two distinct arrangements with our retail partners: Company-
owned and merchant-owned arrangements. Under Company-owned arrangements, we provide the device and are typically responsible for all 
aspects of its operations, including transaction processing, managing cash and cash delivery, supplies, and telecommunications, as well as 
routine and technical maintenance. Under merchant-owned arrangements, the retail merchant or an independent distributor owns the device 
and is usually responsible for providing cash and performing simple maintenance tasks, while we provide more complex maintenance 
services, transaction processing, and connection to the EFT networks. As of December 31, 2013, 55% of our devices operated were 
Company-owned and 28% were merchant-owned. Additionally, 17% of our devices were operated under a managed services solution, in 
which we provide certain services to retailers, financial institutions and other ATM operators. We offer various forms of managed services, 
depending on the needs of our customers. Each managed services arrangement is a customized ATM management solution that can include 
any combination of the following services: monitoring, maintenance, cash management, cash delivery, customer service, transaction 
processing, and other services. Each of the arrangement types described above are attractive to us, and we plan to continue growing our 
revenues under each arrangement type. 

We also partner with leading national and regional financial institutions to brand certain of our ATMs and financial services kiosks within 

our network.  As of December 31, 2013, approximately 20,400 of our ATMs were under contract with financial institutions to place their 
logos on the machines and to provide convenient surcharge-free access for their banking customers. In return for the branding that we 
provide, we generally receive monthly fees on a per ATM basis from the branding institution, while retaining our standard fee schedule for 
noncustomers of the financial institutions who use the branded ATMs.  

Additionally, we own and operate the Allpoint network (“Allpoint”), the largest surcharge-free ATM network within the U.S. (based on 
the number of participating ATMs). The Allpoint network, which has more than 55,000 participating ATMs globally, provides surcharge-free 
ATM access to customers of participating financial institutions that may lack a significant ATM network in exchange for either a fixed 
monthly fee per cardholder or a set fee per transaction that is paid by the financial institutions who are members of the network. The Allpoint 
network includes a majority of our ATMs in the U.S., a portion of our ATMs in the U.K. and Canada, Puerto Rico, and Mexico, and over 
5,000 locations in Australia through a partnership with a local ATM owner and operator. Allpoint also works with financial institutions that 
manage stored-value debit card programs on behalf of corporate entities and governmental agencies, including general purpose, payroll, and 
electronic benefits transfer (“EBT”) cards. Under these programs, the issuing financial institutions pay Allpoint a fee per issued stored-value 
card or per transaction in return for allowing the users of those cards surcharge-free access to Allpoint’s participating ATM network. 

Our revenues are recurring in nature and historically have been derived primarily from convenience transaction fees, which are paid by 
cardholders, and transaction fees, including interchange fees, which are paid by the cardholder’s financial institution for the use of the devices 
serving their customers and the connectivity to the applicable EFT network that transmits data between the device and the cardholder’s 
financial institution. Other revenue sources include: (1) branding our devices with the logos of leading national and regional banks and other 
financial institutions, (2) providing managed services solutions to retailers and financial institutions, (3) collecting fees from financial 
institutions that participate in our Allpoint surcharge-free network, and (4) selling ATM-related equipment and other ancillary services.  

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Organizational and Operational History 

We were formed as a Texas corporation in 1993 and originally operated under the name of Cardpro, Inc. In June 2001, Cardpro, Inc. was 

converted into a Delaware limited partnership and renamed Cardtronics, LP. Also, in June 2001, Cardtronics Group, Inc. was incorporated 
under the laws of the state of Delaware to act as a holding company for Cardtronics, LP, with Cardtronics Group, Inc. indirectly owning 
100% of the equity of Cardtronics, LP. In January 2004, Cardtronics Group, Inc. changed its name to Cardtronics, Inc. In December 2007, we 
completed the initial public offering of 12,000,000 shares of our common stock. In December 2008, Cardtronics, LP was converted into a 
corporation under the laws of Delaware and changed its name to Cardtronics USA, Inc. Cardtronics USA, Inc. is the primary domestic 
operating subsidiary of Cardtronics, Inc. 

Since May 2001, we have acquired 23 ATM portfolios, which expanded our operations both domestically and internationally in multi-unit 
retail chains and individual merchant locations. We have also made other strategic acquisitions including the acquisition of our surcharge-free 
network, Allpoint, and more recently in March 2013, i-design (“i-design”), a Scotland-based provider and developer of marketing and 
advertising software and services for ATM owners. 

From 2001 to 2013, the total number of annual transactions processed within our network increased from approximately 19.9 million to 

approximately 920.1 million. 

Additional Company Information 

General information about us can be found on our website at http://www.cardtronics.com. We file annual, quarterly, and current reports as 

well as other information electronically with the SEC under the Exchange Act. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on 
Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to those reports are available free of charge on our website as soon as 
reasonably practicable after the reports are filed or furnished electronically with the SEC. You may read and copy any materials that we file 
with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the 
operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy 
and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. You may also 
request an electronic or paper copy of our SEC filings at no cost by writing or telephoning us at the following: Cardtronics, Inc., Attention: 
Chief Financial Officer, 3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042; (832) 308-4000. Information on our website is not 
incorporated into this 2013 Form 10-K or our other securities filings. 

Our Strategy 

Our strategy is to enhance our position as a leading provider of automated consumer financial services in the markets in which we operate, 

as well as other select international markets.  To do so, we will continue to partner with leading financial institutions and retailers to expand 
our network of conveniently located ATMs and financial services kiosks.  Additionally, we will seek to deploy additional products and 
services that will further incentivize consumers to utilize our network of devices.  In order to execute this strategy, we endeavor to: 

Increase our Number of Deployed Devices with Existing and New Merchant Relationships. We believe that there are significant 

opportunities to deploy additional ATMs with our existing retail customers in locations that currently do not have ATMs. Furthermore, many 
of our retail customers continue to expand their number of active store locations, either through acquisitions or through new store openings, 
thus providing us with additional ATM deployment opportunities. Additionally, we are actively pursuing opportunities to deploy ATMs with 
new retailers, including retailers that currently do not have ATMs, as well as those that have existing ATM programs but that are looking for 
a new ATM provider. We believe our expertise, broad geographic footprint, strong record of customer service, and significant scale position 
us to successfully market to, and enter into long-term contracts with, additional leading merchants. In addition, we believe our existing 
relationships with leading U.S.- and U.K.-based retailers position us to expand into international locations where these existing partners have 
operations. 

Expand our Relationships with Leading Financial Institutions. Through our merchant relationships as well as our diverse product and 
service offerings, we believe we can provide our existing financial institution customers with convenient solutions to fulfill their growing 
ATM and automated consumer financial services requirements. Further, we believe we can leverage these offerings to attract additional 
financial institutions as customers. Our services currently offered to financial institutions include branding our ATMs with their logos, on-
screen advertising and content management, providing remote deposit capture, providing surcharge-free access to their customers through our 
Allpoint network, and providing managed services for their ATM portfolios. Our EFT transaction processing capabilities provide us with the 
ability to provide customized control over the content of the information appearing on the screens of our ATMs and ATMs we process for 
financial institutions, which increases the types of products and services that we are able to offer to financial institutions. We also plan to 
continue growing the number of machines and financial institutions participating in our Allpoint network which drives higher transaction 
counts and profitability on our existing ATMs and increases our value to the retailers where our ATMs are located.  

Work with Non-Traditional Financial Institutions and Card Issuers to Further Leverage our Extensive ATM and Financial Services Kiosk 

Network. We believe that there are opportunities to develop or expand relationships with non-traditional financial institutions and card 
issuers, such as reloadable prepaid card issuers and alternative payment networks, which are seeking an extensive and convenient ATM 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
network to complement their new card offerings. Additionally, we believe that many of the prepaid debit card issuers that exist today in the 
U.S. can benefit by providing their cardholders with access to our ATM network on a discounted or fee-free basis. For example, through our 
Allpoint network, we have sold access to our ATM network to issuers of stored value prepaid debit cards to provide the customers of these 
issuers with convenient and surcharge-free access to cash. 

Increase Transaction Levels at our Existing Locations. We believe that there are opportunities to increase the number of transactions that 

are occurring today at our existing ATM locations. On average, only a small fraction of the customers that enter our retail customers’ 
locations utilize our ATMs and financial services kiosks. In addition to our existing initiatives that tend to drive additional transaction 
volumes to our ATMs, such as bank branding and network branding, we are developing new initiatives to potentially drive incremental 
transactions over our existing ATM locations. Examples of this effort are our 2011 acquisition of LocatorSearch, which helps consumers find 
our ATMs, and the launch of FeeAlert in the third quarter of 2012, which enables financial institutions to help their customers save money by 
steering them toward nearby in-network ATMs and away from ATM fees. Additionally, we have existing programs and are working to 
develop additional and broader programs to steer the cardholders of our existing financial institution partners and members of our Allpoint 
network to visit our ATMs in convenient retail locations. These programs may include incentives to cardholders such as coupons, rewards, 
and other offers that tend to provide motivation for customers to visit our ATMs within our existing retail footprint. While we are in the early 
stages of fully developing and implementing many of these programs, we believe that these programs, when properly structured, can serve to 
benefit each party (i.e. the retailer, the financial institution, and the cardholder.) As a result, we expect to gain additional transaction volumes 
through these efforts.   

Develop and Provide Additional Services at our Existing ATMs. Service offerings by ATMs continue to evolve over time. Certain ATM 

models are capable of providing numerous automated consumer financial services, including bill payments, check cashing, remote deposit 
capture, money transfer, bill payment services, and stored-value card reload services. Certain of our devices are capable of, and currently 
provide, these types of services. We believe these non-traditional consumer financial services offered by our devices, and other machines that 
we or others may develop, could provide a compelling and cost-effective solution for financial institutions and stored-value prepaid debit card 
issuers looking to provide convenient services to their customers at well-known retail locations. We also allow advertisers to place their 
messages on our ATMs equipped with advertising software in both the U.S. and the U.K. Offering additional services at our devices, such as 
advertising, allows us to create new revenue streams from assets that have already been deployed, in addition to providing value to our 
customers through beneficial offers and convenient services. We plan to develop additional products and services that can be delivered 
through our existing ATM network. 

Pursue Additional Managed Services Opportunities. Over the last several years, we significantly expanded the number of ATMs that are 
operated under our managed services arrangement type.  Under this arrangement, retailers and financial institutions generally pay us a fixed 
management fee per cardholder or a set fee per transaction in exchange for us handling some or all of the operational aspects associated with 
operating and maintaining their ATM fleets.  Surcharge and interchange fees are generally earned by the retailer or the financial institution. 
As a result, in this arrangement type, our revenues are partly protected from fluctuations in transaction levels of these machines and changes 
in network interchange rates. Additionally, in the U.K., where we have our own engineering, armored courier, and installation organizations, 
we believe that opportunities exist to offer some (or all) of these services on a managed services basis to both retailers and financial 
institutions. We plan to continue pursuing additional managed services opportunities with leading merchants and financial institutions in the 
markets in which we operate. 

Pursue Acquisition Opportunities. We have historically grown through acquisitions and expect to continue to pursue select acquisition 

opportunities in the future. Since 2011, we have completed several acquisitions including the acquisitions of: (1) six domestic ATM 
operators, expanding our fleet in both multi-unit regional retail chains and individual merchant ATM locations in the U.S. by approximately 
29,500 ATMs, (2) two Canadian ATM operators for a total of approximately 1,400 ATMs, which allowed us to enter into and expand our 
international presence in Canada, and (3) Cardpoint in August 2013, which further expanded our U.K. ATM operations by approximately 
7,100 ATMs and also allowed us to enter into the German market with approximately 800 ATMs. In addition to ATM acquisitions, we have 
also made strategic acquisitions including LocatorSearch in August 2011, a domestic leading provider of location search technology deployed 
by financial institutions to help customers and members find the nearest, most appropriate and convenient ATM location based on the service 
they seek and i-design group plc (“i-design”) in March 2013, which is a Scotland-based provider and developer of marketing and advertising 
software and services for ATM operators.  

Pursue International Growth Opportunities. We have invested significant amounts of capital in the infrastructure of our U.K., Canada, 
and Mexico operations, and we plan to continue to grow our operations in these markets, as well as in the newly-entered German market, 
applying many of the aforementioned strategies. Additionally, we may expand our operations into selected other international markets where 
we believe we can leverage our operational expertise, EFT transaction processing platform, and scale advantages. Our future international 
expansion, if any, will depend on a number of factors, including the estimated economic opportunity to us, the business and regulatory 
environment in the international market, our ability to identify suitable business partners in the market, and other risks associated with 
international expansion. 

For additional information on items that may impact our strategy, see Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 

Condition and Results of Operations – Developing Trends in the ATM and Financial Services Industry. 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our Products and Services 

Under our Company-owned arrangement type, we typically provide our merchant customers with all of the services required to operate 

ATMs and financial services kiosks, which include monitoring, maintenance, cash management, customer service, and transaction 
processing. We believe our merchant customers value our high level of service, our 24-hour per day monitoring and accessibility. Our 
devices are on-line and able to serve customers an average of approximately 99.1% of the time in the U.S. In connection with the operation of 
our devices under our traditional ATM services model, we generate revenue on a per-transaction basis from the surcharge fees charged to 
cardholders for the convenience of using our devices and from interchange fees charged to these cardholders’ financial institutions for 
processing the related transactions conducted on those devices. As further described below, we also earn revenues on these devices based on 
our relationships with certain financial institutions and our Allpoint network. 

Under our merchant-owned arrangement type, we typically provide transaction-processing services, certain customer support functions, 
and settlement services. We generally earn interchange revenue on a per transaction basis in this arrangement. In some cases, the surcharge is 
earned completely by the merchant, in which case our revenues are derived solely from interchange revenues. In other arrangements, we also 
share a portion of the surcharge revenues with the merchant.  

For ATMs under managed services arrangements, we typically receive a fixed monthly management fee and/or fixed rate per transaction 
in return for providing the agreed-upon service or suite of services. We do not receive surcharge and interchange fees in these arrangements, 
but rather those amounts are earned by our customer.  

The following table provides detail relating to the number of devices we owned and operated under our various arrangements as of 

December 31, 2013: 

Number of devices at period end 
Percentage 

Company- 
Owned 
44,421 
55.1% 

ATM Operations 
Merchant- 
Owned 
22,563 
28.0% 

Subtotal 
66,984 
83.1% 

Managed 
Services 
13,610 
16.9% 

Total 
80,594 
100.0% 

We have found that the primary factor affecting transaction volumes at a given ATM or financial services kiosk is its location. Therefore, 

our strategy in deploying our devices, particularly those placed under Company-owned arrangements, is to identify and deploy them at 
locations that provide high visibility and high retail transaction volume. Our experience has demonstrated that the following locations often 
meet these criteria: convenience stores and a combination of convenience stores and gas stations, grocery stores, drug stores, airports, and 
other major regional and national retail outlets. We have entered into multi-year agreements with many well-known merchants, including 7-
Eleven, Inc. (“7-Eleven”), CVS Caremark Corporation (“CVS”), Cumberland Farms, Inc., Hess Corporation, The Kroger Co., The Pantry, 
Inc. (“The Pantry”), Safeway, Inc., Speedway LLC (“Speedway”), Sunoco, Inc., Target Corporation, Valero Energy Corporation (“Valero”), 
and Walgreen Co. (“Walgreens”) in the U.S.; Bank of Ireland Group, BP p.l.c., BT Group plc, Martin McColl Ltd., Network Rail 
Infrastructure Limited, Royal Dutch Shell plc, Southern Railway Ltd., Tates Ltd., Waitrose Ltd., and Welcome Break Holdings Ltd. in the 
U.K.; Cadena Comercial OXXO S.A. de C.V. in Mexico; and 7-Eleven in Canada. We believe that once consumers establish a pattern of 
using a particular device, they will generally continue to use that device. 

We generally operate our ATMs and kiosks under multi-year contracts that provide a recurring and stable source of revenue and typically 

have an initial targeted term of five to seven years. As of December 31, 2013, our contracts with our top five merchant customers (based on 
2013 revenues) had a weighted average remaining life of 3.3 years. 

Additionally, we enter into arrangements with financial institutions to brand certain of our Company-owned ATMs with their logos. These 

bank branding arrangements allow a financial institution to expand its geographic presence for a fraction of the cost of building a branch 
location and typically for less than the cost of placing one of its own ATMs at that location. These arrangements allow a financial institution 
to rapidly increase its number of branded ATM sites and improve its competitive position. Under these arrangements, the branding 
institution’s customers are allowed to use the branded ATMs without paying a surcharge fee to us. In return, we receive monthly fees on a 
per-ATM basis from the branding institution, while retaining our standard fee schedule for other cardholders using the branded ATMs. In 
addition, our branded machines typically generate higher interchange revenue as a result of the increased usage of our ATMs by the branding 
institution’s customers and others who prefer to use a bank-branded ATM. In 2013, we introduced a new approach to bank branding by 
launching “preferred branding,” where up to nine additional financial institutions (aside from the “principal branding” partner on the ATM) 
can add their logos to the ATM’s safe door. We intend to continue pursuing additional bank branding arrangements as part of our growth 
strategy. As of December 31, 2013, we had bank branding on approximately 20,400 ATMs with various financial institutions including 
Citibank, N.A., Citizens Financial Group, Inc., Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Santander Bank, N.A., and PNC 
Bank, N.A. in the U.S.; Bansí, S.A. Institución de Banca Multiple (“Bansi”) and Grupo Financiero Banorte, S.A. de C.V. (“Banorte”) in 
Mexico; and The Bank of Nova Scotia (“Scotiabank”) in Canada. We have seen growth in the past few years in bank branding arrangements 
as a result of our increased sales efforts, our acquisitions, and demand from financial institutions for the services offered. 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to our bank branding arrangements, we offer financial institutions another type of surcharge-free program through our Allpoint 

nationwide surcharge-free ATM network. Under the Allpoint network, financial institutions who are members of the network pay us either a 
fixed monthly fee per cardholder or a set fee per transaction in exchange for us providing their cardholders with surcharge-free access to 
ATMs in the Allpoint network, which includes ATMs throughout the U.S., U.K., Mexico, Canada, Puerto Rico, and Australia. We believe 
our Allpoint network offers an attractive alternative to financial institutions that lack their own extensive ATM network. Finally, our 
Company-owned ATMs deployed under our placement agreement with 7-Eleven, as well as other select ATM portfolios, participate in the 
CO-OP® network.  

For additional information on the amount of revenue contributed by our various service offerings, see Part II, Item 7. Management’s 
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations –  Components of Revenues,  Costs of Revenues, and Expenses – 
Revenues. 

Segment and Geographic Information 

As of December 31, 2013, our operations consisted of our U.S., Europe, and Other International segments. Our U.S. segment includes our 

operations in all 50 states, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and accounted for approximately 76% of our total revenues for the year 
ended December 31, 2013. Our Europe segment includes our operations in the U.K. and Germany, and our Other International segment 
includes our operations in Mexico and Canada. While each of these reporting segments provides similar kiosk-based and/or ATM-related 
services, each segment is currently managed separately, as they require different marketing and business strategies. 

For financial information including revenues, earnings, and total assets of our reporting segments, see Part II, Item 8. Financial 
Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 20, Segment Information. Additionally, for a discussion of the risks associated with our 
international operations, see Item 1A. Risk Factors — Our international operations, including any future international operations, involve 
special risks and may not be successful, which would result in a reduction of our gross and net profits. 

Sales and Marketing 

In the U.S., our sales and marketing teams are organized by customer type. We have a team principally focused on developing new 
relationships with national, regional, and local merchants as well as building and maintaining relationships with our existing merchants. In 
addition to the merchant-focused sales and marketing group, we have a sales and marketing group that is focused on developing and 
managing our relationships with financial institutions and stored-value debit card issuers, as we look to expand the types of services that we 
offer to such institutions. Our sales and marketing representatives also focus on identifying potential managed services opportunities with 
financial institutions and retailers alike.  

In addition to targeting new business opportunities, our sales and marketing team supports our customer retention and growth initiatives 

by building and maintaining relationships with our established and recently-acquired merchants. We seek to identify growth opportunities 
within each merchant account by analyzing the merchant’s sales at each of its locations. We also analyze foot traffic and various demographic 
data to determine the best opportunities for new ATM and financial services kiosk placements, as well as the optimum drivers for increasing 
same-store ATM transactions that will positively impact merchant point-of-sale (“POS”) levels. The employees that focus on sales are 
typically compensated with a combination of incentive-based compensation and base salary. 

Technology 

Our technology and operations platform consists of ATMs and financial services kiosks, central transaction processing systems, network 

infrastructure components (including hardware, software, and telecommunication circuits used to provide real-time device monitoring, 
software distribution, and transaction processing services), cash management and forecasting software tools, customer service, and ATM 
management infrastructure.  

Equipment. We purchase our ATMs from global manufacturers, including, but not limited to, NCR Corporation (“NCR”), Triton Systems 
of Delaware, Inc. (“Triton”), Diebold Incorporated (“Diebold”), and Nautilus Hyosung, Inc. (“Hyosung”), and place them in our customers’ 
locations. The wide range of advanced technology available from these ATM manufacturers provides our customers with advanced features 
and reliability through sophisticated diagnostics and self-testing routines. The different machine types can all perform basic functions, such as 
dispensing cash and displaying account information. However, our technology is also capable of providing additional services in response to 
changing consumer demand. Additionally, some of our devices provide enhanced financial services transactions, including bill payments, 
check cashing, remote deposit capture, and money transfers.  

Transaction Processing. We place significant emphasis on providing quality service with a high level of security and minimal 
interruption. We have carefully selected support vendors and systems, as well as developed internal professional staff to optimize the 
performance of our network, which was available 99.99% of the time during 2013. In 2006, we implemented our own EFT transaction 
processing operation, which is based in Frisco, Texas. This operation enables us to process and monitor transactions on our devices and to 
control the flow and content of information appearing on the screens of such devices. We have also implemented new products and services 
such as currency conversion services and have introduced targeted marketing campaigns through on-screen advertising. As with our existing 
network operation, we have carefully selected support vendors and developed internal professional staff to help provide sophisticated security 
analysis and monitoring 24 hours a day to ensure the continued performance of our ATMs. With our acquisitions of ATM portfolios over the 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
past few years, we are actively converting the transaction processing of the acquired ATMs to our in-house solution as previous contractual 
processing relationships expire or are terminated. 

Internal Systems. Our internal systems, including our EFT transaction processing operation, include multiple layers of security to help 

protect the systems from unauthorized access. Protection from external sources is provided by the use of hardware- and software-based 
security features that prevent and report unauthorized access attempts. We employ user authentication and security measures at multiple 
levels. These systems are protected by detailed security rules to only allow appropriate access to information based on the employee’s job 
responsibilities. All changes to the systems are controlled by policies and procedures, with automatic prevention and reporting controls that 
are placed within our processes. Our real-time connections to the various financial institutions’ authorization systems that allow withdrawals, 
balance inquiries, transfers, and advanced functionality transactions are accomplished via gateway relationships or direct connections. We 
have installed these communications circuits with backup connectivity to help protect us from telecommunications interruption in any 
particular circuit. We use commercially-available and custom software that continuously monitors the performance of the devices in our 
network, including details of transactions at each device and expenses relating to those devices, further allowing us to monitor our on-line 
availability and financial profitability at each location. We analyze transaction volume and profitability data to determine whether to continue 
operating at a given site, to determine how to price various operating arrangements with merchants and branding partners, and to create a 
profile of successful locations to assist us in deciding the best locations for additional deployments.  

In March 2013, we acquired i-design, a Scotland-based company providing technology and services for ATM operators to enable custom 
screens, graphical receipt content, and advertising and marketing data capture on the ATM. We expect to continue to grow and leverage the 
products and services of this business within our own network of ATMs and with select external parties. 

Cash Management. Our cash management department uses commercially-available software and proprietary analytical models to 
determine the necessary fill frequency and cash load amount for each ATM. We project cash requirements for each ATM on a daily basis, 
taking into consideration its location, the day of the week, the timing of holidays, and other factors such as specific events occurring in the 
vicinity of the ATM. After receiving a cash order from us, the cash provider forwards the request to its vault location nearest to the applicable 
ATM. Personnel at the vault location then arrange for the requested amount of cash to be set aside and made available for the designated 
armored courier to access and subsequently transport to the ATM. Our cash management department utilizes data generated by the cash 
providers, internally-generated data, and a proprietary methodology to confirm daily orders, audit delivery of cash to armored couriers and 
ATMs, monitor cash balances for cash shortages, coordinate and manage emergency cash orders, and audit costs from both armored couriers 
and cash providers.  

In the U.K., we have our own armored courier operation, Green Team Services Limited (“Green Team”), with two secure cash depot 
facilities located outside of London and Manchester, England. As of December 31, 2013, this operation was servicing over 2,900 of our 
ATMs in the U.K. We believe this operation allows us to provide higher-quality and more cost-effective cash-handling services in that market 
and has proven to be an efficient alternative to third-party armored providers.  

Customer Service. We believe one of the factors that differentiates us from our competitors is our customer service responsiveness and 

proactive approach to managing any downtime experienced by our devices. We use an advanced software package that monitors the 
performance of our Company-owned devices 24 hours a day for service interruptions and notifies our maintenance engineers and vendors for 
prompt dispatch of necessary service calls.  

Finally, we use proprietary software systems to maintain a database of transactions made on, and performance metrics for, each of our 
devices. This data is aggregated into individual merchant customer profiles that are readily accessible by our customer service representatives 
and managers. We believe our proprietary databases enable us to provide superior quality and accessible and reliable customer support. 

Primary Vendor Relationships  

To maintain an efficient and flexible operating structure, we outsource certain aspects of our operations, including cash supply and cash 

delivery, maintenance, and certain transaction processing services. Due to the large number of devices we operate, we believe we have 
obtained favorable pricing terms from most of our major vendors. We contract for the provision of the services described below in connection 
with our operations. 

Transaction Processing. Although we have our own EFT processing platform that utilizes commercially available software, our 

processing efforts are primarily focused on controlling the flow and content of information on the ATM screen. We refer to this process as 
terminal driving. As such, we mostly rely on third-party service providers to handle our connections to the EFT networks and to perform 
certain funds settlement and reconciliation procedures on our behalf. These third-party transaction processors communicate with the 
cardholder’s financial institution through various EFT networks to obtain transaction authorizations and to provide us with the information 
we need to ensure that the related funds are properly settled. In addition, we have developed a capability to connect to major financial 
institutions on a direct basis and expect to expand this direct model, thus controlling fees and interchange on a negotiated basis with our 
financial institution customers. As a result of our recent acquisitions, a portion of our withdrawal transactions are currently processed through 
other third-party processors, with whom the acquired businesses had existing contractual relationships. We plan to convert transaction 
processing services to our EFT processing platform as these contracts expire or are terminated.  

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EFT Network Services. Our transactions are routed over various EFT networks to obtain authorization for cash disbursements and to 
provide account balances. EFT networks set the interchange fees that they charge to the financial institutions, as well as the amount paid to 
us. We attempt to maximize the utility of our ATMs to cardholders by participating in as many EFT networks as practical. Additionally, we 
own the Allpoint network, the largest surcharge-free network in the U.S. Having this network further enhances our ATM utility by providing 
certain cardholders surcharge-free access to our ATMs, as well as allowing us to receive network-related economic benefits such as receiving 
switch revenue and setting surcharge-free interchange rates. 

Equipment. As previously noted, we purchase substantially all of our ATMs from a number of global ATM manufacturers, including 

NCR, Diebold, Triton, and Hyosung. The large quantity of machines that we purchase from these manufacturers enables us to receive 
favorable pricing and payment terms. In addition, we maintain close working relationships with these manufacturers in the course of our 
business, allowing us to stay informed about product updates and to receive prompt attention for any technical problems with purchased 
equipment. The favorable pricing we receive from these manufacturers also allows us to offer certain of our customers an affordable solution 
to replace their ATMs and their customers’ ATMs to be compliant with new regulatory requirements as they arise.  

Although we currently purchase a majority of our devices from NCR, we regularly purchase devices from other suppliers.  In the event of 

a device supply shortage from one supplier, we can shift purchases to another supplier. 

Maintenance. We typically contract with third-party service providers for on-site maintenance services, except for in the U.K., where 

maintenance services are provided primarily by our in-house technicians.  

Cash Management. We obtain cash to fill our Company-owned devices, and in some cases merchant-owned and managed services ATMs, 

under arrangements with various cash providers. We pay a monthly fee on the average amount outstanding to our primary vault cash 
providers under a formula, which is generally based on various benchmark interest rates such as London Interbank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”). 
At all times, beneficial ownership of the cash is retained by the cash providers, and we have no right to the cash and no access except for 
those ATMs that are serviced by our wholly-owned armored courier operation in the U.K. While our armored courier operation has physical 
access to the cash loaded in those machines, beneficial ownership of that cash remains with the cash provider at all times. We also contract 
with third parties to provide us with cash management services, which include reporting, armored courier coordination, cash ordering, cash 
insurance, reconciliation of ATM cash balances, and claims processing with armored couriers, financial institutions, and processors. 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2013, we had an average of approximately $2.0 billion in cash in our domestic ATMs under these 
arrangements, with Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”), Wells Fargo, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”), and Elan (which is a business of U.S. 
Bancorp), among others. In the U.K., the average balance of cash held in our ATMs was $661.9 million for the quarter ended December 31, 
2013, which was primarily supplied by The Santander Group. For the quarter ended December 31, 2013, our average vault cash balances in 
Mexico, Canada, and Germany totaled approximately $129.3 million. For additional information on our vault cash agreements and the related 
risks, see Item 1A. Risk Factors – We rely on third parties to provide us with the cash we require to operate many of our devices. If these 
third parties were unable or unwilling to provide us with the necessary cash to operate our devices, we would need to locate alternative 
sources of cash to operate our devices or we would not be able to operate our business. 

The vault cash that we are contractually responsible for in all of the jurisdictions in which we operate is insured up to certain per location 

loss limits and subject to per incident and annual aggregate deductibles through a syndicate of six Lloyd’s of London and U.S.-based 
underwriters. 

Cash Replenishment. We contract with armored courier services to transport and transfer most of the cash to our devices. We use leading 
armored couriers in all of our jurisdictions except for in the U.K., where we utilize Green Team, our own armored courier operation, as well 
as third-party service providers. Under these arrangements, the armored couriers pick up the cash in bulk, and using instructions received 
from us and our cash providers, prepare the cash for delivery to each ATM on the designated fill day. Following a predetermined schedule, 
the armored couriers visit each location on the designated fill day, load cash into each ATM by either adding additional cash into a cassette or 
by swapping out the remaining cash for a new fully loaded cassette, and then balance each machine and provide cash reporting to the 
applicable cash provider.  

Green Team currently services over 2,900 of our ATMs in the U.K. This operation reduces our reliance on third parties, allows us greater 

flexibility in terms of servicing our ATMs, and allows us to provide higher-quality and more cost-effective cash-handling services in that 
market, which has proven to be an efficient alternative to third-party armored courier providers.  

Merchant Customers 

In each of our markets, we typically deploy our Company-owned devices under long-term contracts with major national and regional 

merchants, including convenience stores, supermarkets, drug stores, and other high-traffic locations. Our merchant-owned ATMs are 
typically deployed under arrangements with smaller independent merchants.  

8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The terms of our merchant contracts vary as a result of negotiations at the time of execution. In the case of Company-owned devices, the 

contract terms vary, but typically include the following: 

 

 

 

 

a multi-year term;  

exclusive deployment of devices at locations where we install a device; 

the right to increase surcharge fees, with merchant consent required in some cases;  

in the U.S., our right to terminate or remove devices or renegotiate the fees payable to the merchant if surcharge fees or interchange 
fees are reduced or eliminated as a result of regulatory action; and 

 

provisions that make the merchant’s fee dependent on the number of device transactions. 

Our contracts under merchant-owned arrangements typically include similar terms, as well as the following additional terms: 

 

in the U.S., provisions prohibiting in-store check cashing by the merchant and, in the U.S. and the U.K., the operation of any other 
cash-back devices; and 

 

provisions imposing an obligation on the merchant to operate the ATMs at any time its stores are open for business. 

Finally, our managed services contracts are tailored to the needs of the merchant and therefore vary in scope and terms. Under these types 

of arrangements, our customers determine the location, the surcharge fee, and the services offered while we typically receive a fixed 
management fee on a per machine basis and/or a fixed rate per transaction. 

7-Eleven is the largest merchant customer in our portfolio, representing approximately 24% of our pro forma revenues for the year ended 

December 31, 2013, which includes actual total revenues and the pro forma effect of the Cardpoint acquisition for the entire year of 2013. 
The underlying merchant agreement with 7-Eleven, which had an initial term of 10 years from the effective date of the acquisition, expires in 
July 2017. In addition to 7-Eleven, our next four largest merchant customers (based on revenues) during 2013 were CVS, Walgreens, 
Speedway, and Valero, none of which individually generated in excess of 6% of our total revenues in 2013. For a discussion of the risks 
associated with our customer mix, see Item 1A. Risk Factors – We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from devices placed with a 
small number of merchants. If one or more of our top merchants were to suffer a material deterioration of their business and cease doing 
business with us, or to substantially reduce its dealings with us, our revenues could decline. 

Seasonality 

Our overall business is somewhat seasonal in nature with generally fewer transactions occurring in the first quarter of the fiscal year. 
Transaction volumes at our devices located in regions affected by strong winter weather patterns typically experience declines in volume 
during the first and fourth quarters as a result of decreases in the amount of consumer traffic through such locations. These declines, however, 
have been partially offset somewhat by increases in the number of our devices located in retail locations that benefit from increased consumer 
traffic during the holiday buying season. With all of our ATMs located in the northern hemisphere, we usually see an increase in transactions 
in the warmer summer months from May through August, which are also aided by increased vacation and holiday travel. We expect these 
fluctuations in transaction volumes to continue in the future.  

Competition  

Historically, we have competed with financial institutions and other independent ATM deployers (commonly referred to as “IADs”) for 

additional ATM placements, new merchant accounts, branding, and acquisitions. However, we also have established relationships with 
leading national and regional financial institutions through our bank branding program and our Allpoint network. Both of these programs can 
be cost-efficient alternatives to banks and other financial service providers in lieu owning and operating extensive ATM networks. We 
believe the scale of our extensive network, our EFT transaction processing services and our focus on customer service provide us with 
competitive advantages for providing services to leading financial institutions.  However, our devices do compete with the devices owned and 
operated by financial institutions and other IADs for underlying consumer transactions. In certain merchant location types, such as airports, 
large arenas or stadiums, we often will see competition from large financial institutions as the institutions may contemplate utilizing such 
locations for marketing and advertising purposes.  

Through our Allpoint surcharge-free network, we have significantly expanded our relationships with local and regional financial 

institutions as well as large issuers of stored-value debit card programs. With regard to our Allpoint network, we encounter competition from 
other organizations’ surcharge-free networks who are seeking to both sell their network to retail locations and offer surcharge-free ATM 
access to issuers of stored-value debit cards as well as smaller financial institutions that lack large ATM footprints.  

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As previously noted, we are increasing the types of services we provide to financial institutions and merchants, including providing 
services to manage their ATMs. With respect to our managed services offering, we believe we are well-positioned to offer a comprehensive 
ATM outsourcing solution with our breadth of services, in-house expertise, and network of existing locations, that can leverage the 
economies of the physical services required to operate an ATM portfolio. There are several large financial services companies, equipment 
manufacturers, and service providers that currently offer some of the services we provide, with whom we expect to compete directly in this 
area. In spite of this, we believe that we have unique advantages that will allow us to offer a compelling solution to financial institutions and 
retailers alike.   

Government and Industry Regulation 

Our principal business, ATM network ownership and operation, is subject to government (federal, state or local) regulation and industry 
regulations. Our failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in restrictions on our ability to provide our products and 
services in such jurisdictions, as well as the imposition of civil fines. Recent regulatory matters that have impacted our operations or are 
expected to impact us in the future are discussed in Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of 
Operations – Recent Events, including financial regulatory reform in the U.S., recent regulatory updates under the Americans with 
Disabilities Act (“ADA”), the Europay, MasterCard, Visa (“EMV”) standard, restrictions on electronic benefit transfer (“EBT”) cards, 
financial regulatory reform in the U.K. and the European Union including the establishment of new governmental agencies, and U.K. 
property taxes.  

Risk Management 

Management has put in place a formalized Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) program that seeks to identify the major risks we face.  

The risks are prioritized, assigned to a member of the management team who develops mitigation plans, monitors the risk activity, and is 
responsible for implementation of the mitigation plan, if necessary.  The risks, plans, and activities are monitored by our management team 
and Board of Directors on a regular basis. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately 1,070 employees, none of which were represented by a union or covered by a collective 

bargaining agreement. 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS 

Risks associated with our industry 

The proliferation of payment options other than cash, including credit cards, debit cards, stored-value cards, and mobile payments options 
could result in a reduced need for cash in the marketplace and a resulting decline in the usage of our ATMs. 

The U.S. and other developed markets have seen a shift in consumer payment trends since the late 1990’s, with more customers now 
opting for electronic forms of payment (e.g., credit cards and debit cards) for their in-store purchases over traditional paper-based forms of 
payment (e.g., cash and checks). Additionally, some merchants offer free cash back at the POS for customers that utilize debit cards for their 
purchases, thus providing an additional incentive for consumers to use these cards. According to the Nilson Report issued in December 2012, 
the percentage of cash transaction counts in the U.S. declined from approximately 36% of all payment transactions in 2006 to approximately 
31% in 2011, with declines also seen in check usage as credit, debit and stored-value card transactions increased. However, in terms of 
absolute dollar value, the volume of cash used in payment transactions actually increased from $1.5 trillion in 2006 to $1.6 trillion in 2011. 
While we saw an increase in the number of cash withdrawal transactions conducted on our domestic ATMs over the past several years, in part 
due to the proliferation of stored-value cards, thus implying continued demand for convenient and reliable access to cash in the past few 
years, we have seen a decline in our transaction growth rate in recent periods. Additionally, the continued growth in electronic payment 
methods could result in a reduced need for cash in the marketplace and ultimately, a decline in the usage of our ATMs. New payment 
technology and adoption of such technology such as Square® mobile payment technology, virtual currencies such as Bitcoin, or other new 
payment method preferences by consumers could reduce the general population’s need or demand for cash and negatively impact our 
transaction volumes in the future. 

Interchange fees, which comprise a substantial portion of our transaction revenues, may be lowered in some cases at the discretion of the 
various EFT networks through which our transactions are routed, or through potential regulatory changes, thus reducing our future 
revenues. 

Interchange fees, which represented approximately 33% of our total ATM operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013, are 
in some cases set by the various EFT networks through which transactions conducted on our devices are routed, and typically vary from one 
network to the next. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 6% of our total ATM operating revenues were subject to pricing changes by 
U.S. networks over which we currently have very limited ability to influence. Approximately 12% of our total ATM operating revenues 
during the year ended December 31, 2013 were derived from interchange revenues from our U.K. operation, where interchange rates are set 
by the major interbank network in that market, LINK, based on an annual cost-based study performed by an independent third-party 
organization. The remainder of reported interchange revenue reflects transaction-based revenues whereby we have contractually agreed to the 
rate with a financial institution or network. Accordingly, if some of the networks through which our ATM transactions are routed were to 
reduce the interchange rates paid to us or increase their transaction fees charged to us for routing transactions across their network, our future 
transaction revenues could decline.  

During the second quarter of 2012, a global network reduced the net interchange rates it pays to domestic ATM deployers for ATM 
transactions routed across its debit network through a combination of reducing the transaction rates charged to financial institutions and 
higher per transaction fees charged by the network to ATM operators. In addition to the impact of the net interchange rate decrease, we saw 
certain financial institutions migrate their volume away from other networks to take advantage of the lower pricing offered by this network 
and other lower-interchange networks, resulting in  lower net interchange rates per transaction to us.   

Additionally, some consumer groups in the U.S. have expressed concern that consumers using an ATM may not be aware that in addition 

to paying the surcharge fee that is disclosed to them at the ATM, their financial institution may also assess an additional fee to offset any 
interchange fee assessed to the financial institution by the EFT networks with regard to that consumer’s transaction. While there are currently 
no pending legislative actions calling for limits on the amount of interchange fees that can be charged by the EFT networks to financial 
institutions for ATM transactions or the amount of fees that financial institutions can charge to their customers to offset their interchange 
expense, there can be no assurance that such legislative actions will not occur in the future. Any potential future network or legislative actions 
that affect the amount of interchange fees that can be assessed on a transaction may adversely affect our revenues.  

Finally, interchange rates in the U.K., most of which are set by LINK, were reduced effective January 1, 2013 compared to 2012 rates. 
LINK sets the interchange rates in the U.K. annually by using a cost-based methodology that incorporates average operating costs, interest 
rates, and cash costs from two years back (i.e., average operating costs, interest rates, and other costs from 2011 are considered for 
determining the 2013 interchange rate). Since average operating costs, interest rates, and cash costs were lower in 2012 than in 2011, LINK 
reduced the interchange rates effective January 1, 2013; therefore, the interchange revenues generated by certain of our ATMs in the U.K. 
declined in 2013. However, the interchange rates for transactions that will be routed through LINK during 2014 have been slightly increased 
effective January 1, 2014.  In addition to LINK transactions, certain card issuers in the U.K. have issued cards that are not affiliated with the 
LINK network, and instead carry the Visa or MasterCard network brands.  Transactions conducted on our ATMs from these cards, which 
currently represent less than 2% of our annual withdrawal transactions in the U.K., receive interchange fees that are set by Visa or 
MasterCard, respectively.  The interchange rates set by Visa and MasterCard have historically been less than the rates that have been 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
established by LINK.  Accordingly, if any major financial institutions in the U.K. were to decide to leave the LINK network in favor of Visa 
or MasterCard, such a move could further reduce the interchange revenues that we receive from the related withdrawal transactions 
conducted on our ATMs in that market. 

We operate in a changing and unpredictable regulatory environment. If we are subject to new legislation regarding the operation of our 
ATMs, we could be required to make substantial expenditures to comply with that legislation, which may reduce our net income and our 
profit margins. 

With its initial roots in the banking industry, the U.S. ATM industry is regulated by the rules and regulations of the federal Electronic 
Funds Transfer Act, which establishes the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of participants in EFT systems. The vast majority of states 
have few, if any, licensing requirements. However, legislation related to the U.S. ATM industry is periodically proposed at the state and local 
level. In recent years, certain members of the U.S. Congress called for a re-examination of the interchange and surcharge fees that are charged 
for an ATM transaction. As a part of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau was created. The exact areas of 
oversight of this agency are still being formed, but it’s possible that this new governmental agency could enact new or modify existing 
regulations that could have a direct or indirect impact on our business. For further discussion on this topic, see the risk factor below 
entitled The passage of legislation banning or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our 
revenues. 

The ADA requires that ATMs be accessible to and independently usable by individuals with disabilities, such as visually-impaired or 
wheel-chair bound persons. The U.S. Department of Justice has issued accessibility regulations under the ADA that became effective in 
March 2012.  Leading up to this deadline, we took measures to achieve compliance with the ADA for our ATMs, which required us to 
upgrade and replace a portion of our ATM fleet. It is possible that future similar regulations may require us to make more substantial 
expenditures and we may be forced to replace and or stop operating such ATMs until such time as compliance has been achieved. 

Through our acquisition of the E*Trade ATM portfolio in 2004, we became the sole defendant in the 2003 lawsuit filed by the National 
Federation of the Blind, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, et. al. and certain individuals representing a class of similarly situated persons 
(the "Plaintiffs") against E*Trade Access, Inc., et al. in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts: Civil Action No. 03-11206-
NMG (the “Lawsuit”).  The Plaintiffs sought to require, among other things, that ATMs deployed by E*Trade be voice-guided. In December 
2007, we and Plaintiffs entered into a settlement agreement (as modified in November 2010, the "Settlement Agreement").  In 2011 and again 
in 2012, the Plaintiffs filed a motion of contempt with the District Court alleging that we had failed to fully comply with the requirements of 
the Settlement Agreement, which exceed the requirements imposed upon us by the ADA. In April 2013, the Court appointed a Special Master 
to determine how many of our ATMs were not in compliance with the Settlement Agreement as of March 15, 2012 and to determine an 
appropriate sanction or fine for such noncompliance, if any.  Since his appointment,  the Special Master has met three times with all the 
parties, reviewed all matters thought relevant by him and in December 2013, filed under seal his Report and Recommendation with the Court.  
The parties have until March 21, 2014 to file any objection to the report or to enter into any further mutually agreed modification to the 
Settlement Agreement.   

In the U.K., the ATM industry is largely self-regulating. Most ATMs in the U.K. are part of the LINK network and must operate under the 

network rules set forth by LINK, including complying with rules regarding required signage and screen messages. However, in March 2013, 
the U.K. Treasury department issued a formal recommendation to further regulate the U.K. payments industry, including LINK, the nation’s 
formal ATM scheme.  In October 2013, the U.K. government responded by establishing the new Payment Systems Regulator (“PSR”) to 
oversee any payment system operating in the U.K. and its participants. We are currently uncertain of the effect the new regulator will have on 
LINK, its rules and its interchange rate setting process. At this time, we are uncertain what impact, if any, this new regulator will have on our 
business. 

In July 2013, the European Commission put forward a new draft directive (the “draft Directive”) to regulate payment service providers 
operating in the European Union (“PSD2”).  Broadly, PSD2 seeks to harmonize rules for the licensing of payment institutions and introduces 
certain common rules affecting all payment service providers (“PSPs”) throughout the European Union. The draft Directive sets out the rights 
and obligations of payment service users and PSPs together with transparency and security requirements to facilitate safe, efficient payment 
transactions.  Whereas the current Payment Services Directive exempts independent ATM deployers, PSD2 (as currently drafted) will apply 
to businesses of this nature. The draft Directive is currently still in Committee stage in the European Parliament and has not yet been properly 
considered by the Council. We anticipate that the draft Directive will not be finalized until 2015 and that it will take up to an additional two 
years for member states to transpose it into domestic law. In parallel with PSD2, the European Commission has introduced a new Regulation 
(“MIF Regulation”) aimed at reducing the level of interchange fees charged by card schemes for POS transactions, as well as altering certain 
of the business rules contained in card scheme rulebooks. The fee caps in the MIF Regulation do not apply to cash withdrawal transactions at 
ATMs, but certain of the other provisions in the MIF Regulation could apply to ATM operators (although their precise effects are currently 
uncertain). The Regulation is also currently in Committee stage at the European Parliament and we anticipate that there will be significant 
amendments to the Commission’s text by the time the Parliament adopts its official position. We anticipate that the MIF Regulation will be 
finalized in 2015, but in contrast to PSD2, the MIF Regulation will be directly effective in the member states and will not require any further 
implementing legislation. At this time, we are uncertain what impact, if any, these proposed regulatory changes will have on our business. 

12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Legislation is proposed from time-to-time at the national level. We are also subject to various regulations in other jurisdictions that we 
operate in, including Mexico and Canada. Legislation proposed in any of the jurisdictions that we operate in, or adverse changes in the laws 
that we are subject to, may materially affect our business through the requirement of additional expenditures to comply with that legislation. 
We will continue to monitor all such legislation and attempt, to the extent possible, to prevent the passage of such laws that we believe are 
needlessly burdensome or unnecessary. If regulatory legislation is passed in any of the jurisdictions in which we operate, we could be 
required to make substantial expenditures which would reduce our net income. 

Security breaches could harm our business by compromising merchant and cardholder information and disrupting our transaction 
processing services, thus damaging our relationships with our merchant customers and exposing us to liability. 

As part of our transaction processing services, we electronically process and transmit cardholder information. In recent years, companies 
that process and transmit this information have been specifically and increasingly targeted by sophisticated criminal organizations in an effort 
to obtain the information and utilize it for fraudulent transactions. We also maintain a proprietary database of merchant customer profiles. 
The encryption software and the other technologies we and our partners use to provide security for storage, processing and transmission of 
confidential customer and other information may not be effective to protect against data security breaches. The risk of unauthorized 
circumvention of our security measures has been heightened by advances in computer capabilities and the increasing sophistication of 
hackers. Unauthorized access to our computer systems, or those of our third-party service providers, could result in the theft or publication of 
the information or the deletion or modification of sensitive records, and could cause interruptions in our operations. Any inability to prevent 
security breaches could damage our relationships with our merchant customers, cause a decrease in transactions by individual cardholders, 
expose us to liability including claims for unauthorized purchases, and subject us to network fines. These claims also could result in 
protracted and costly litigation. If unsuccessful in defending that litigation, we might be forced to pay damages and/or change our business 
practices.  Further, a significant data security breach could lead to additional regulation, which could impose new and costly compliance 
obligations. Any material increase in our costs resulting from additional regulatory burdens being imposed upon us or litigation could have a 
material adverse effect on our operating revenues and profitability. 

Computer viruses or unauthorized software (malware) could harm our business by disrupting our transaction processing services, 
causing noncompliance with network rules and damaging our relationships with our merchant customers, causing a decrease in 
transactions by individual cardholders. 

Computer viruses or malware could infiltrate our systems, thus disrupting our delivery of services and making our applications 

unavailable. Although we utilize several preventative and detective security controls in our network, they may be ineffective in preventing 
computer viruses or malware that could damage our relationships with our merchant customers, cause a decrease in transactions by individual 
cardholders, or cause us to be in non-compliance with applicable network rules and regulations. 

The ATM industry is highly competitive and such competition may increase, which may adversely affect our profit margins. 

The ATM business is and can be expected to remain highly competitive. Our principal competition comes from independent ATM 

companies and national and regional financial institutions in all of the countries in which we operate. Our competitors could prevent us from 
obtaining or maintaining desirable locations for our devices, cause us to reduce the surcharge revenue generated by transactions at our 
devices, or cause us to pay higher merchant fees, thereby reducing our profits. In addition to our current competitors, additional competitors 
may enter the market. We can offer no assurance that we will be able to compete effectively against these current and future competitors. 
Increased competition could result in transaction fee reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share.  

The passage of legislation banning or limiting the fees we receive for transactions conducted on our ATMs would severely impact our 
revenues. 

Despite the nationwide acceptance of surcharge fees at ATMs in the U.S. since their introduction in 1996, consumer activists have from 
time to time attempted to impose local bans or limits on surcharge fees. Even in the few instances where these efforts have passed the local 
governing body (such as with an ordinance adopted by the city of Santa Monica, California), federal courts have overturned these local laws 
on federal preemption grounds. Although Section 1044 of the Dodd-Frank Act passed in July 2010 contains a provision that will limit the 
application of federal preemption with respect to state laws that do not discriminate against national banks, federal preemption will not be 
affected by local municipal laws, where such proposed bans or limits often arise. More recently, some federal officials have expressed 
concern that surcharge fees charged by banks and non-bank ATM operators are unfair to consumers. To that end, in 2010, an amendment 
proposing limits on the fees that ATM operators, including financial institutions, can charge consumers was introduced in the U.S. Senate, 
but was not ultimately included in the final version of the Dodd-Frank Act that was signed into law. If similar proposed legislation were to be 
enacted in the future, and the amount we were able to charge for consumers to use our ATMs was reduced, our revenues and related 
profitability would be negatively impacted. Furthermore, if such limits were set at levels that are below our current or future costs to operate 
our ATMs, it would have a material adverse impact on our ability to continue to operate under our current business model.  

In the U.K., the Treasury Select Committee of the House of Commons published a report regarding surcharges in the ATM industry in 

March 2005. Following this report, this committee was formed to investigate public concerns regarding the ATM industry, including (1) 
adequacy of disclosure to ATM customers regarding surcharges, (2) whether ATM providers should be required to provide free services in 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
low-income areas, and (3) whether to limit the level of surcharges. While the committee made numerous recommendations to Parliament 
regarding the ATM industry, including that ATMs should be subject to the Banking Code (a voluntary code of practice adopted by all 
financial institutions in the U.K.), the U.K. government did not accept the committee’s recommendations. Despite the rejection of the 
committee’s recommendations, the U.K. government sponsored an ATM task force to look at social exclusion in relation to ATM services. 
As a result of the task force’s findings, approximately 600 additional free-to-use ATMs (to be provided by multiple ATM providers) were 
required to be installed in low income areas throughout the U.K. While this was less than a 2% increase in free-to-use ATMs throughout the 
U.K., there is no certainty that other similar proposals will not be made and accepted in the future. If the legislature or another body with 
regulatory authority in the U.K. were to impose limits on the level of surcharges for ATM transactions, our revenue from operations in the 
U.K. would be negatively impacted.  

In Mexico, surcharging for off-premise ATMs was legalized in late 2003, but was not formally implemented until July 2005. In early 
October 2009, the Central Bank of Mexico adopted new rules regarding how ATM operators disclose fees to consumers. The objective of 
these rules was to provide more transparency to the consumer regarding the cost of a specific ATM transaction, rather than to limit the 
amount of fees charged to the consumer. Such rules, which became effective in May 2010, required ATM operators to elect between 
receiving interchange fees from card-issuing banks or surcharge fees from consumers. Cardtronics Mexico elected to assess a surcharge fee 
on the consumer rather than select the interchange fee-only option, and subsequently raised the level of its surcharge fees in order to recoup 
the interchange fees it is no longer receiving. Since the new fee structure became effective, the number of surcharge withdrawal transactions 
conducted on Cardtronics Mexico’s ATMs has substantially declined on a same-store basis, and, to date, there has been no indication that 
suggests transaction levels will recover to levels experienced prior to the new rules being in effect. At the current transaction levels, the 
additional surcharge fee amounts at a number of Cardtronics Mexico’s ATMs are not sufficient to offset the lost interchange revenues, which 
has resulted in lower revenues and profitability per ATM in that market.  

Potential new currency designs may require modifications to our ATMs that could severely impact our cash flows.  

In that action styled: American Council of the Blind, et. al., v. Timothy F. Geithner, Secretary of the Treasury (Case #1:02-cv-00864) in 

the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia (the “Court”) an order was entered that found that U.S.’s currencies (as currently 
designed) violated the Rehabilitation Act, a law that prohibits discrimination in government programs on the basis of disability, as the paper 
currencies issued by the U.S. are identical in size and color, regardless of denomination.   As a consequence of this ruling, the U.S. Treasury 
stated in its semi-annual status report filed with the Court in September 2012, that the Bureau of Engraving and Printing (“BEP”) was making 
progress towards implementing the Secretary’s decision to provide meaningful access to paper currency by “(1) adding a raised tactile feature 
to each Federally Reserve note that the BEP may lawfully redesign; (2) continuing the BEP’s program of adding large high-contrast numerals 
and different colors to each denomination that it may lawfully redesign; and (3) implementing a supplemental currency reader distribution 
program for blind and other visually impaired U.S. citizens and legal residents.”  Of these three steps only the first materially affects the 
ATM industry.  While it is still uncertain at this time what impact, if any, adding a raised tactile feature to notes that may be dispensed from 
an ATM will have on the ATM industry (including us), it is possible that such a change could require us to incur additional costs, which 
could be substantial, to modify our ATMs in order to store and dispense notes with raised tactile features. 

Risks associated with our business 

We depend on ATM and financial services transaction fees for substantially all of our revenues, and our revenues and profits would be 
reduced by a decline in the usage of our ATMs and financial services kiosks or a decline in the number of devices that we operate, 
whether as a result of global economic conditions or otherwise.  

Transaction fees charged to cardholders and their financial institutions for transactions processed on our ATMs and financial services 
kiosks, including surcharge and interchange transaction fees, have historically accounted for most of our revenues. We expect that transaction 
fees, including fees we receive through our bank branding and surcharge-free network offerings, will continue to account for a substantial 
majority of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Consequently, our future operating results will depend on (1) the market acceptance of 
our services in our target markets, (2) the level of transaction fees we receive, (3) our ability to install, acquire, operate, and retain more 
devices, (4) usage of our devices by cardholders, and (5) our ability to continue to expand our surcharge-free and other consumer financial 
services offerings. If alternative technologies to our services are successfully developed and implemented, we will likely experience a decline 
in the usage of our devices. Surcharge fees, which are determined through negotiations between us and our merchant partners, could be 
reduced over time. Further, growth in surcharge-free ATM networks and widespread consumer bias toward these networks could adversely 
affect our revenues, even though we maintain our own surcharge-free offerings. Many of our devices are utilized by consumers that frequent 
the retail establishments in which our devices are located, including convenience stores and gas stations, malls, grocery stores, drug stores, 
airports, and other large retailers. If there is a significant slowdown in consumer spending, and the number of consumers that frequent the 
retail establishments in which we operate our devices declines significantly, the number of transactions conducted on those devices, and the 
corresponding transaction fees we earn, may also decline. A decline in usage of our devices by cardholders or in the levels of fees received by 
us in connection with this usage, or a decline in the number of devices that we operate, would have a negative impact on our revenues and 
gross profits and would limit our future growth. For further discussion on interchange fees, see the risk factor above entitled Interchange fees, 
which comprise a substantial portion of our transaction revenues, may be lowered in some cases at the discretion of the various EFT 
networks through which our transactions are routed, or through potential regulatory changes, thus reducing our future revenues. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deterioration in global credit markets, as well as changes in legislative and regulatory requirements, could have a negative impact on 
financial institutions that we conduct business with.  

We have a significant number of customer and vendor relationships with financial institutions in all of our key markets, including 
relationships in which those financial institutions pay us for the right to place their brands on our devices. Additionally, we rely on a small 
number of financial institution partners to provide us with the cash that we maintain in our Company-owned devices and some of our 
merchant-owned ATMs. Volatility in the global credit markets, such as that experienced in 2008 to 2009, may have a negative impact on 
those financial institutions and our relationships with them. In particular, if the liquidity positions of the financial institutions with which we 
conduct business deteriorate significantly, these institutions may be unable to perform under their existing agreements with us. If these 
defaults were to occur, we may not be successful in our efforts to identify new branding partners and cash providers, and the underlying 
economics of any new arrangements may not be consistent with our current arrangements. Furthermore, if our existing bank branding 
partners or cash providers are acquired by other institutions with assistance from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), or 
placed into receivership by the FDIC, it is possible that our agreements may be rejected in part or in their entirety.  

We rely on third parties to provide us with the cash we require to operate many of our devices. If these third parties were unable or 
unwilling to provide us with the necessary cash to operate our devices, we would need to locate alternative sources of cash to operate our 
devices or we would not be able to operate our business. 

In the U.S., including Puerto Rico, we rely on Bank of America, Wells Fargo, Elan, and other vault cash providers to provide us with the 

cash that we use in approximately 33,500 of our domestic devices where cash is not provided by the merchant. In the U.K., we rely on 
Santander and Barclays to provide us with the vault cash that we use in over 8,500 of our ATMs. In Germany, we also rely on a third party to 
provide us with the vault cash that we use in over 800 of our ATMs. In Mexico, we have three vault cash providers that provide us with the 
cash that we use in approximately 2,000 of our ATMs in that market.  In Canada, we also rely on financial institutions to provide us with the 
cash that we use in approximately 600 of our ATMs in that market. Under our vault cash rental agreements with these providers, we pay a 
vault cash rental fee based on the total amount of vault cash that we are using at any given time. For the quarter ended December 31, 2013, 
the average balance of vault cash held in our domestic ATMs was approximately $2.0 billion, $661.9 million in our ATMs in the U.K., and 
$129.3 million in our other international subsidiaries. 

Under our vault cash rental agreements, at all times during this process, beneficial ownership of the cash is retained by the cash providers, 

and we have no access or right to the cash except for those ATMs that are serviced by Green Team, our wholly-owned armored courier 
operation in the U.K. While our armored courier operation has physical access to the cash loaded in those machines, beneficial ownership of 
that cash remains with the cash provider at all times.  

Our existing vault cash rental agreements expire at various times from March 2014 through December 2016. However, each provider has 
the right to demand the return of all or any portion of its cash at any time upon the occurrence of certain events beyond our control, including 
certain bankruptcy events of us or our subsidiaries, or a breach of the terms of our cash provider agreements. Other key terms of our 
agreements include the requirement that the cash providers provide written notice of their intent not to renew. Such notice provisions 
typically require a minimum of 180 to 360 days’ notice prior to the actual termination date. If such notice is not received, then the contracts 
will typically automatically renew for an additional one-year period. Additionally, our contract with one of our vault cash providers contains 
a provision that allows the provider to modify the pricing terms contained within the agreement at any time with 90 days prior written notice. 
However, in the event both parties do not agree to the pricing modifications, then either party may provide 180 days prior written notice of its 
intent to terminate.  

If our vault cash providers were to demand return of their cash or terminate their arrangements with us and remove their cash from our 

devices, or if they fail to provide us with cash as and when we need it for our operations, our ability to operate our devices would be 
jeopardized, and we would need to locate alternative sources of vault cash. In the event this was to happen, the terms and conditions of the 
new or renewed agreements could potentially be less favorable to us, which would negatively impact our results of operations. Furthermore, 
restrictions on our access to cash to fill our devices could severely restrict our ability to keep our devices operating, and could subject us to 
performance penalties under our contracts with our customers. 

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from devices placed with a small number of merchants. If one or more of our top 
merchants were to suffer a material deterioration of their business and cease doing business with us, or to substantially reduce its 
dealings with us, our revenues could decline. 

For the year ended December 31, 2013, we derived 41% of our pro forma revenues from ATMs and financial services kiosks placed at the 

locations of our five largest merchant customers. Pro forma revenues are our actual total revenues for 2013 and the pro forma effect of the 
Cardpoint acquisition for the entire year of 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2013, our top five merchants (based on our total revenues) 
were 7-Eleven, CVS, Walgreens, Speedway, and Valero. 7-Eleven, which is the single largest merchant customer in our portfolio, comprised 
approximately 24% of our pro forma revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 and also accounts for a significant portion of our 
income. Accordingly, a significant percentage of our future revenues and operating income will be dependent upon the successful 
continuation of our relationship with 7-Eleven as well as our other top merchants.  

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The loss of any of our largest merchants or a decision by any one of them to reduce the number of our devices placed in their locations 
would result in a decline in our revenues. Furthermore, if their financial conditions were to deteriorate in the future, and as a result, one or 
more of these merchants was required to close a significant number of their store locations, our revenues would be significantly impacted. 
Additionally, these merchants may elect not to renew their contracts when they expire. As of December 31, 2013, the contracts we have with 
our top five merchants have a weighted average remaining life of 3.3 years, and our current contract with 7-Eleven expires in July 2017. Even 
if such contracts are renewed, the renewal terms may be less favorable to us than the current contracts. If any of our five largest merchants 
enters bankruptcy proceedings and rejects its contract with us, fails to renew its contract upon expiration, or if the renewal terms with any of 
them are less favorable to us than under our current contracts, it could result in a decline in our revenues and profits. 

We rely on EFT network providers, transaction processors, armored courier providers, and maintenance providers to provide services to 
our ATMs. If some of these providers that service a significant number of our ATMs fail or otherwise cease or no longer agree to provide 
their services, we could suffer a temporary loss of transaction revenues, incur significant costs or suffer the permanent loss of any 
contract with a merchant or financial institution affected by such disruption in service. 

We rely on EFT network providers and have agreements with various transaction processors, armored courier providers, and maintenance 
providers. These providers enable us to provide card authorization, data capture, settlement, cash management and delivery, and maintenance 
services to our ATMs. Typically, these agreements are for periods of two or three years each. If we improperly manage the renewal or 
replacement of any expiring vendor contracts, or a key vendor fails or otherwise ceases to provide the services for which we have contracted 
and disruption of service to our ATMs occurs, our relationship with those merchants and financial institutions affected by the disrupted ATM 
service could suffer.  

While we have more than one provider for each of the services that we rely on third parties to perform, certain of these providers currently 

provide services to or for a significant number of our ATMs. Although we would be able to transition these services to alternative service 
providers, this could be a time-consuming and costly process. In the event one of such service providers was unable to deliver services to us, 
we could suffer a significant disruption in our business, which could result in a material adverse impact to our financial results. Furthermore, 
any disruptions in service in any of our markets, whether caused by us or by third-party providers, may result in a loss of revenues under 
certain of our contractual arrangements that contain minimum service-level requirements.  

In February 2010, we incurred a temporary disruption in our armored courier service on a portion of our domestic ATMs when Mount 
Vernon Money Center (“MVMC”), one of our third-party armored service providers in the Northeast U.S., ceased all cash replenishment 
operations for its customers following the arrest of its founder and principal owner on charges of bank fraud. Shortly thereafter, the U.S. 
District Court in the Southern District of New York appointed a receiver to, among other things, seize all of the assets in the possession of 
MVMC. As a result of these actions, we were required to convert over 1,000 ATMs that were being serviced by MVMC to another third-
party armored service provider, resulting in a minor amount of downtime being experienced by those ATMs and some one-time service 
conversion costs. If any of our larger service providers cease or no longer agree to provide their services, we may experience additional 
disruptions in our services and may incur significant conversion costs to divert those services to another service provider. 

If we, our transaction processors, our EFT networks or other service providers experience system failures, the products and services we 
provide could be delayed or interrupted, which would harm our business. 

Our ability to provide reliable service largely depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operations of our EFT transaction processing 
platform, third-party transaction processors, telecommunications network systems, and other service providers. Accordingly, any significant 
interruptions could severely harm our business and reputation and result in a loss of revenues. Additionally, if any interruption is caused by 
us, especially in those situations in which we serve as the primary transaction processor, such interruption could result in the loss of the 
affected merchants and financial institutions, or damage our relationships with them. Our systems and operations and those of our transaction 
processors and our EFT network and other service providers could be exposed to damage or interruption from fire, natural disaster, unlawful 
acts, terrorist attacks, power loss, telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry, and computer viruses, among other things. We cannot be 
certain that any measures we and our service providers have taken to prevent system failures will be successful or that we will not experience 
service interruptions. 

Our armored transport business exposes us to additional risks beyond those currently experienced by us in the ownership and operation 
of ATMs.  

During 2008, we implemented our own armored courier operation in the U.K., which was further expanded to two cash depot facilities 

during 2010. As of December 31, 2013, we were providing armored services to over 2,900 of our ATMs in that market and we currently 
intend to further expand that operation to service additional ATMs, including those acquired through the Cardpoint acquisition in 2013. 
Additionally, we currently expect that we will begin providing similar armored courier services to third parties in the near future. The 
armored transport business exposes us to significant risks, including the potential for cash-in-transit losses, employee theft, as well as claims 
for personal injury, wrongful death, worker's compensation, punitive damages, and general liability. While we seek to maintain appropriate 
levels of insurance to adequately protect us from these risks, there can be no assurance that we will avoid significant future claims or adverse 
publicity related thereto. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that our insurance coverage will be adequate to cover potential liabilities or 
that insurance coverage will remain available at costs that are acceptable to us. The availability of quality and reliable insurance coverage is 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
an important factor in our ability to successfully operate this aspect of our operations. A loss claim for which insurance coverage is denied or 
that is in excess of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Operational failures in our EFT transaction processing facilities could harm our business and our relationships with our merchant and 
financial institution customers. 

An operational failure in our EFT transaction processing facilities could harm our business and damage our relationships with our 

merchant and financial institution customers. Damage or destruction that interrupts our transaction processing services could also cause us to 
incur substantial additional expense to repair or replace damaged equipment. We have installed back-up systems and procedures to prevent or 
react to such disruptions. However, a prolonged interruption of our services or network that extends for more than several hours (i.e., where 
our backup systems are not able to recover) could result in data loss or a reduction in revenues as our devices would be unable to process 
transactions. In addition, a significant interruption of service could have a negative impact on our reputation and could cause our present and 
potential merchant and financial institution customers to choose alternative service providers, as well as subject us to fines or penalties related 
to contractual service agreements. 

Errors or omissions in the settlement of merchant funds could damage our relationships with our merchant customers and expose us to 
liability. 

We are responsible for maintaining accurate bank account information for certain of our merchant customers and accurate settlements of 
funds into these accounts based on the underlying transaction activity. This process relies on precise and authorized maintenance of electronic 
records. Although we have controls in place to help ensure the safety and accuracy of our records, errors or unauthorized changes to these 
records could result in the erroneous or fraudulent movement of funds, thus damaging our relationships with our merchant customers and 
exposing us to liability. 

Changes in interest rates could increase our operating costs by increasing interest expense under our credit facilities and our vault cash 
rental costs. 

Interest on amounts borrowed under our revolving credit facility is based on a floating interest rate, and our vault cash rental expense is 

based primarily on floating interest rates. As a result, our interest expense and cash management costs are sensitive to changes in interest 
rates. We pay rental fees on the average amount of vault cash outstanding in our ATMs under floating rate formulas based on a spread above 
various LIBOR rates in the U.S., U.K., and Germany. In Mexico, we pay a monthly rental fee to one of our vault cash providers under a 
formula based on the Interbank Equilibrium Interest Rate (commonly referred to as the “TIIE”) and in Canada, the rate is based on the 
Bankers Acceptance Rate. Although we currently hedge a portion of our vault cash interest rate risk related to our operations in the U.S. 
through December 31, 2018 by using interest rate swap agreements, we may not be able to enter into similar arrangements for similar 
amounts in the future. Furthermore, we have not currently entered into any derivative financial instruments to hedge our variable interest rate 
exposure in our international subsidiaries. Any significant future increases in interest rates could have a negative impact on our earnings and 
cash flow by increasing our operating costs and expenses. For additional information, see Part II, Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative 
Disclosures About Market Risk, Interest Rate Risk. 

We maintain a significant amount of cash within our Company-owned devices, which is subject to potential loss due to theft or other 
events, including natural disasters. 

For the quarter ended December 31, 2013, there was an average of approximately $2.7 billion in vault cash held in our domestic and 
international ATMs. Any loss of cash from our ATMs is generally our responsibility.  We typically require that our service providers, who 
either transport the cash or otherwise have access to the ATM safe, maintain adequate insurance coverage in the event cash losses occur as a 
result of theft, misconduct, or negligence on the part of such providers. Cash losses at the ATM occur in a variety of ways, such as natural 
disaster (hurricanes, tornadoes, etc.), fires, vandalism, and physical removal of the entire ATM, defeating the interior safe or by 
compromising the ATM’s technology components.  Because our ATMs are often installed at retail sites, they face exposure to attempts of 
theft and vandalism. Thefts of cash may be the result of an individual acting alone or as a part of a crime group. In recent periods, we have 
seen an increase in theft of cash from our ATMs across all of the geographic regions in which we operate.  For instance, during the fourth 
quarter of 2013, in response to increased physical ATM theft attempts and lower profitability on certain ATMs in Mexico, we took a number 
of ATMs out of service for a period of time to enhance some security features. While we maintain insurance policies to cover a significant 
portion of any losses that may occur that are not covered by the insurance policies maintained by our service providers, such insurance 
coverage is subject to deductibles, exclusions and limitations that may leave us bearing some or all of those losses.  

Any increase in the frequency and/or amounts of theft and other losses could negatively impact our operating results by causing higher 
deductible payments and increased insurance premiums. Additionally, any damage sustained to our merchant customers’ store locations in 
connection with any ATM-related thefts, if extensive and frequent enough in nature, could negatively impact our relationships with those 
merchants and impair our ability to deploy additional ATMs in those existing or new locations of those merchants. Certain merchants have 
requested, and could request in the future, that we remove ATMs from store locations that have suffered damage as a result of ATM-related 
thefts, thus negatively impacting our financial results.  Finally, we have in the past, and may in the future, voluntarily remove cash from 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
certain ATMs on a temporary or permanent basis to mitigate further losses arising from theft or vandalism. Depending on the magnitude and 
duration of any cash removal, our revenues and profits could be materially and adversely affected. 

The election of our merchant customers to not participate in our surcharge-free network offerings could impact the effectiveness of our 
offerings, which would negatively impact our financial results. 

Financial institutions that are members of the Allpoint network pay a fee in exchange for allowing their cardholders to use selected 
Company-owned and/or managed ATMs on a surcharge-free basis. The success of the Allpoint network is dependent upon the participation 
by our merchant customers in that network. In the event a significant number of our merchants elect not to participate in that network, the 
benefits and effectiveness of the network would be diminished, thus potentially causing some of the participating financial institutions to not 
renew their agreements with us, and thereby negatively impacting our financial results. 

We may be unable to integrate our future acquisitions in an efficient manner and inefficiencies would increase our cost of operations and 
reduce our profitability. 

We have been an active business acquirer both in the U.S. and internationally, and may continue to be active in the future. The acquisition 

and integration of businesses involves a number of risks. The core risks are in the areas of valuation (negotiating a fair price for the business 
based on inherently limited due diligence) and integration (managing the complex process of integrating the acquired company’s personnel, 
products, technology, and other assets so as to realize the projected value of the acquired company and the synergies projected to be realized 
in connection with the acquisition). 

The process of integrating operations could cause an interruption of, or loss of momentum in, the activities of one or more of our 
combined businesses and the possible loss of key personnel. The diversion of management’s attention and any delays or difficulties 
encountered in connection with acquisitions and the integration of the companies’ operations could have an adverse effect on our business, 
results of operations, financial condition or prospects.  

In addition, acquired businesses may not achieve anticipated revenues, earnings or cash flows. Any shortfall in anticipated revenues, 
earnings, or cash flows could require us to write down the carrying value of the intangible assets associated with any acquired company, 
which would adversely affect our reported earnings. For example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $50.0 million 
impairment charge to write down the value of the goodwill associated with our investment in the U.K. operations we operated at that time. 

Since May 2001, we have acquired 23 ATM portfolios, a surcharge-free ATM network, a technology product offering that complements 

our surcharge-free offering, an ATM installation company in the U.K., and a Scotland-based provider and developer of marketing and 
advertising software and services for ATM owners. We have made acquisitions to obtain the assets of deployed ATM networks and the 
related businesses and their infrastructure, as well as for strategic reasons to enhance the capability of our ATMs and expand our service 
offerings. We currently anticipate that our future acquisitions, if any, will likely reflect a mix of asset acquisitions and acquisitions of 
businesses, with each acquisition having its own set of unique characteristics. To the extent that we elect to acquire an existing company or 
the operations, technology, and the personnel of the company, we may assume some or all of the liabilities associated with the acquired 
company and face new and added challenges integrating such acquisition into our operations. 

We completed five business acquisitions in 2013, three business acquisitions in 2012, and four business acquisitions in 2011.  Any 
inability on our part to effectively manage the acquisition integration process could limit our ability to successfully grow the revenue and 
profitability of our business. 

Our international operations, including any future international operations, involve special risks and may not be successful, which would 
result in a reduction of our gross and net profits. 

As of December 31, 2013, 20% of our devices were located in the U.K., Germany, Mexico, and Canada. Those devices contributed 15% 
of our gross profits (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization) for the year ended December 31, 2013. We expect to continue to 
expand in the countries in which we currently operate, and potentially into other countries as opportunities arise. However, our international 
operations are subject to certain inherent risks, including: 

 

 

 

 

exposure to currency fluctuations, including the risk that our future reported operating results could be negatively impacted by 
unfavorable movements in the functional currencies of our international operations relative to the U.S. dollar, which represents our 
consolidated reporting currency; 
difficulties in complying with the different laws and regulations in each country and jurisdiction in which we operate, including 
unique labor and reporting laws; 
unexpected changes in laws, regulations, and policies of foreign governments or other regulatory bodies, including changes that 
could potentially disallow surcharging or that could result in a reduction in the amount of interchange or other transaction-based fees 
that we receive; 
unanticipated political and social instability that may be experienced; 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

 

rising crime rates in certain of the areas we operate in, including increased incidents of crimes on our ATMs and against store 
personnel where our ATMs are located; 
difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, including hiring and retaining skilled workers in those countries in which 
we operate; 
decreased ATM usage related to decreased travel and tourism in the markets that we operate in, such as our ATMs in Mexico that 
are located in tourist destinations; and 
potential adverse tax consequences, including restrictions on the repatriation of foreign earnings. 

Any of these factors could reduce the profitability and revenues derived from our international operations and international expansion. For 

example, during the latter half of 2008 and during 2009, we incurred reduced reported revenues as a consequence of the U.S. dollar 
strengthening relative to the British pound and Mexican peso. Additionally, regulatory changes in Mexico have had an adverse impact on our 
transaction volumes in that market. Furthermore, the recent political and social instability in Mexico resulting from an increase in drug-
related violence could negatively impact the level of transactions conducted on our existing devices in that market, as well as our ability to 
successfully grow our business there. In 2013, as a result of a change in approach by the U.K. governmental entity that oversees property tax 
valuations and assessments, we recorded additional estimated property tax expense of $8.7 million related to some of our ATM sites, most of 
which related to periods prior to 2013, even though we previously had no obligation to report or remit such taxes. 

Further consolidations within the banking industry may impact our branding relationships as existing branding customers are acquired 
by other financial institutions, some of which may not be existing branding customers. 

During the financial crisis of 2008 and 2009, an unprecedented amount of consolidation unfolded within the U.S. banking industry. For 
example, Washington Mutual, which had over 950 ATMs branded with us, was acquired by JPMorgan Chase, an existing branding customer 
of ours, in 2008. Additionally, Wachovia, which had 15 high-transaction ATMs branded with us, was acquired by Wells Fargo, a bank that 
was not an existing branding customer of ours, at the end of 2008. Furthermore, in 2009, Sovereign Bank, which currently has over 1,150 
ATMs branded with us, was acquired by Banco Santander, one of the largest banks in Europe. Although our branding contracts were largely 
unaffected by these transactions, we cannot provide assurance that they will remain unaffected by future consolidations that may occur within 
the banking industry, and in particular, our branding partners.  

If we experience impairments of our goodwill or other intangible assets, we will be required to record a charge to earnings, which may be 
significant. 

We have a large amount of goodwill and other intangible assets and are required to perform periodic assessments for any possible 

impairment for accounting purposes. As of December 31, 2013, we had goodwill and other intangible assets of $566.1 million, or 54% of our 
total assets. During the year ended December 31, 2013, we added $195.3 million in goodwill and intangible assets associated with the 
acquisition of five businesses in the year. We periodically evaluate the recoverability and the amortization period of our intangible assets 
under accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). Some of the factors that we consider to be important in assessing 
whether or not impairment exists include the performance of the related assets relative to the expected historical or projected future operating 
results, significant changes in the manner of our use of the assets or the strategy for our overall business, and significant negative industry or 
economic trends. These factors and assumptions, and any changes in them, could result in an impairment of our goodwill and other intangible 
assets. In the event we determine our goodwill or amortizable intangible assets are impaired, we may be required to record a significant 
charge to earnings in our financial statements, which would negatively impact our results of operations and that impact could be material. For 
example, during the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $50.0 million goodwill impairment charge related to our U.K. operations. 
Other impairment charges in the future may also adversely affect our results of operations. 

We have a substantial amount of indebtedness, which may adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our business, remain 
in compliance with debt covenants, and make payments on our indebtedness. 

As of December 31, 2013, our outstanding indebtedness was $490.5 million, which represents 66.5% of our total book capitalization of 

$737.6 million. Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it could: 

  make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the 

 

obligations of any of our debt instruments, including financial and other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default 
under the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes and the agreements governing our other indebtedness; 
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow in the future to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce 
the funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes; 
limit our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate; 

 
  make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions, and adverse changes in 

 

government regulation; and 
limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, 
execution of our growth strategy, research and development costs, or other purposes. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. If we do not have sufficient earnings to 
service our debt, we may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money, or sell securities, none of 
which we can guarantee we will be able to do. 

The terms of our credit agreement and the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes may restrict our current and future 
operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take certain actions.  

Our credit agreement and the indentures governing our senior subordinated notes include a number of covenants that, among other items, 

restrict or limit our ability to: 

sell or transfer property or assets; 
pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock; 

 
 
  merge into or consolidate with any third-party; 
 
create, incur, assume, or guarantee additional indebtedness; 
 
create certain liens; 
  make investments; 
 
 
 

engage in transactions with affiliates; 
issue or sell preferred stock of restricted subsidiaries; and 
enter into sale and leaseback transactions. 

In addition, we are required by our credit agreement to adhere to certain covenants and maintain specified financial ratios. While we 
currently have the ability to borrow the full amount available under our credit agreement, as a result of these ratios, we may be limited in the 
manner in which we conduct our business in the future and may be unable to engage in favorable business activities or finance our future 
operations or capital needs. Accordingly, these restrictions may limit our ability to successfully operate our business and prevent us from 
fulfilling our debt obligations. A failure to comply with the covenants or financial ratios could result in an event of default. In the event of a 
default under our credit agreement, the lenders could exercise a number of remedies, some of which could result in an event of default under 
the indentures governing the senior subordinated notes. An acceleration of indebtedness under our credit agreement would also likely result in 
an event of default under the terms of any other financing arrangement we have outstanding at the time. If any or all of our debt were to be 
accelerated, we cannot assure you that our assets would be sufficient to repay our indebtedness in full. If we are unable to repay any amounts 
outstanding under our bank credit facility when due, the lenders will have the right to proceed against the collateral securing our 
indebtedness. For additional information about our credit agreement and indentures, see Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Financing Facilities. 

The fundamental change and make-whole fundamental change provisions associated with our convertible notes may delay or prevent an 
otherwise beneficial takeover attempt of us.  

The fundamental change purchase rights, which will allow holders of our convertible notes to require us to purchase all or a portion of 
their notes upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, and the provisions requiring an increase to the conversion rate for conversions in 
connection with certain other circumstances may delay or prevent a takeover of us or the removal of current management that might 
otherwise be beneficial to investors. 

We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to pay the amount of cash due upon conversion of the convertible notes, if 
relevant, or upon the occurrence of a fundamental change as described in our convertible indentures, and our debt may contain 
limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion or required purchase of the convertible notes.  

Upon the occurrence of a fundamental change, holders of our convertible notes may require us to purchase, for cash, all or a portion of 
their convertible notes at a fundamental change purchase price specified within the convertible note indentures. There can be no assurance 
that we will have sufficient financial resources, or will be able to arrange financing, to pay the fundamental change purchase price if holders 
submit their convertible notes for purchase by us upon the occurrence of a fundamental change or to pay the amount of cash (if any) due if 
holders surrender their convertible notes for conversion. In addition, the occurrence of a fundamental change may cause an event of default 
under agreements governing our or our subsidiaries’ indebtedness.  Agreements governing any future debt may also restrict our ability to 
make any of the required cash payments even if we have sufficient funds to make them. Furthermore, our ability to purchase the convertible 
notes or to pay cash (if any) due upon the conversion of the convertible notes may be limited by law or regulatory authority.  In addition, if 
we fail to purchase the convertible notes or to pay the amount of cash (if any) due upon conversion of the convertible notes, we will be in 
default under the indenture. A default under the indenture or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements 
governing our other indebtedness, which in turn may result in the acceleration of other indebtedness we may then have. If the repayment of 
the other indebtedness were to be accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds to repay that indebtedness and to purchase the convertible 
notes or to pay the amount of cash (if any) due upon conversion. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Noncompliance with established EFT network rules and regulations could expose us to fines and penalties and could negatively impact 
our results of operations. Additionally, new EFT network rules and regulations could require us to expend significant amounts of capital 
to remain in compliance with such rules and regulations. 

Our transactions are routed over various EFT networks to obtain authorization for cash disbursements and to provide account balances. 
These networks include Star, Pulse, NYCE, Cirrus (MasterCard), and Plus (Visa) in the U.S.; LINK in the U.K.; Promoción y Operación S.A. 
de C.V. (“PROSA-RED”) in Mexico; Interac in Canada; and Girocard in Germany. EFT networks set the interchange fees that they charge to 
the financial institutions, as well as the amounts paid to us. Additionally, EFT networks, including MasterCard and Visa, establish rules and 
regulations that ATM providers, including ourselves, must comply with in order for member cardholders to use those ATMs. Failure to 
comply with such rules and regulations could expose us to penalties and/or fines, which could negatively impact our financial results. For 
example, in the U.K. and Canada, MasterCard and Visa require compliance with the EMV security standard. This standard provides for the 
security and processing of information contained on microchips imbedded in certain debit and credit cards, known as “smart cards.”  

In 2012, MasterCard announced plans for a liability shift from the issuers of these cards to the party that has not made the investment in 

EMV equipment (acquirer) for fraudulent counterfeit card Maestro cross-border transactions.  MasterCard’s liability shift on International 
Maestro (MasterCard) transactions occurred in April 2013, and while the majority of our U.S. ATMs are not currently EMV-compliant, we 
do not expect this liability shift to have a significant impact on our business or results as International Maestro transactions currently 
comprise less than 1% of our U.S. transaction volume.  As of the Maestro liability shift date, we have implemented additional fraud 
monitoring methods to minimize fraud losses.  To date, we have seen minimal fraud losses.   In February 2013, Visa announced plans for a 
liability shift to occur in October 2017 for all transactions types on domestic or international EMV-issued cards.  MasterCard has also 
announced that a liability shift for its domestic ATM transactions on EMV-issued cards will occur in October 2016. At this time, neither 
MasterCard nor Visa are requiring mandatory upgrades to ATM equipment; however, increased fraudulent activity on ATMs in the future or 
the shifting of liability for fraudulent activity on all ATM transactions without EMV readers, or other business or regulatory factors could 
cause us to upgrade or replace a significant portion of our existing U.S. ATM fleet. We are closely monitoring the migration toward the EMV 
standard, and all of our recent ATM deployments have been with ATMs that are EMV-ready. At this time, through a combination of ordinary 
replacement of equipment, routine scheduled maintenance visits to our ATMs, and evolving technology to meet compliance, we do not 
expect the EMV migration to have a significant impact on our future capital investments and results from operations. However, we currently 
estimate that the incremental potential cost to make our entire current Company-owned U.S. ATM fleet fully compliant with the EMV 
standard is approximately $30 million to $35 million, a portion of which has already been planned for within our budget for 2014. With the 
increased capital investments required as a direct result of EMV, our depreciation expense may increase in the future. Additionally, there is a 
possibility that we could incur asset write-offs or accelerated depreciation expense on certain ATM units. Additionally, we could experience a 
higher rate of unit count attrition for our merchant-owned ATMs in the future as a result of this standard. 

The majority of the electronic debit networks over which our transactions are conducted require sponsorship by a bank, and the loss of 
any of our sponsors may cause disruptions to our operations. 

In each of the geographic segments in which we operate, bank sponsorship is required in order to process transactions over certain 

networks. In the U.S., our largest geographic segment by revenues, bank sponsorship is required on the significant majority of our 
transactions and we primarily rely on one sponsor bank for access to the applicable networks, and, in lesser part, on two other sponsor banks. 
In our U.K. segment, only international transactions require bank sponsorship. In Mexico, all ATM transactions require bank sponsorship, 
which is currently provided by our banking partners in the country.  In Canada and Germany, bank sponsorships are also required and are 
obtained through our relationships with third-party processors. If our current sponsor banks decide to no longer provide this service, or are no 
longer financially capable of providing this service as may be determined by certain networks, it may be difficult to find an adequate 
replacement at a cost similar to what we incur today, or potentially, we could incur a temporary service disruption for certain transactions in 
the event we lose or do not retain bank sponsorship, which may negatively impact our profitability.  

If we lose key personnel or are unable to attract additional qualified personnel as we grow, our business could be adversely affected. 

We are dependent upon the ability and experience of a number of key personnel who have substantial experience with our operations, the 
rapidly changing automated consumer financial services industry, and the geographical segments in which we operate.  It is possible that the 
loss of the services of one or a combination of several of our senior executives would have an adverse effect on our operations. Our success 
also depends on our ability to continue to attract, manage, and retain other qualified management, as well as technical and operational 
personnel as we grow. We may not be able to continue to attract and retain such personnel in the future, which could adversely impact our 
business. 

We are subject to laws and regulations worldwide, changes to which could increase our costs and individually or in the aggregate 
adversely affect our business.  

We currently conduct a portion of our business outside the U.S. Thus, we are subject to a number of laws and regulations which affect our 

international operations in a number of areas. These foreign laws and regulations affect our business including, but not limited to, areas of 
labor, advertising, consumer protection, real estate, billing, e-commerce, promotions, quality of services, intellectual property ownership and 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
infringement, tax, import and export requirements, anti-corruption, foreign exchange controls and cash repatriation restrictions, data privacy 
requirements, anti-competition, environmental, health, and safety. 

Compliance with these laws, regulations and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive, and they may be inconsistent from 
jurisdiction to jurisdiction, further increasing the cost of compliance and doing business. Any such costs, which may rise in the future as a 
result of changes in these laws and regulations or in their interpretation could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. We have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with applicable laws and 
regulations, but there can be no assurance that our employees, contractors, or agents will not violate such laws and regulations or our policies 
and procedures. 

We operate in several jurisdictions and we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and other 
similar anti-corruption laws.  

Our business operations in countries outside the U.S. are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations, including restrictions imposed by 
the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). The FCPA and similar anti-corruption laws in other jurisdictions, such as the U.K. Bribery 
Act, generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from paying or promising to pay government officials, political parties, or political 
party officials for the purpose of obtaining, retaining, influencing, or directing business. We operate in parts of the world that have 
experienced governmental corruption to some degree and, in certain circumstances, compliance with anti-corruption laws may conflict with 
local customs and practices.  

Our employees and agents may interact with government officials on our behalf, including interactions necessary to obtain licenses and 
other regulatory approvals necessary to operate our business, import or export equipment and resolve tax disputes. These interactions create a 
risk that actions may occur that could violate the FCPA or other similar laws. 

Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with local laws and regulations as well as U.S. 
laws and regulations, including the FCPA, there can be no assurance that all of our employees, consultants, contractors and agents will abide 
by our policies. If we are found to be liable for violations of the FCPA or similar anti-corruption laws in international jurisdictions, either due 
to our own acts or out of inadvertence, or due to the acts or inadvertence of others, we could suffer from criminal or civil penalties which 
could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. 

Risks associated with our common stock 

Our operating results have fluctuated historically and could continue to fluctuate in the future, which could affect our ability to maintain 
our current market position or expand. 

Our operating results have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate in the future as a result of a variety of factors, many of 

which are beyond our control, including the following: 

 
 
 
 

 

 
 
 
 
 

changes in general economic conditions and specific market conditions in the ATM and financial services industries;  
changes in payment trends and offerings in the markets in which we operate; 
competition from other companies providing the same or similar services that we offer; 
the timing and magnitude of operating expenses, capital expenditures, and expenses related to the expansion of sales, marketing, and 
operations, including as a result of acquisitions, if any; 
the timing and magnitude of any impairment charges that may materialize over time relating to our goodwill, intangible assets or 
long-lived assets; 
changes in the general level of interest rates in the markets in which we operate; 
changes in regulatory requirements associated with the ATM and financial services industries; 
changes in the mix of our current services; 
changes in the financial condition and credit risk of our customers; and 
changes in the financial condition and operational execution of our key vendors and service providers. 

Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. Although 

we have experienced revenue growth in recent years, this growth rate is not necessarily indicative of future operating results. A relatively 
large portion of our expenses are fixed in the short-term, particularly with respect to personnel expenses, depreciation and amortization 
expenses, and interest expense. Therefore, our results of operations are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in revenues. As such, 
comparisons to prior periods should not be relied upon as indications of our future performance. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may issue additional shares of our common stock or instruments convertible into shares of our common stock, which may materially 
and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the trading price of our convertible notes.  

We may conduct future offerings of our common stock, preferred stock or other securities convertible into our common stock to fund 
acquisitions, finance operations or for general corporate purposes. In addition, we may also issue common stock under our equity awards 
programs.  The market price of shares of our common stock or the trading price of the convertible notes could decrease significantly if we 
conduct such future offerings, if any of our existing stockholders sells a substantial amount of our common stock or if the market perceives 
that such offerings or sales may occur. Moreover, any issuance of additional common stock will dilute the ownership interest of our existing 
common stockholders, and may adversely affect the ability of holders of the notes to participate in any appreciation of our common stock. 

The accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash could have a material effect on our reported financial 
results.  

Under U.S. GAAP, an entity must separately account for the debt component and the embedded conversion option of convertible debt 

instruments that may be settled entirely or partially in cash upon conversion, such as our convertible notes, in a manner that reflects the 
issuer’s economic interest cost. The effect of the accounting treatment for such instruments is that the value of such embedded conversion 
option is treated as an original issue discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component of the convertible notes, and that original 
issue discount is amortized into interest expense over the term of the convertible notes using an effective yield method. As a result, we were 
initially required to record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense as a result of the amortization of the original issue discount to the 
convertible notes’ face amount over the term of the notes and as a result of the amortization of the debt issuance costs. Accordingly, we will 
report lower net income in our financial results because of the recognition of both the current period’s amortization of the debt discount and 
the convertible notes’ coupon interest, which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common 
stock and the trading price of the convertible notes. 

Under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments that may be settled entirely or partially in cash are evaluated for their impact on 

earnings per share utilizing the treasury stock method, the effect of which is that the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes are not 
included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share except to the extent that the conversion value of the notes exceeds their principal 
amount. Under the treasury stock method, for diluted earnings per share purposes, the notes are accounted for as if the number of shares of 
common stock that would be necessary to settle such excess, if we elected to settle such excess in shares, are issued. We cannot be certain 
that the accounting standards in the future will continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method. If we are unable to use the treasury 
stock method in accounting for the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes, then our diluted earnings per share could be adversely 
affected. 

In addition, if the conditional conversion feature of the notes is triggered, even if holders do not elect to convert their notes, we could be 
required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the notes as a current rather than long-
term liability, which would result in a material reduction of our net working capital. 

23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

None.  

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES 

Our principal executive offices are located at 3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042, and our telephone number is 
(832) 308-4000. We lease approximately 62,340 square feet of space under our Houston headquarters office leases. In addition, we lease 
approximately 41,300 square feet of office and warehouse space in north Houston. Furthermore, we lease approximately 26,000 square feet in 
Frisco, Texas, where we manage our EFT transaction processing operations.  We also lease spaces in Whippany, New Jersey; Minnetonka, 
Minnesota; Portland, Oregon; and Rohnert Park, California, where we manage our merchant-owned businesses. Finally, we lease office space 
in Bethesda, Maryland, where we manage our Allpoint network operations. 

In addition to our domestic office space, we lease office and storage spaces in the foreign countries in which we operate.  In the U.K., we 
lease office spaces in Hatfield, England, for our ATM operations and in Dundee, Scotland, for our i-design operations. Additionally, we lease 
two Green Team armored operations’ cash depot facilities located outside of London and Manchester, England, and warehouse and remote 
terminal spaces in Rotherham, England.  In Mexico, we lease office and warehouse space in Mexico City, Mexico. In Canada, we lease office 
space in Lethbridge, Alberta and Ottawa, Ontario. In Germany, we lease office space in Trier, Germany. 

Our facilities are leased pursuant to operating leases for various terms and we believe they are adequate for our current use. We believe 
that our leases are at competitive or market rates and do not anticipate any difficulty in leasing suitable additional space upon expiration of 
our current lease terms. 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

For a description of our material pending legal and regulatory proceedings and settlements, see Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and 

Supplementary Data, Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies – Legal Matters. 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not Applicable. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER 
PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “CATM.”  As of February 14, 2014, there were 

85 stockholders of record of our common stock, excluding an indeterminate number of beneficial holders whose shares may be held of record 
at brokerage and clearing agencies. 

Quarterly Stock Prices. The following table reflects the quarterly high and low sales prices for our common stock as reported on The 

NASDAQ Stock Market LLC: 

1 

2013 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

2012 

Fourth Quarter 
Third Quarter 
Second Quarter 
First Quarter 

$ 

$ 

High 

44.46 
38.16 
30.00 
28.46 

30.92 
31.46 
30.25 
28.50 

$ 

$ 

Low 

35.46 
27.36 
26.29 
23.13 

22.20 
27.79 
24.77 
23.70 

Dividend Information. We have historically not paid, nor do we anticipate paying, dividends with respect to our common stock. For 
information on restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10, Long-Term 
Debt and Part II, Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital 
Resources — Financing Facilities. 

Stock Performance Graph. The following graph compares the five-year total return to holders of Cardtronics Inc.'s common stock, the 
NASDAQ Composite index (the “Index”), and a customized peer group of 14 companies that includes: (i) ACI Worldwide, Inc. (ACIW), (ii) 
Acxiom Corporation (ACXM), (iii) CSG Systems International, Inc. (CSGS), (iv) Earthlink Inc. (ELNK), (v) Euronet Worldwide, Inc. 
(EEFT), (vi) Fair Isaac Corp. (FICO), (vii) Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (GCA), (viii) Global Payments, Inc. (GPN), (ix) Jack Henry & 
Associates, Inc. (JKHY), (x) NeuStar, Inc. (NSR), (xi) Outerwall, Inc. (OUTR), (xii) Sapient Corp. (SAPE), (xiii) SS&C Technologies 
Holdings, Inc. (SSNC), and (xiv) WEX, Inc. (WEX) (collectively, the “New Peer Group”). We selected the New Peer Group companies 
because they are publicly traded companies that: (i) have the same Global Industry Classification Standard classification, (ii) generate a 
similar amount of revenues, (iii) have similar market values, and (iv) provide services that are similar to the services we provide. The New 
Peer Group companies were revised during 2013. Our previous peer group included (i) Coinstar, Inc., (ii) Euronet Worldwide, Inc., (iii) 
Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., (iv) Heartland Payment Systems Inc., (v) TNS, Inc. and (vi) WEX, Inc. (collectively, the “Old Peer 
Group”).  

The performance graph was prepared based on the following assumptions: (i) $100 was invested in our common stock, in our New Peer 
Group, in our Old Peer Group, and the Index on December 31, 2008; (ii) investments in the New Peer Group and the Old Peer Group were 
weighted based on the returns of each individual company within the group according to their market capitalization at the beginning of the 
period; and (iii) dividends were reinvested on the relevant payment dates. The stock price performance included in this graph is historical and 
not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance.  

The following graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information 

be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Exchange Act, each as amended, except to the 
extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing. 

25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12/08 

12/09 

12/10 

12/11 

12/12 

12/13 

Cardtronics Inc. 
NASDAQ Composite 
Old Peer Group 
New Peer Group 

 $    100.00  
 $    100.00  
 $    100.00  
 $    100.00  

 $    857.36  
 $    144.88  
 $    172.06  
 $    149.68  

 $ 1,372.09  
 $    170.58  
 $    212.31  
 $    171.18  

 $ 2,097.67  
 $    171.30  
 $    230.94  
 $    179.31  

 $ 1,840.31  
 $    199.99  
 $    300.08  
 $    211.28  

 $ 3,368.22  
 $    283.39  
 $    444.91  
 $    317.24  

26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers. The following table provides information about purchases of equity 
securities that are registered by us pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act during the quarter ended December 31, 2013: 
Purchases of Equity Securities by 
the Issuer and Affiliated 
Purchasers.  The following table 
provides information about 
purchases of equity securities 
that are registered by us pursuant 
Period 
to Section 12 of the Exchange 
October 1 – 31, 2013 
Act during the three months 
November 1 – 30, 2013 
ended September 30, 2013:3  
December 1 – 31, 2013 

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased as 
Part of a Publicly 
Announced Plan or 
Program 

Paid Per Share (2)       
$ 
$ 
$ 

Approximate Dollar 
Value that may Yet 
be Purchased Under 
the Plan or 
Program (3) 

513 
676,370 
3,861 

Shares Purchased (1)      

37.99 
41.85 
42.89 

 —     
 —     
 —     

Total Number of 

Average Price 

$ 
$ 
$ 

—   
—   
—   

_________ 
(1)  Represents shares surrendered to us by participants in our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan to settle the participants’ personal tax liabilities that resulted from 
the lapsing of restrictions on shares awarded to the participants under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, except for 665,994 shares in November 2013 that 
were repurchased on the open market concurrently with the convertible note offering. For additional information on the convertible note offering, see 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10, Long-Term Debt. 

(2)  The price paid per share was based on the average high and low trading prices of our common stock on the dates on which we repurchased shares from 

the participants under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan or in the open market.   

(3) 

In connection with the lapsing of the forfeiture restrictions on restricted shares granted by us under our 2007 Stock Incentive Plan, which was adopted in 
December 2007 and expires in December 2017, we permitted employees to sell a portion of their shares to us in order to satisfy their tax liabilities that 
arose as a consequence of the lapsing of the forfeiture restrictions. In future periods, we may not permit individuals to sell their shares to us in order to 
satisfy such tax liabilities. Since the number of restricted shares that will become unrestricted each year is dependent upon the continued employment of 
the award recipients, we cannot forecast either the total amount of such securities or the approximate dollar value of those securities that we might 
purchase in future years as the forfeiture restrictions on such shares lapse. 

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities. There was none that was not previously reported on a current report on Form 8-K. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
     
  
     
    
     
     
    
     
  
  
    
  
     
 
  
   
 
     
 
  
   
 
     
 
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The following table sets forth selected financial data derived from our consolidated financial statements. As a result of acquisitions of 
businesses during the years presented below, our financial results are not comparable in all periods. Additionally, these selected historical 
results are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected in the future. 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:  
Revenues and Income: 

Total revenues 
Income from operations (1) 
Net income (2) 
Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to 
common stockholders (2) 

Per Share Data: 

Basic net income per common share (2) 
Diluted net income per common share (2) 
Basic weighted average shares outstanding 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding 

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data: 
Total cash and cash equivalents 
Total assets 
Total long-term debt and capital lease obligations, including 
current portion (3) 
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows Data: 

Cash flows from operating activities 
Cash flows from investing activities 
Cash flows from financing activities 

Operating Data (Unaudited): 
Total number of ATMs (at period end): 

ATM operations 
Managed services 
Total number of ATMs (at period end) 

Total transactions (excluding managed services) 
Total cash withdrawal transactions (excluding managed services)     
____________ 
(1) 

2013 

For the Years Ended December 31,  
2009 
2011 
(In thousands, except share and per share information and number of ATMs)  

2012 

2010 

  $  

 $  

 876,486  
 82,601  
 20,647  

 780,449  
 90,507  
 43,262  

 $  

 624,576  
 77,275  
 70,146  

 $  

 $  

 532,078  
 66,263  
 41,133  

 493,353  
 43,000  
 5,771  

 23,816  

 43,591  

 70,233  

 40,959  

 5,277  

  $  
  $  

 0.52  
 0.52  
44,371,313  
44,577,635  

 $  
 $  

 0.97  
 0.96  
43,469,175  
43,875,332  

 $  
 $  

 1.60  
 1.58  
42,201,491  
42,886,780  

 $  
 $  

 0.98  
 0.96  
40,347,194  
41,059,381  

 $  
 $  

 0.13  
 0.13  
39,244,057  
39,896,366  

  $  

 86,939  
 1,056,203  

 $  

 13,861  
 768,892  

 $  

 5,576  
 712,801  

 $  

 3,189  
 455,315  

 $  

 10,449  
 460,404  

 490,514  
 247,114  

 354,819  
 148,804  

 370,949  
 113,145  

 254,833  
 44,254  

 307,287  
 (1,290) 

  $  

 183,557  
 (266,740) 
 154,988  

 $  

 136,388  
 (113,764) 
 (14,084) 

 $  

 113,325  
 (234,454) 
 123,532  

 $  

 $  

 105,168  
 (50,652) 
 (62,150) 

 74,874  
 (26,031) 
 (42,232) 

 66,984  
 13,610  
 80,594  

 56,395  
 6,365  
 62,760  

 48,105  
 4,781  
 52,886  

 33,116  
 3,854  
 36,970  

 32,413  
 2,631  
 35,044  

 860,062  
 521,282  

 704,809  
 443,312  

 516,564  
 318,615  

 413,780  
 253,890  

 380,744  
 241,928  

The year ended December 31, 2013 includes $8.7 million in nonrecurring property tax expense related to a change in assessment methodology in the 
U.K. Additionally, $15.4 million in acquisition-related costs were included in the results for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

(2) 

(3) 

The year ended December 31, 2013 includes $13.8 million in income tax expense related to the restructuring of our U.K. business. The years ended 
December 31, 2011 and 2010 include $37.0 and $27.2 million, respectively, in income tax benefits.  The income tax benefit in 2011 related to a tax 
reporting change that was implemented in our U.K. operations, and the benefit in 2010 related to the reversal of previously-established valuation 
allowances on our domestic deferred tax assets. Additionally, 2010 includes a pre-tax charge of approximately $14.5 million related to certain charges 
associated with the refinancing of our outstanding debt obligations. 

Our long-term debt as of December 31, 2013 consists of outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility, our senior subordinated fixed rate 
notes, and our convertible notes that were issued in November 2013. The convertible notes are shown on our Consolidated Balance Sheet at a carrying 
value of $216.6 million as of December 31, 2013, which represents the principal balance of $287.5 million less the unamortized discount of $70.9 
million.  

28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
  
 
   
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
   
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains forward-looking statements that are 
based on management’s current expectations, estimates, and projections about our business and operations. Our actual results may differ 
materially from those currently anticipated and expressed in such forward-looking statements. Known material factors that could cause our 
actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements are those we discuss under Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors. Additionally, 
you should read the following discussion together with the financial statements and the related notes included in Item 8. Financial Statements 
and Supplementary Data. 

Our discussion and analysis includes the following topics:  

  Strategic Outlook 

  Developing Trends in the ATM and Financial Services Industry  

  Recent Events  

  Components of Revenues, Cost of Revenues, and Expenses 

  Results of Operations  

  Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

  Liquidity and Capital Resources  

  Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

  New Accounting Pronouncements Issued but Not Yet Adopted  

  Commitments and Contingencies  

Strategic Outlook 

Over the past several years, we have expanded our operations both domestically and internationally through acquisitions, continued to 

deploy ATMs in high-traffic locations under contracts with well-known retailers, expanded our relationships with leading financial 
institutions through growth of our Allpoint surcharge-free ATM network and bank branding programs, and made strategic acquisitions and 
investments to expand new product offerings and capabilities of our ATMs. 

We have completed several acquisitions since 2011, including the acquisitions of: (1) six domestic ATM operators, expanding our fleet in 
both multi-unit regional retail chains and individual merchant ATM locations in the U.S. by approximately 29,500 ATMs, (2) two Canadian 
ATM operators for a total of approximately 1,400 ATMs, which allowed us to enter into and expand our international presence in Canada, 
and (3) Cardpoint in August 2013, which further expanded our U.K. ATM operations by approximately 7,100 ATMs and also allowed us to 
enter into the German market with approximately 800 ATMs. In addition to ATM acquisitions, we have also made strategic acquisitions 
including LocatorSearch in August 2011, a domestic leading provider of location search technology deployed by financial institutions to help 
customers and members find the nearest, most appropriate and convenient ATM location based on the service they seek and i-design group 
plc (“i-design”) in March 2013, which is a Scotland-based provider and developer of marketing and advertising software and services for 
ATM operators.  

While we will continue to explore potential acquisition opportunities in the future as a way to grow our business, we also expect to 
continue launching new products and services that will allow us to further leverage our existing ATM and financial services kiosk network.  
In particular, we see opportunities to expand our operations through the following: 

increase our number of deployed devices with existing as well as new merchant relationships 
expand our relationships with leading financial institutions 

 
 
  work with non-traditional financial institutions and card issuers to further leverage our extensive ATM and financial services kiosk 

network 
increase transaction levels at our existing locations 
develop and provide additional services at our existing ATMs 
pursue additional managed services opportunities 
pursue international growth opportunities 

 
 
 
 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For additional discussion of each of our strategic points above, see Part I, Item 1. Business – Our Strategy. 

In September of 2013, we announced the formation of the Enterprise Growth Group under the leadership of David Dove, a payments and 

financial services industry professional with over 30 years of experience. The primary purpose of this new group is to develop and launch 
new products, enhance the utility of our existing products and services, develop and steer our corporate strategy and evaluate and manage 
merger and acquisition activity. As an output of the efforts of this group, we expect to continue to grow and diversify our sources of revenues 
and profits over time. 

Developing Trends in the ATM and Financial Services Industry  

Increase in Surcharge-Free Offerings. Many U.S. banks providing banking services are aggressively competing for market share, and part 
of their competitive strategy is to increase their number of customer touch points, including the establishment of an ATM network to provide 
convenient, surcharge-free access to cash for their customers. While owning a large ATM network would be a key strategic asset for a bank, 
we believe it would be uneconomical for all but the largest banks to build and operate an extensive ATM network. Bank branding of ATMs 
and participation in surcharge-free networks allow financial institutions to rapidly increase surcharge-free ATM access for their customers at 
substantially lower cost than building their own ATM networks. These factors have led to an increase in bank branding and participation in 
surcharge-free networks, and we believe that there will be continued growth in such arrangements. 

Increase in Usage of Stored-Value Prepaid Debit Cards. In the U.S., we have seen a proliferation in the issuance and acceptance of 

stored-value prepaid debit cards as a means for consumers to access their cash and make routine retail purchases. Based on published studies, 
the value loaded on stored-value prepaid cards such as open loop network-branded money and financial services cards, payroll cards, social 
security cards, and unemployment benefit cards, is expected to increase in the next few years.  

 We believe that our network of ATMs and financial services kiosks, located in well-known retail establishments throughout the U.S., 
provides a convenient and cost-effective way for holders of such cards to access their cash and potentially conduct other financial services 
transactions. Furthermore, through our Allpoint network, we partner with financial institutions that issue and sponsor stored-value prepaid 
debit card programs on behalf of corporate entities and governmental organizations, and we are able to provide holders of such cards 
convenient, surcharge-free access to their cash. We believe that the number of prepaid cards being issued and in circulation has increased 
significantly over the last couple of years and represents a significant portion of the year-over-year withdrawal transaction count gains that we 
have seen in the U.S. 

Growth in Other Automated Consumer Financial Services. Approximately 75% of all ATM transactions in the U.S. are cash withdrawals, 

with the remainder representing other basic banking functions such as balance inquiries, transfers, and deposits. We believe that there are 
opportunities for a large non-bank ATM operator to provide additional financial services to customers, such as check cashing, remote deposit 
capture, money transfer, bill payment services, and stored-value card reload services through self-service kiosks. These additional consumer 
financial services could result in additional revenue streams for us and could ultimately result in increased profitability. However, it would 
require additional capital expenditures on our part to offer these services more broadly than we currently do. 

Managed Services. While many banks own significant networks of ATMs that serve as extensions of their branch networks and increase 
the level of service offered to their customers, large ATM networks are costly to operate and typically do not provide significant revenue for 
banks and smaller financial institutions. Similarly, there are retailers that own their own network of ATMs for added services to their 
customers. Operating a network of ATMs is not a core competency for the majority of banks or other financial institutions and for retailers; 
therefore, we believe there is an opportunity for a large non-bank ATM and financial services kiosk operator such as ourselves, with lower 
costs and an established operating history, to contract with financial institutions and retailers to manage their ATM networks. Such an 
outsourcing arrangement could reduce a financial institution’s operational costs while extending their customer service. Additionally, we 
believe there are opportunities to provide selected services on an outsourced basis, such as transaction processing services, to other 
independent owners and operators of ATMs and financial services kiosks.  

Growth in International Markets. In most regions of the world, ATMs are less common than in the U.S. We believe the ATM industry 
will grow faster in certain international markets, as the number of ATMs per capita in those markets increases and begins to approach the 
levels in the U.S., as we have seen in the U.K. In addition, there has been a trend toward growth of non-branch ATMs in the other 
international markets we operate in, including Germany, which we entered into during 2013 through the Cardpoint acquisition. 

  United Kingdom. The U.K. is the largest ATM market in Europe. According to LINK (which connects the ATM networks of all 

U.K. ATM operators), approximately 67,500 ATMs were deployed in the U.K. as of December 2013, of which approximately 
32,800 were operated by non-banks. Similar to the U.S., electronic payment alternatives have gained popularity in the U.K. in recent 
years. However, cash is still the primary payment method preferred by consumers, representing approximately 60% of spontaneous 
payments above £1.00 according to the UK Payments Council’s UK Consumer Payments 2013 publication. Due to the maturing of 
the ATM market, we have seen both the number of ATM deployments and withdrawals slow in recent years, and there has been a 
shift from pay-to-use ATMs to free-to-use ATMs. We significantly expanded in the U.K. during 2013 through the acquisition of 
Cardpoint, and expect to further expand our operations in this market through new locations with existing merchant customers along 
with new merchants with whom we may acquire relationships and other growth strategies. 

30 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  Germany. We entered the German market in August 2013 through our acquisition of Cardpoint. The German ATM market is highly 
fragmented and may be under-deployed, based on its population’s use of cash relative to other markets in which we operate, such as 
the U.S. and U.K. There are approximately 55,000 ATMs in Germany that are largely deployed in bank branch locations. This 
fragmented and potentially under-deployed market dynamic is attractive to us, and as a result, we believe there are a number of 
opportunities for growth in this market. Girocard, which is the interbank network that connects the ATM network of German ATMs 
and banks, enabled surcharging in early 2011.   

  Mexico. According to the Central Bank of Mexico, as of September 2013 (latest statistics date), Mexico had approximately 40,100 

ATMs operating throughout the country, most of which were owned by national and regional banks. Due to a series of governmental 
and networks regulations over the past few years that have been mostly detrimental to us, along with increased theft attempts on our 
ATMs in this market, we have slowed our expansion in this market in recent years. However, we continue to pursue opportunities to 
grow profitably with large retailers and financial institutions in the region on a selective basis. 

  Canada. We entered the Canadian market in October 2011 through our acquisition of Mr. Cash, and further expanded our presence 
in the country through our acquisition of Can-Do-Cash in December 2012. We expect to continue to grow our number of ATM 
locations in this market and plan to leverage our U.S. operations to support our anticipated growth in this market. We believe that we 
can leverage our existing relationships with merchant retailers with whom we have significant existing relationships in place in the 
U.S. to service their Canadian operations, such as our expansion with 7-Eleven Canada during 2012. Furthermore, in 2012, we 
established a relationship with Scotiabank to provide vault cash in Canada, as well as brand the ATMs in 7-Eleven locations with 
their logo. As we expand our footprint in Canada, we plan to seek additional partnerships with financial institutions to implement 
bank branding and other financial services, similar to our bank branding and surcharge-free strategy in the U.S.  

Increases in Surcharge Rates. As financial institutions in the U.S. increase the surcharge rates charged to non-customers for the use of 
their ATMs, it enables us to increase the surcharge rates charged on our ATMs in selected markets and with certain merchant customers as 
well. We also believe that higher surcharge rates in the market make our surcharge-free offerings more attractive to consumers and other 
financial institutions. In 2009 and 2010, we saw increases in surcharge rates in the industry. Over the last few years, we have seen a slowing 
of surcharge rate increases and expect to see more modest increases in surcharge rates in the near future. 

Decrease in Interchange Rates. The interchange rates paid to independent ATM deployers, such as ourselves, are in some cases set by the 

various EFT networks over which the underlying transactions are routed.  Over the last few of years, several networks in our U.S. segment 
have not only reduced the per transaction interchange paid to ATM deployers for transactions routed through their networks, but also 
increased the fees they charge ATM deployers to have access to their networks. These access fees are referred to as “acquirer fees.” As a 
result of these actions, we have experienced a decrease in the net interchange rate we receive on transactions performed at our ATMs. During 
the second quarter of 2012, a major global network reduced the interchange it pays to ATM deployers and also increased the acquirer fees 
paid by ATM deployers. This network action also prompted some financial institutions to shift their transaction volume to lower interchange 
rate networks, further reducing our interchange revenues. If additional financial institutions move to take advantage of the lower interchange 
rate, or if additional networks reduce the interchange rates they currently pay to ATM deployers or increase their network fees, our future 
revenues and gross profits would be further negatively impacted.  We have taken certain measures to mitigate our exposure to interchange 
rate reductions by networks, including, but not limited to: (1) where possible, routing transactions through a preferred network such as the 
Allpoint network, where we have influence over the per transaction rate; (2) negotiating directly with our financial institution partners for 
contractual interchange rates on transactions involving their customers; and (3) developing contractual protection from such rate changes in 
our agreements with merchants and financial institution partners.   

Interchange rates in the U.K., most of which are set by LINK, the U.K.’s primary ATM debit network, slightly declined as of January 1, 
2013; however, LINK has slightly increased the interchange rates for 2014. LINK sets the interchange rates in the U.K. annually by using a 
cost-based methodology that incorporates interest rates and other ATM service costs from two years back (i.e., interest rates and other costs 
from 2011 are considered for determining the 2013 interchange rate). In addition to LINK transactions, certain card issuers in the U.K. have 
issued cards that are not affiliated with the LINK network, and instead carry the Visa or MasterCard network brands.  Transactions conducted 
on our ATMs from these cards, which currently represent less than 2% of our annual withdrawal transactions in the U.K., receive interchange 
fees that are set by Visa or MasterCard, respectively.  The interchange rates set by Visa and MasterCard have historically been less than the 
rates that have been established by LINK.  Accordingly, if any major financial institutions in the U.K. were to decide to leave the LINK 
network in favor of Visa or MasterCard, such a move could further reduce the interchange revenues that we receive from the related 
withdrawal transactions conducted on our ATMs in that market. 

Recent Events 

Withdrawal Transaction and Revenue Trends – U. S. For the year ended December 31, 2013, total same-store cash withdrawal 

transactions conducted on our domestic ATMs increased by 1.1% over the prior year. We define same-store ATMs as all ATMs that were 
continuously transacting for both the current period and the comparable period in the prior year to ensure the exclusion of any new growth or 
mid-month installations. We believe that the moderate increase in transactions during the year was attributable to several factors, including: 
(1) a continued shift in the mix of withdrawal transactions being conducted on our domestic network of ATMs (i.e., more surcharge-free and 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
less surcharge-based withdrawal transactions) resulting from the continued evolution and growth of our surcharge-free product offerings; and 
(2) the continued growth in the use of network-branded stored-value cards by employers and governmental agencies for payroll and benefit-
related payments. These increases were partially offset by decreased consumer spending, surcharge rate increases, declining transaction rates 
at merchant-owned ATMs, and unfavorable weather in the first and fourth quarters of 2013 compared to 2012. We expect to continue to see a 
moderate rate of increase in the number of cash withdrawal transactions being conducted on our domestic ATMs.   

Over the last several years, some of the large U.S. banks serving the market for consumer banking services have begun to aggressively 

compete for market share, and part of their competitive strategy is to increase their number of customer touch points, including the 
establishment of an ATM network to provide convenient, surcharge-free access to cash for their customers. As a result, in certain situations, 
we have faced direct competition from large U.S. banks for large ATM placement opportunities. While a large owned-ATM network would 
be a key strategic asset for a bank, we believe it would be uneconomical for all but the largest banks to build and operate an extensive ATM 
network. Bank branding of our ATMs and participation in our surcharge-free network allow financial institutions to rapidly increase 
surcharge-free ATM access for their customers at substantially lower cost than building their own ATM networks. We also believe there is an 
opportunity for a large non-bank ATM and financial services kiosk operator such as ourselves, with lower costs and an established operating 
history, to contract with financial institutions and retailers to manage their ATM networks. Such an outsourcing arrangement could reduce a 
financial institution’s operational costs while extending its customer service. Furthermore, we believe there are opportunities to provide 
selected services on an outsourced basis, such as transaction processing services, to other independent owners and operators of ATMs and 
financial services kiosks. These factors have led to an increase in bank branding, participation in surcharge-free networks, and managed 
services arrangements, and we believe that there will be continued growth in such arrangements. 

Withdrawal Transaction and Revenue Trends – U.K. In recent periods, we have installed more free-to-use ATMs as opposed to 

surcharging pay-to-use ATMs in the U.K., and as a result of this mix shift, our overall withdrawal transactions in the U.K. (excluding the 
effect of Cardpoint acquisition) increased by 13% for the year ended December 31, 2013 over the prior year. Although we earn less revenue 
per cash withdrawal transaction on a free-to-use machine, the increase in the number of transactions conducted on free-to-use machines has 
generally translated into higher overall revenues.  

Financial Regulatory Reform in the U.S. The Dodd-Frank Act, which contains broad measures aimed at overhauling financial regulations 

within the U.S., was signed into law on July 21, 2010. Among many other things, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions that (1) have 
resulted in the creation of a new Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection, (2) limit the activities that banking entities may engage in, and (3) 
give the Federal Reserve the authority to regulate interchange transaction fees charged by EFT networks for electronic POS debit 
transactions. ATM debit transactions were determined not to be subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act. As a result of the Dodd-
Frank Act, we have seen networks and banks take different actions to attempt to mitigate reductions to fees that they previously earned on 
certain transaction types, such as POS debit interchange. As potentially an indirect consequence, certain networks over which our ATM 
transactions are routed have reduced the net interchange paid to us. Other possible impacts of this broad legislation are unknown to us at this 
time, but we have seen certain actions taken by banks that indicate debit cards are no longer considered as an attractive form of payment as 
they previously had been. Decreased profitability on POS debit transactions could cause banks to provide incentives to their customers to use 
other payment types, such as credit cards. We also believe that merchant retailers may continue to have a preference to receive cash as a form 
of payment. In addition, there are other components to the Dodd-Frank Act that may ultimately impact us, but at this time, we are uncertain as 
to what impact the existing and future laws, and the resulting behavior by consumers and financial institutions, will ultimately have on our 
business.  

Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”). The ADA requires that ATMs be accessible to and independently usable by individuals with 
disabilities, such as visually-impaired or wheel-chair bound persons. The U.S. Department of Justice issued accessibility regulations under 
the ADA that became effective in March 2012.  We started preparing for these new regulations several years prior to the effective date by 
ensuring that the ATMs that we purchased and deployed were compliant with these regulations, and we believe that all of our U.S. ATMs that 
we own are currently ADA-compliant.  

Europay, MasterCard, Visa (“EMV”). The EMV standard provides for the security and processing of information contained on 
microchips embedded in certain debit and credit cards, known as “smart cards.”  This standard has already been adopted in the U.K., 
Germany, Mexico, and Canada, and our ATMs in those markets are in compliance.  In the U.S., MasterCard announced plans for a liability 
shift from the issuers of these cards to the party that has not made the investment in EMV equipment (acquirer) for fraudulent counterfeit card 
Maestro cross-border transactions.  MasterCard’s liability shift on International Maestro (MasterCard) transactions occurred in April 2013, 
and while the majority of our U.S. ATMs are not currently EMV-compliant, we do not expect this liability shift to have a significant impact 
on our business or results as International Maestro transactions currently comprise less than 1% of our U.S. transaction volume.  As of the 
Maestro liability shift date of April 2013, we have implemented additional fraud monitoring methods to minimize fraud losses.  To date, we 
have seen minimal fraud losses.   In February 2013, Visa announced plans for a liability shift to occur in October 2017 for all transactions 
types on domestic or international EMV-issued cards.  MasterCard has also announced that liability shift for its domestic ATM transactions 
on EMV-issued cards will occur in October 2016. At this time, neither MasterCard nor Visa are requiring mandatory upgrades to ATM 
equipment; however, increased fraudulent activity on ATMs in the future or the shifting of liability for fraudulent activity on all ATM 
transactions without EMV readers, or other business or regulatory factors could cause us to upgrade or replace a significant portion of our 
existing U.S. ATM fleet. We are closely monitoring the migration toward the EMV standard, and all of our recent ATM deployments have 
been with ATMs that are EMV-ready. At this time, through a combination of ordinary replacement of equipment, routine scheduled 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
maintenance visits to our ATMs, and evolving technology to meet compliance, we do not expect the EMV migration to have a significant 
impact on our future capital investments and results from operations. However, we currently estimate that the incremental potential cost to 
make our entire current Company-owned U.S. ATM fleet fully compliant with the EMV standard is approximately $30 million to $35 
million, a portion of which has already been planned for within our budget for 2014. With the increased capital investments required as a 
direct result of EMV, our depreciation expense may increase in the future. Additionally, there is a possibility that we could incur asset write-
offs or accelerated depreciation expense on certain ATM units. Furthermore, we could experience a higher rate of unit count attrition for our 
merchant-owned ATMs in the future as a result of this standard. 

Restrictions on EBT Cards.  Recently released regulations at both the federal and state level prohibit the use of a debit cards loaded with 
government benefit payments (commonly called “EBT cards”) from being used at ATMs established in certain locations, primarily casinos, 
liquor stores, and adult entertainment venues.  Since we have not seen a significant use of EBT cards in such locations, we do not believe 
these restrictions will have any meaningful impact upon our transactional revenue.  However, if the scope and type of locations where EBT 
cards are prohibited expand, our transaction-based revenue may be adversely affected.    

Financial Regulatory Reform in the U.K. and the European Union. In March 2013, the U.K. Treasury department (the “Treasury”) issued 

a formal recommendation to further regulate the U.K. payments industry, including LINK, the nation’s formal ATM scheme.  In October 
2013, the U.K. government responded by establishing the new Payment Systems Regulator (“PSR”) to oversee any payment system operating 
in the U.K. and its participants. The ultimate impact of the establishment of the PSR will not be known until it is officially formed. 

In July 2013, the European Commission put forward a new draft directive (the “draft Directive”) to regulate payment service providers 
operating in the European Union (“PSD2”).  Broadly, PSD2 seeks to harmonize rules for the licensing of payment institutions and introduces 
certain common rules affecting all payment service providers (“PSPs”) throughout the European Union. The draft Directive sets out the rights 
and obligations of payment service users and PSPs together with transparency and security requirements to facilitate safe, efficient payment 
transactions.  Whereas the current Payment Services Directive exempts independent ATM deployers, PSD2 (as currently drafted) will apply 
to businesses of this nature. The draft Directive is currently still in Committee stage in the European Parliament and has not yet been properly 
considered by the Council. We anticipate that the draft Directive will not be finalized until 2015 and that it will take up to an additional two 
years for member states to transpose it into domestic law. In parallel with PSD2, the European Commission has introduced a new Regulation 
(“MIF Regulation”) aimed at reducing the level of interchange fees charged by card schemes for Point-of-Sale (“POS”) transactions, as well 
as altering certain of the business rules contained in card scheme rulebooks. The fee caps in the MIF Regulation do not apply to cash 
withdrawal transactions at ATMs, but certain of the other provisions in the MIF Regulation could apply to ATM operators (although their 
precise effects are currently uncertain). The Regulation is also currently in Committee stage at the European Parliament and we anticipate that 
there will be significant amendments to the Commission’s text by the time the Parliament adopts its official position. We anticipate that the 
MIF Regulation will be finalized in 2015, but in contrast to PSD2, the MIF Regulation will be directly effective in the member states and will 
not require any further implementing legislation. For additional information on regulatory risks in the U.K., see Item 1A. Risk Factors. 

U.K. Property Taxes. In the U.K., there is no requirement for property owners to declare ownership and valuation to taxing authorities for 

property tax purposes (referred to as “business rates” in the U.K.). Rather, the U.K. government sets the valuations on all the assessable 
properties that it is aware of and distributes the results to the various local government councils, who then may or may not send property tax 
bills to property owners at their discretion. Through mid-2013, we had only received tax bills for a portion of the ATMs in the U.K. and these 
amounts were not significant in the past. In May 2013, we received a notice from the U.K. governmental agency in charge of property taxes 
stating that it had obtained location and transaction count data for all ATMs in the U.K., and that it was in the process of creating or updating 
the valuations on many U.K. ATMs across the industry. In 2013, we received listings of proposed valuations for our ATMs, which indicated 
an annual incremental assessment of approximately £1.8 million ($2.9 million), net of amounts that may be contractually recovered from 
merchants and potential reductions resulting from successfully challenging the assessments with the U.K. government and local authorities. 
Under U.K. law, these taxes may be payable retroactive to April 2010 or to the date of first occupancy, whichever is later. As a result, we 
believe that it is probable that we will be assessed on significantly more ATMs than in the past, and as a result, during 2013 we recorded an 
additional expense of $8.7 million through the Cost of ATM operating revenues line item on our Consolidated Statement of Operations to 
account for not only current year taxes assessable but also an estimate for taxes assessable relating to previous years. We believe there are 
several strategies to mitigate these property tax assessments and we plan to aggressively pursue these strategies, to not only reduce the 
retroactive portion of such assessments, but to also minimize the potential ongoing impact of this change in approach by the U.K. taxing 
authorities.  

Expansion in Germany. As noted above in Developing Trends in the ATM and Financial Services Industry – Growth in International 

Markets, we entered the German market in August 2013 through our acquisition of Cardpoint. The German ATM market is highly 
fragmented and may be under-deployed based on its population’s use of cash relative to other markets in which we operate, such as the U.S. 
and U.K. There are approximately 55,000 ATMs in Germany that are largely deployed in branch locations. This fragmented and potentially 
under-deployed market dynamic is attractive to us, and as a result, we believe there are a number of opportunities for growth in this market 
and we plan to pursue many of them. 

Mexico Business. In September 2012, we completed a required migration of our U.S. dollar-dispensing ATMs in Mexico so that we could 

continue to settle our U.S. dollar-denominated transactions through Promoción y Operación S.A. de C.V. (“PROSA-RED”).  This process 
change, combined with the overall recent downward trend in surcharge transactions in Mexico stemming from regulatory changes in 2010, 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
has resulted in a reduction of the revenues and profits we earn from our ATMs in Mexico.  As a result, we have reduced our ATM 
deployments in Mexico in recent years and we continue to evaluate each ATM’s revenue and profit contributions to our Mexico operations. 
During the fourth quarter of 2013, in response to increased physical ATM theft attempts and lower profitability on certain ATMs in Mexico, 
we took a number of ATMs out of service for a period of time to enhance some security features. In spite of some of the recent challenges of 
operating in this market, we believe long-term opportunities remain to operate a profitable operation in this market.   

Convertible Note Offering. In November 2013, we completed an underwritten private placement of convertible senior notes (“Convertible 

Notes”), generating gross proceeds of $287.5 million. The Convertible Notes pay semi-annual interest at a rate of 1.0% per annum on the 
$287.5 million aggregate principal balance and mature in December 2020. We are required to settle the principal balance of the Convertible 
Notes in cash and/or stock upon conversion or maturity at our election. 

Simultaneous with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, we entered into hedging transactions designed to offset dilution to our common 

stock in the event of a conversion under the Convertible Notes. The note hedge instruments (“Note Hedges”) have a strike price of $52.35, 
which is equal to the conversion rate under the Convertible Notes, are exercisable by us upon any conversion under the Convertible Notes 
and expire in December 2020. We also sold warrants (“Warrants”) in our common stock with a strike price of $73.29. The net effect of the 
Note Hedges and Warrants was to raise the effective conversion price of the Convertible Notes to $73.29. 

We used the net offering proceeds from the Convertible Notes and the Warrants to purchase the Note Hedges, to repay outstanding 
borrowings under our revolving credit facility, and to concurrently repurchase shares of our common stock from the initial purchasers of the 
Convertible Notes. We intend to use the remainder of the net proceeds from the offering for general corporate purposes, which may include 
working capital and capital expenditures. See Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10, Long-Term Debt for a 
complete discussion of these transactions and their accounting implications.  

Factors Impacting Comparability Between Periods 

  Foreign Currency Exchange Rates. Our reported financial results are subject to fluctuations in exchange rates. With relatively 
minor fluctuations in the average rates between 2011 and 2013, our overall results have not been significantly impacted. 

  Acquisitions. The results of operations for any acquired entities during a particular year have been included in our consolidated 

results for that year since the respective dates of acquisition.  

Components of Revenues, Cost of Revenues, and Expenses 

Revenues 

We derive our revenues primarily from providing ATM and automated consumer financial services and, to a lesser extent, from branding 

arrangements, surcharge-free network offerings, and sales of ATM equipment. We currently classify revenues into two primary categories: 
(1) ATM operating revenues and (2) ATM product sales and other revenues.  

ATM Operating Revenues. We present revenues from ATM and automated consumer financial services, branding arrangements, 

surcharge-free network offerings and managed services as “ATM operating revenues” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. These 
revenues include the fees we earn per transaction on our ATMs, fees we generate from bank branding arrangements and our surcharge-free 
network offerings, fees we earn on managed services arrangements, and fees earned from providing certain maintenance services. Our 
revenues from ATM services have increased in recent years due to the acquisitions we have completed, by unit expansion with our customer 
base, acquisition of new merchant relationships, expansion of our bank branding program, and the growth of our Allpoint network.  

ATM operating revenues primarily consist of the four following components: (1) surcharge revenue, (2) interchange revenue, (3) branding 

and surcharge-free network revenue, and (4) managed services revenue. 

 

Surcharge revenue. A surcharge fee represents a convenience fee paid by the cardholder for making a cash withdrawal from an 
ATM. Surcharge fees often vary by the type of arrangement under which we place our ATMs and can vary widely based on the 
location of the ATM and the nature of the contracts negotiated with our merchants. Surcharge fees per surcharge-bearing transaction 
will vary depending upon the competitive landscape for surcharge fees at newly-deployed ATMs, the roll-out of additional branding 
arrangements, and future negotiations with existing merchant partners. For those ATMs that we own or operate that participate in 
surcharge-free networks, we do not receive surcharge fees related to withdrawal transactions from cardholders who are participants 
of such networks; rather we receive interchange and branding or surcharge-free network revenues, which are further discussed 
below. For certain ATMs owned and primarily operated by the merchant, we do not receive any portion of the surcharge but rather 
the entire fee is earned by the merchant. In the U.K., ATM operators must either operate ATMs on a free-to-use (surcharge-free) or 
on a pay-to-use (surcharging) basis. On free-to-use ATMs in the U.K., we only earn interchange revenue on withdrawal and other 
transactions, such as balance inquiries, that are paid to us by the customer’s financial institution through the ATM network in the 
U.K. On pay-to-use ATMs, we only earn a surcharge fee on withdrawal transactions and no interchange is paid to us by the 
cardholder’s financial institution, except for non-cash withdrawal transactions such as balance inquiries for which interchange is 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
paid to us by the cardholder’s financial institution. In Germany, we collect a surcharge fee on withdrawal transactions but do not 
receive any interchange revenue. In Mexico, domestic surcharge fees are generally similar to those charged in the U.S., except for 
machines that dispense U.S. dollars, where we charge an additional foreign currency convenience fee. Finally, in Canada, surcharge 
fees are comparable to those charged in the U.S. and we also earn an interchange fee that is paid to us by the cardholder’s financial 
institution. 

 

Interchange revenue. An interchange fee is a fee paid by the cardholder’s financial institution for its customer’s use of an ATM 
owned by another operator and for the EFT network charges to transmit data between the ATM and the cardholder’s financial 
institution. We typically receive a majority of the interchange fee paid by the cardholder’s financial institution, with the remaining 
portion being retained by the EFT network. In the U.S., interchange fees are earned not only on cash withdrawal transactions but on 
any ATM transaction, including balance inquiries, transfers, and surcharge-free transactions. On approximately 57% of our U.S. 
transactions, the interchange fees that we earn are set by the EFT networks and vary according to EFT network arrangements with 
financial institutions, as well as the type of transaction. Such fees are typically lower for balance inquiries and fund transfers and 
higher for withdrawal transactions. On the rest of our U.S. transactions, we have negotiated with the financial institution or network 
for the per transaction interchange fees that we earn. In the U.K., interchange fees are earned on all ATM transactions other than 
pay-to-use cash withdrawals. LINK sets the interchange rates for most ATM transactions in the U.K. annually by using a cost-based 
methodology that, among other costs, factors in the interest rates and cash costs from two years back (i.e., interest rates and other 
costs from 2012 are considered for determining the 2014 interchange rate). In Germany, there is no interchange mechanism and our 
primary revenue source is convenience fees paid by ATM users. Currently, we do not receive interchange revenue from domestic 
transactions in Mexico due to rules promulgated by the Central Bank of Mexico, which became effective in May 2010.  These rules 
require ATM operators to choose between receiving an interchange fee from the consumer’s card-issuing bank or a surcharge fee 
from the consumer.  When a surcharge is received by the ATM operator, the rules prohibit a bank from charging its cardholder an 
additional fee.  In Canada, interchange fees are determined by Interac (the interbank network in Canada), and have remained at a 
constant rate over the past few years. 

  Branding and surcharge-free network revenue. Under a bank branding agreement, ATMs that are owned and operated by us are 
branded with the logo of the branding financial institution. Customers of the branding institution can use those machines without 
paying a surcharge, and, in exchange for that value, the customer’s financial institution typically pays us a monthly per-machine fee 
for such branding. Historically, this type of branding arrangement has resulted in an increase in transaction levels at the branded 
ATMs, as existing customers continue to use the ATMs and new customers of the branding financial institution are attracted by the 
surcharge-free service. Additionally, although we forego the surcharge fee on transactions by the branding institution’s customers, 
we continue to earn interchange fees on those transactions along with the monthly branding fee, and typically enjoy an increase in 
surcharge-bearing transactions from users who are not customers of the branding institution as a result of having a bank brand on the 
devices. Based on these factors, we believe a branding arrangement can substantially increase the profitability of an ATM versus 
operating the same machine without a bank brand. Fees paid for branding vary widely within our industry, as well as within our own 
operations, depending on the ATM location, financial institutions operating in the area, and other factors. Regardless, we typically 
set branding fees at levels that more than offset our anticipated lost surcharge revenue. 

Under the Allpoint network, financial institutions who are members of the network pay us either a fixed monthly fee per cardholder 
or a set fee per transaction in exchange for us providing their cardholders with surcharge-free access to most of our ATMs. These 
fees are meant to compensate us for the loss of surcharge revenues. Although we forego surcharge revenues on those transactions, 
we do continue to earn interchange revenues. Allpoint also works with financial institutions that manage stored-value debit card 
programs on behalf of corporate entities and governmental agencies, including general purpose, payroll, and EBT cards. Under these 
programs, the issuing financial institutions pay Allpoint either a per transaction fee or a fee per issued stored-value card in return for 
allowing the users of those cards surcharge-free access to the Allpoint network. 

In addition to Allpoint, the ATMs that we operate in 7-Eleven stores, as well as select other merchant locations, participate in the 
CO-OP network, the nation’s largest surcharge-free network devoted exclusively to credit unions.  

  Managed services revenue. Under a managed service arrangement, we offer ATM-related services depending on the needs of our 

customers, including monitoring, maintenance, cash management, cash delivery, customer service, transaction processing, and other 
services. Our customers, which include retailers and financial institutions, may also at times request that we own the ATM fleets. 
Under a managed services arrangement, all of the transaction-based surcharge and interchange fees are earned by our customer, 
whereas we typically receive a fixed management fee per ATM or a set fee per transaction for the services we provide.  This 
arrangement allows our customers to have greater flexibility to control the profitability per ATM by managing the surcharge fee 
levels.  Currently, we offer managed services in the U.S., U.K., and Canada, and plan to grow both domestically and internationally 
in the future.   

In addition to the above, we also earn ATM operating revenues from the provision of more sophisticated financial services transactions at 

certain financial services kiosks that, in addition to standard ATM services, offer bill payment, check cashing, remote deposit capture, and 
money transfer services.  

35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
The following table presents the components of our total ATM operating revenues for the years indicated:  

Surcharge revenue 
Interchange revenue 
Bank branding and surcharge-free network revenues 
Other ATM operating revenues, including managed services 

Total ATM operating revenues 

2013 

 46.0 % 
 32.6  
 16.6  
 4.8   
 100.0 % 

2012 

 47.2 % 
 32.5  
 16.1  
 4.2   
 100.0 % 

2011 

 48.7 % 
 31.7  
 15.6  
 4.0   
 100.0 % 

ATM Product Sales and Other Revenues. We present revenues from the sale of ATMs and other non-transaction-based revenues as “ATM 

product sales and other revenues” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. These revenues consist primarily of sales of ATMs and 
related equipment to merchants operating under merchant-owned arrangements, as well as sales under our value-added reseller (“VAR”) 
program with NCR. Under our VAR program, we primarily sell ATMs to associate VARs who in turn resell the ATMs to various financial 
institutions throughout the U.S. in territories authorized by the equipment manufacturer. We expect to continue to derive a portion of our 
revenues from sales of ATMs in the future. 

Cost of Revenues 

Our cost of revenues primarily consists of those costs directly associated with transactions completed on our network of ATMs and 
financial services kiosks. These costs include merchant commissions, vault cash rental expense, other cost of cash, repairs and maintenance 
expense, communications expense, transaction processing fees, and direct operations expense. To a lesser extent, cost of revenues also 
includes those costs associated with the sales of ATMs. The following is a description of our primary cost of revenues categories: 

  Merchant Commissions. We pay our merchants a fee for allowing us an exclusive right to place our ATM at their location and that 

fee amount depends on a variety of factors, including the type of arrangement under which the device is placed, the type of location, 
and the number of transactions on that device. For the year ended December 31, 2013, merchant commissions represented 31.7% of 
our ATM operating revenues. 

  Vault Cash Rental Expense. We pay a fee to our vault cash providers for renting the cash that is maintained in our devices. As the 
fees we pay under our contracts with our vault cash providers are based on market rates of interest, changes in interest rates affect 
our cost of cash. In order to limit our exposure to increases in interest rates, we have entered into a number of interest rate swaps on 
varying amounts of our current and anticipated outstanding cash balances in our domestic operations through 2018. Our interest rate 
swaps in the U.K. expired as of December 31, 2013. For the year ended December 31, 2013, vault cash rental expense, inclusive of 
our interest rate swap expense, represented 5.8% of our ATM operating revenues. 

  Other Costs of Cash. Other costs of cash includes all costs associated with the provision of cash for our devices except for rental 

expense, including armored courier services, insurance, cash reconciliation, associated wire fees, and other costs. For the year ended 
December 31, 2013, other costs of cash represented 9.2% of our ATM operating revenues. 

  Repairs and Maintenance. Depending on the type of arrangement with the merchant, we may be responsible for first and/or second 

line maintenance for the device. We typically use third parties with national operations to provide these services, except for in the 
U.K. where we maintain an engineer team to service most of our ATMs in that market and those costs are included in the Other 
Expenses line described below. For the year ended December 31, 2013, repairs and maintenance expense represented 6.7% of our 
ATM operating revenues. 

  Communications. Under our Company-owned arrangements, we are responsible for expenses associated with providing 

telecommunications capabilities to the devices, allowing them to connect with the applicable EFT network. 

  Transaction Processing. We maintain our own EFT transaction processing platform, through which the majority of our ATMs are 
driven and monitored.  We also utilize third-party processors to gateway transactions to the EFT networks for authorization by the 
cardholders’ financial institutions and to settle transactions.  As a result of acquisitions completed in the last few years, we have 
inherited transaction processing contracts with certain third-party providers that have varying lengths of remaining contractual terms. 
Over the next couple of years, we expect to convert the majority of ATMs currently operating under these contracts to our own EFT 
transaction processing platform. 

  Other Expenses. Other expenses primarily consist of direct operations expenses, which are costs associated with managing our 

network, including expenses for monitoring the devices, program managers, technicians, cash ordering and forecasting personnel,  
and customer service representatives. Additionally, it includes personnel-related costs for maintaining our in-house armored courier 
operation and maintenance teams in our operations in the U.K. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Cost of ATM Product Sales. In connection with the sale of equipment to merchants and distributors, we incur costs associated with 

purchasing equipment from manufacturers, as well as delivery and installation expenses. 

We define variable costs as those that vary based on transaction levels. The majority of merchant commissions, vault cash rental expense, 

and other costs of cash fall under this category. The other categories of cost of revenues are mostly fixed in nature, meaning that any 
significant decrease in transaction volumes would lead to a decrease in the profitability of our operations, unless there was an offsetting 
increase in per-transaction revenues or decrease in our fixed costs. Although the majority of our operating costs are variable in nature, an 
increase in transaction volumes may lead to an increase in the profitability of our operations due to the economies of scale obtained through 
increased leveraging of our fixed costs and incremental preferential pricing obtained from our vendors. We exclude depreciation, accretion, 
and amortization of ATMs and ATM-related assets from our cost of ATM revenues.  

The profitability of any particular location, and of our entire ATM and financial services kiosk operation, is driven by a combination of 

surcharge, interchange, branding and surcharge-free network revenues, and managed services revenues, as well as the level of our related 
costs. Accordingly, material changes in our surcharge or interchange revenues may be offset and in some cases more than offset by branding 
revenues, surcharge-free network fees, managed services revenues or other ancillary revenues, or by changes in our cost structure.  

Other Operating Expenses 

Our other operating expenses include selling, general and administrative expenses related to salaries, benefits, advertising and marketing, 
professional services, and overhead. Acquisition-related costs, depreciation and accretion of the ATMs, ATM-related assets, and other assets 
that we own, amortization of our acquired merchant contracts, and other amortizable intangible assets are also components of our other 
operating expenses. We depreciate our capital equipment on a straight-line basis over the estimated life of such equipment and amortize the 
value of acquired intangible assets over the estimated lives of such assets. 

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations 

The following table sets forth line items from our Consolidated Statements of Operations as a percentage of total revenues for the years 

indicated. Percentages may not add due to rounding. 

Revenues: 

ATM operating revenues 
ATM product sales and other revenues 

Total revenues 
Cost of revenues: 

Cost of ATM operating revenues (excludes depreciation, accretion, 

and amortization shown separately below) (1) 
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues 

Total cost of revenues 

Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses (2) 
Acquisition-related expenses (3) 
Depreciation and accretion expense 
Amortization expense 
Loss on disposal of assets 
Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 
Other expense (income): 
Interest expense, net 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and note discount 
Other income 

Total other expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) (4) 
Net income 
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests 
Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to common 
stockholders 
_______________ 
(1) 

2013 

2012 

2011 

 97.5 %   

 2.5  
 100.0  

 95.3 %   

 4.7  
 100.0  

 95.6 % 
 4.4  
 100.0  

 65.5  
 2.4  
 67.9  
 32.1  

 9.7  
 1.8  
 7.8  
 3.1  
 0.3  
 22.7  
 9.4  

 2.4  
 0.2  
 (0.4)  
 2.3  
 7.1  
 4.8  
 2.4  
 (0.4)  

 64.4  
 4.3  
 68.7  
 31.3  

 8.4  
 0.4  
 7.9  
 2.8  
 0.2  
 19.7  
 11.6  

 2.7  
 0.1  
 (0.2)  
 2.6  
 9.0  
 3.5  
 5.5  
 —  

 63.5  
 3.8  
 67.3  
 32.7  

 8.9  
 0.8  
 7.7  
 2.9  
 0.2  
 20.4  
 12.4  

 3.2  
 0.2  
 (0.1)  
 3.3  
 9.1  
 (2.1)  
 11.2  
 —  

 2.7 %   

 5.6 %   

 11.2 % 

Excludes effects of depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense of $87.2 million, $74.7 million and $59.3 million for the years ended December 
31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The inclusion of this depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense in Cost of ATM operating revenues 
would have increased our Cost of ATM operating revenues as a percentage of total revenues by 9.9%, 9.6%, and 9.5% for the years ended December 
31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Includes stock-based compensation expense of $11.4 million, $10.2 million, and $8.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011, respectively. The years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 includes the effect of $0.5 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in severance costs 
associated with management of our U.K. operations. 

Acquisition-related expenses include nonrecurring costs incurred for professional and legal fees and certain transition and integration-related costs, 
including contract termination costs, related to acquisitions. 

The year ended December 31, 2011 includes $37.0 million in income tax benefits that were realized as a result of a tax reporting change implemented 
with respect to our U.K. operations. The year ended December 31, 2013 includes $13.8 in income tax expense associated with restructuring our U.K. 
operations. 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key Operating Metrics 

We rely on certain key measures to gauge our operating performance, including total transactions, total cash withdrawal transactions, 
ATM operating revenues per ATM per month, and ATM operating gross profit margin. The following table sets forth information regarding 
certain of these key measures for the periods indicated, excluding the effect of the acquisitions during the periods presented for comparative 
purposes.  

 EXCLUDING ACQUISITIONS: 

Average number of transacting ATMs: 
United States: Company-owned  
United Kingdom 
Mexico 
Canada 
Subtotal  
United States: Merchant-owned 
Average number of transacting ATMs – ATM operations 

United States: Managed services - Turnkey (1) 
United States: Managed services - Processing Plus (1) 
United Kingdom: Managed services 
Canada: Managed services 
Average number of transacting ATMs – Managed services 

  Total average number of transacting ATMs  

Total transactions (in thousands): 
ATM operations 
Managed services 
Total transactions 

Total cash withdrawal transactions (in thousands): 
ATM operations 
Managed services 
Total cash withdrawal transactions  

Per ATM per month amounts (excludes managed services): 

Cash withdrawal transactions 

ATM operating revenues  
Cost of ATM operating revenues (2) 
ATM operating gross profit (2)(3) 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended December 31,  

2013 

2012 

 28,023 
 4,405 
 2,533 
 1,130 
 36,091 
 15,782 
 51,873 

 2,191 
 5,013 
 21 
 26 
 7,251 

 59,124 

 790,893 
 49,171 
 840,064 

 478,561 
 31,612 
 510,173 

 769 

 1,237 
 824 
 413 

 26,049  
 3,999  
 2,797  
 851  
 33,696  
 17,773  
 51,469  

 2,087  
 3,841  
 21  
 25  
 5,974  

 57,443  

 704,809  
 39,856  
 744,665  

 443,312  
 25,287  
 468,599  

 718  

 1,178  
 792  
 386  

 $ 

 $ 

 33.4 % 

 32.8 % 

ATM operating gross profit margin (2)(3) 
____________ 
(1)  

ATMs under “Turnkey” managed services arrangements are those for which we provide broad services similar to our Company-owned ATMs, 
including transaction processing, monitoring, maintenance, cash management, communications, and customer service. For ATMs under “Processing 
Plus” managed services arrangements, we typically provide transaction processing, settlement and reporting, and customer service. 

(2) 

(3) 

Amounts presented exclude the effect of depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense, which is presented separately in our consolidated 
statements of operations. Additionally, excludes the effect of $8.7 million of nonrecurring expense related to U.K. property taxes for prior periods in 
the year ended December 31, 2013. 

ATM operating gross profit and ATM operating gross profit margin are measures of profitability that are calculated based on only the revenues and 
expenses that relate to operating ATMs in our portfolio. Revenues and expenses relating to managed services and ATM equipment sales and other 
ATM-related services are not included. 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth information regarding certain of these key measures for the periods indicated, including the effect of the 

acquisitions in the periods presented: 

 INCLUDING ACQUISITIONS: 

Average number of transacting ATMs: 
United States: Company-owned  
United Kingdom 
Mexico 
Canada 
Germany 
Subtotal  
United States: Merchant-owned 
Average number of transacting ATMs – ATM operations 

United States: Managed services - Turnkey (1) 
United States: Managed services - Processing Plus (1) 
United Kingdom: Managed services 
Canada: Managed services 
Average number of transacting ATMs – Managed services 

  Total average number of transacting ATMs  

Total transactions (in thousands): 
ATM operations 
Managed services 
Total transactions 

Total cash withdrawal transactions (in thousands): 
ATM operations 
Managed services 
Total cash withdrawal transactions  

Per ATM per month amounts (excludes managed services): 

Cash withdrawal transactions 

ATM operating revenues  
Cost of ATM operating revenues (2) 
ATM operating gross profit (2)(3) 

$ 

$ 

Years Ended December 31,  

2013 

2012 

 28,333 
 7,450 
 2,533 
 1,600 
 365 
 40,281 
 21,072 
 61,353 

 2,191 
 8,220 
 21 
 306 
 10,738 

 72,091 

 860,062 
 60,027 
 920,089 

 521,282 
 40,223 
 561,505 

 708 

 1,127 
 744 
 383 

 26,049  
 3,999  
 2,797  
 851  
 —  
 33,696  
 17,773  
 51,469  

 2,087  
 3,841  
 21  
 25  
 5,974  

 57,443  

 704,809  
 39,856  
 744,665  

 443,312  
 25,287  
 468,599  

 718  

 1,178  
 792  
 386  

 $ 

 $ 

 34.0 % 

 32.8 % 

ATM operating gross profit margin (2)(3) 
____________ 
(1)  

ATMs under “Turnkey” managed services arrangements are those for which we provide broad services similar to our Company-owned ATMs, 
including transaction processing, monitoring, maintenance, cash management, communications, and customer service. For ATMs under “Processing 
Plus” managed services arrangements, we typically provide transaction processing, settlement and reporting, and customer service. 

(2) 

(3) 

Amounts presented exclude the effect of depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense, which is presented separately in our consolidated 
statements of operations. Additionally, excludes the effect of $8.7 million of nonrecurring expense related to U.K. property taxes for prior periods in 
the year ended December 31, 2013. 

ATM operating gross profit and ATM operating gross profit margin are measures of profitability that are calculated based on only the revenues and 
expenses that relate to operating ATMs in our portfolio. Revenues and expenses relating to managed services and ATM equipment sales and other 
ATM-related services are not included. 

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Analysis of Results of Operations 

Revenues 

2013 

ATM operating revenues 
ATM product sales and other revenues 
Total revenues 

$ 

$ 

 854,196  
 22,290  
 876,486  

  % Change 

  % Change 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2012 
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 
 14.9 %   
 (39.4) %   
 12.3 %   

 743,662  
 36,787  
 780,449  

$ 

$ 

 24.5 %   
 34.5 %   
 25.0 %   

2011 

$ 

$ 

 597,219 
 27,357 
 624,576 

ATM operating revenues. ATM operating revenues generated during 2013 and 2012 increased $110.5 million and $146.4 million, 
respectively, from the prior years. Below is the detail, by segment, of changes in the various components of ATM operating revenues: 

U.S. 

Europe 

International    Eliminations   

Total 

2012 to 2013 Variance 
Other 

Increase (decrease) 
(In thousands) 

Surcharge revenue 
Interchange revenue 
Bank branding and surcharge-free network 
revenues 
Managed services revenues 
Other revenues 
Total increase in ATM operating revenues 

  $ 

 11,987   $ 
 8,195  

 30,765   $ 
 25,618  

 20,520  
 4,302  
 7,685  
 52,689   $ 

 —  
 (3)  
 4,564  
 60,944   $ 

  $ 

 (880)   $ 
 2,841  

 2,311  
 —  
 (163)  
 4,109   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  

 41,872 
 36,654 

 (55)  
 —  
 (7,153)  
 (7,208)   $ 

 22,776 
 4,299 
 4,933 
 110,534 

U.S. 

Europe 

International    Eliminations   

Total 

2011 to 2012 Variance 
Other 

Increase (decrease) 
(In thousands) 

Surcharge revenue 
Interchange revenue 
Bank branding and surcharge-free network 
revenues 
Managed services revenues 
Other revenues 
Total increase in ATM operating revenues 

  $ 

 60,730   $ 
 25,880  

 (3,767)   $ 
 22,784  

 22,435  
 5,777  
 3,743  
 118,565   $ 

—  
 16  
—  
 19,033   $ 

  $ 

 3,595   $ 
 3,390  

 3,584  
—  
 (103)  
 10,466   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  

 60,558 
 52,054 

 22  
 —  
 (1,643)  
 (1,621)   $ 

 26,041 
 5,793 
 1,997 
 146,443 

United States. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, our U.S. operations experienced an increase in ATM operating 
revenues when compared to the prior years, driven in part by contributions from acquired businesses which accounted for approximately 
$11.8 million and $73.7 million of the increase for 2013 and 2012, respectively.  In both periods, the remaining increase was due to growth 
achieved from a combination of revenue sources, including: (1) increased surcharge and interchange revenues primarily as a result of a higher 
machine count and total transaction count; (2) an increase in bank branding and surcharge-free network revenues that resulted from the 
continued growth of participating banks and other financial institutions in our bank branding program and our Allpoint network; and (3) an 
increase in managed services revenue as a result of the expansion of these services in the past year. Additionally, in 2012, we experienced an 
increase in interchange revenue as a result of an increase in withdrawal transactions by 13% (excluding the increase from acquisitions), 
partially offset by a decline in the per withdrawal interchange rate as there was an interchange rate reduction by a major network that became 
effective during the second quarter of 2012 and a shift of volume to lower interchange rate networks. 

For additional information on recent trends that have impacted, and may continue to impact, the revenues generated by our U.S. 

operations, see Recent Events - Withdrawal Transaction and Revenue Trends – U.S. above. 

Europe. Our Europe segment, which includes both the U.K. and also Germany as a result of the Cardpoint acquisition completed in 
August 2013, experienced an increase in ATM operating revenues during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 when compared to 
the prior years. In 2013, $49.3 million of the increase was attributable to the contribution of the acquisition of Cardpoint (and to a lesser 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
extent, i-design) completed during the year. The remaining increase was primarily driven by higher interchange revenues as a result of higher 
transactions primarily as a result of unit growth and higher non-monetary transactions on our ATMs in the U.K. during 2013 over 2012, 
partially offset by slightly lower interchange rates.  In 2012, the increase was also primarily driven by higher interchange revenues as a result 
of a 46% increase in the number of free-to-use ATMs we operated in that market. This volume increase was partially offset by slightly lower 
interchange rates and a decline in surcharge revenues.  The decrease in surcharge revenues was due to a combination of same-store surcharge 
transaction decreases on pay-to-use ATMs and fewer ATMs operated under this arrangement type. 

For additional information on recent trends that have impacted, and may continue to impact, the revenues generated by our U.K. 

operations, see Recent Events - Withdrawal Transaction and Revenue Trends – U.K. above. 

Other International. ATM operating revenues in this segment, which include the results of Mexico and Canada, also increased in 2013 and 
2012 compared to the prior years. Acquisitions completed during the periods contributed to this increase by $2.5 million and $2.2 million for 
2013 and 2012, respectively. The remaining increase was attributable to our Canadian operations with the addition of a significant new 
merchant contract in 2012 and the acquisition of Can-Do-Cash in December 2012. Lower ATM operating revenues from our Mexico 
operations partially offset the increases in both 2013 and 2012 as a result of lower transaction volumes. 

ATM product sales and other revenues. ATM product sales and other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2012 was higher than 
2013 and 2011 due to higher equipment and value-added reseller (“VAR”) program sales to merchants and distributors during the first half of 
2012 as a result of higher demand for new ATMs in response to new regulations under the ADA that became effective during the first quarter 
of 2012. Under our VAR program, we primarily sell ATMs to associate VARs who in turn resell the ATMs to various financial institutions 
throughout the U.S. in territories authorized by the equipment manufacturer.  

Cost of Revenues 

2013 

  % Change 

For the Years Ended December 31, 
2012 
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 

  % Change 

2011 

Cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of 
depreciation, accretion, and amortization) 
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues  
Total cost of revenues (exclusive of 
depreciation, accretion, and amortization) 

$ 

 573,959  
 21,328  

 14.2 %   
 (36.2) %   

$ 

 502,682  
 33,405  

 26.8 %   
 40.5 %   

$ 

 396,347 
 23,768 

$ 

 595,287  

 11.0 %   

$ 

 536,087  

 27.6 %   

$ 

 420,115 

Cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization). The cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive 

of depreciation, accretion, and amortization) during 2013 and 2012 increased $71.3 million and $106.3 million, respectively, from the prior 
years. The following is a detail, by segment, of changes in the various components of the cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of 
depreciation, accretion, and amortization): 

U.S. 

Europe 

International   Eliminations   

Total 

2012 to 2013 Variance 
Other 

Increase (decrease) 
(In thousands) 

  $ 

Merchant commissions 
Vault cash rental expense 
Other costs of cash 
Repairs and maintenance 
Communications 
Transaction processing 
Stock-based compensation 
Other expenses 
Total increase in cost of ATM operating revenues   $ 

 9,178   $ 
 (792)  
 4,560  
 1,068  
 (1,258)  
 597  
 (19)  
 4,371  
 17,705   $ 

 15,866   $ 
 432  
 4,641  
 2,342  
 2,736  
 4,074  
 —  
 17,764  
 47,855   $ 

 2,797   $ 
 458  
 905  
 1,037  
 453  
 468  
 —  
 784  
 6,902   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (237)  
 (893)  
 —  
 (55)  
 (1,185)   $ 

 27,841 
 98 
 10,106 
 4,447 
 1,694 
 4,246 
 (19) 
 22,864 
 71,277 

42 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
U.S. 

Europe 

International   Eliminations   

Total 

2011 to 2012 Variance 
Other 

Increase (decrease) 
(In thousands) 

  $ 

Merchant commissions 
Vault cash rental expense 
Other costs of cash 
Repairs and maintenance 
Communications 
Transaction processing 
Stock-based compensation 
Other expenses 
Total increase in cost of ATM operating revenues   $ 

 45,336   $ 
 8,138  
 7,159  
 8,910  
 2,923  
 2,772  
 27  
 6,724  
 81,989   $ 

 6,733   $ 
 (130)  
 3,920  
 1,242  
 527  
 1,541  
 —  
 3,160  
 16,993   $ 

 4,457   $ 
 432  
 2,168  
 351  
 343  
 542  
 —  
 553  
 8,846   $ 

 —   $ 
 —  
 —  
 —  
 (43)  
 (1,600)  
 —  
 150  
 (1,493)   $ 

 56,526 
 8,440 
 13,247 
 10,503 
 3,750 
 3,255 
 27 
 10,587 
 106,335 

United States. During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, 

accretion, and amortization) increased in our U.S. operations when compared to the prior years as a result of higher ATM operating revenues. 
Increased costs from acquisitions completed during the periods contributed approximately $4.8 million and $54.4 million to the increases in 
2013 and 2012, respectively. The remaining increases are primarily the result of higher transaction volumes and ATM unit growth driven by 
organic revenue growth. Vault cash rental expense decreased during 2013 compared to 2012 due to more efficient vault cash forecasting, 
which translated to generally lower daily vault cash balances outstanding. Communications expense decreased as a result of more favorable 
pricing compared to the prior year. 

Europe. Cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization) increased in both 2013 and 2012 when 
compared to the prior years. Our 2013 acquisitions contributed $33.2 million to the increase in cost of ATM operating revenues over 2012.  
The other expenses category for 2013 was higher primarily due to $8.7 million in nonrecurring expenses related to retroactive property taxes 
that we believe are likely to be assessed on certain ATMs in the U.K. For further details on this matter, see Recent Events– U. K. Property 
Taxes. In 2012, the overall expense increase was primarily due to a 23% increase in the number of average transacting ATMs in the U.K., a 
38% increase in the total number of transactions conducted on our U.K. machines, and an increase in employee-related costs in that market. 
The overall cost increase in 2012 was partially offset by lower interest rate swap payments made in 2012 compared to 2011, as a result of 
lower outstanding swap contracts during 2012, which is reflected in the Vault cash rental expense line above.  

Other International. The cost of ATM operating revenues (exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization) from our Other 
International operations increased in both 2013 and 2012 when compared to the prior years, primarily due to the growth of our Canadian 
operations, as described above.  

Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues. The cost of ATM product sales and other revenues was higher in 2012 compared to 2013 
and 2011 due to the higher equipment and VAR program sales during the first half of 2012, which is consistent with the related revenues, as 
discussed above.  

Gross Profit Margin 

ATM operating gross profit margin: 

Exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization 
Inclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization 
ATM product sales and other revenues gross profit margin 
Total gross profit margin: 

Exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization 
Inclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization 

2013 

2012 

2011 

32.8 %   
22.6 %   
4.3 %   

32.1 %   
22.1 %   

32.4 %   
22.4 %   
9.2 %   

31.3 %   
21.7 %   

33.6 % 
23.7 % 
13.1 % 

32.7 % 
23.2 % 

ATM operating gross profit margin. Our ATM operating gross profit margin exclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization 
increased by 0.4 percentage points between 2012 and 2013, compared to a decrease of 1.2 percentage points between 2011 and 2012. 
Additionally, our ATM operating gross profit margin inclusive of depreciation, accretion, and amortization increased by 0.2 percentage 
points between 2012 and 2013, compared to a decrease of 1.3 percentage points between 2011 and 2012. The margin increases in 2013 over 
2012 are in spite of an $8.7 million expense recorded during 2013 associated with a nonrecurring charge associated with business rates 
(property taxes) in our U.K. operations related to assessments expected to be received for previous years. Without this charge, the ATM 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operating gross profit margin would have been higher by an additional 1.0 percentage point, which is primarily the result of our higher 
revenues in 2013, a reduction in our operating costs on a per transaction basis, and improved margins on the businesses acquired during the 
past two years. For additional information regarding the U.K. property tax matter, see Recent Events– U.K. Property Taxes. In 2012, the 
margin decreases were primarily attributable to the initially lower margins on the acquired businesses and as a result of lower interchange 
rates earned on our U.S. transactions as a result of interchange rate reductions that took effect during the second quarter of 2012 and start-up 
costs associated with new ATMs deployed during the year. 

We expect that our gross profit margin for 2014 to be slightly higher than 2013, excluding the effect of prior period business rates charges 

in 2013, and due to improved margins on the acquired businesses. 

ATM product sales and other revenues gross profit margin. Our gross profit margin on ATM product sales and other revenues declined in 

2013 and 2012 compared to prior year periods by 4.9 and 3.9 percentage points, respectively, primarily as a result of declining VAR 
equipment sales, which have higher margins compared to other ATM product sales. 

Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses 

2013 

Selling, general, and administrative expenses   
Stock-based compensation 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Total selling, general, and administrative 
expenses 

Percentage of total revenues: 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses   
Stock-based compensation 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Total selling, general, and administrative 
expenses 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

  % Change 

  % Change 

2012 
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 
 32.2 %    $ 
 12.1 %   
 362.2 %   

 55,345  
 10,180  
 3,332  

 17.4 %   
 20.9 %   
 (29.8) %   

2011 

$ 

 47,161  
 8,421  
 4,747  

$ 

 73,179  
 11,413  
 15,400  

$ 

 99,992  

 45.2 %    $ 

 68,857  

 14.1 %   

$ 

 60,329  

 8.3 %   
 1.3 %   
 1.8 %   

 11.4 %   

 7.1 %   
 1.3 %   
 0.4 %   

 8.8 %   

 7.6 % 
 1.3 % 
0.8 % 

 9.7 % 

Selling, general, and administrative expenses (“SG&A expenses”). SG&A expenses, excluding stock-based compensation and 

acquisition-related expenses, increased $17.8 million and $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, when 
compared to the prior years. These increases were due to: (1) higher payroll-related costs compared to the same period in 2012 due to 
increased headcount, including employees added from the acquisitions completed between the periods; (2) increased incentive-based 
compensation; (3) severance costs associated with our U.K. operations; and (4) higher marketing and professional expenses. 

Stock-based compensation. The $1.2 million and $1.8 million increases in stock-based compensation during the years ended December 
31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, was due to restricted stock grants to new employees and the issuance of restricted stock units to employees 
under our Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”). For additional details on equity awards, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data, Note 3, Stock-Based Compensation.  

Acquisition-related expenses. The increase in acquisition-related expenses for both 2013 and 2012 over the prior year periods related to 
the following: (1) legal and professional costs incurred to complete the acquisitions during the year; (2) certain nonrecurring integration and 
transition-related costs; (3) contract termination costs for certain acquired businesses; and (4) other costs. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and Accretion Expense 

2013 

Depreciation expense 
Accretion expense 
Depreciation and accretion expense 

$ 

$ 

 65,703  
 2,777  
 68,480  

For the Years Ended December 31, 

  % Change 

2012 
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 
 11.6 %    $ 

  % Change 

 6.7 %   

 11.4 %    $ 

 58,897  
 2,602  
 61,499  

 28.8 %   
 15.9 %   
 28.2 %   

2011 

$ 

$ 

 45,716  
 2,246  
 47,962  

Percentage of total revenues: 
Depreciation expense 
Accretion expense 
Depreciation and accretion expense 

 7.5 %   
 0.3 %   
 7.8 %   

 7.5 %   
 0.3 %   
 7.9 %   

 7.3 % 
 0.4 % 
 7.7 % 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, depreciation expense increased when compared to prior years primarily as a result of 

the deployment of additional Company-owned ATMs as a result of our organic ATM unit growth, new ATMs purchased to replace older 
non-ADA-compliant ATMs, and ATMs acquired through various acquisitions. Accretion expense increased during these years as well, due to 
additional asset retirement obligations that were established in connection with newly deployed ATMs and acquired ATMs. When we install 
our ATMs, we estimate the fair value of future retirement obligations associated with those ATMs, including the anticipated costs to 
deinstall, and in some cases refurbish, the ATMs at certain merchant locations. Accretion expense represents the increase of this liability from 
the original discounted net present value to the amount we ultimately expect to incur.  

Amortization Expense 

2013 

Amortization expense 

$ 

 27,336  

For the Years Ended December 31, 

  % Change 

2012 
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 
 25.9 %    $ 

 21,712  

  % Change 

 21.2 %   

2011 

$ 

 17,914  

Percentage of total revenues 

 3.1 %   

 2.8 %   

 2.9 % 

Amortization expense is primarily comprised of the amortization of intangible assets related to customer and branding contracts and 
relationships recorded in connection with purchase accounting valuations for completed acquisitions. The increases in amortization expense 
during the past two years compared to prior years were due to the addition of intangible assets from the acquisitions completed during the 
respective periods.   

Loss on Disposal of Assets 

2013 

Loss on disposal of assets 

$ 

 2,790  

For the Years Ended December 31, 

  % Change 

2012 
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 
 56.1 %    $ 

 1,787  

  % Change 

 82.2 %   

2011 

$ 

 981  

Percentage of total revenues 

 0.3 %   

 0.2 %   

 0.2 % 

We recognized higher losses on disposal of assets during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to 2012, primarily as a result of de-
installing certain underperforming ATMs in Mexico. The higher losses on disposal of assets in 2012 compared to 2011 were primarily due to 
the replacement of certain non-ADA-compliant ATMs in the U.S. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Interest Expense, Net 

2013 

For the Years Ended December 31, 

  % Change 

2012 
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 

  % Change 

2011 

Interest expense, net 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and 
note discount 
Total interest expense, net 

$ 

$ 

 21,155  

 — %    $ 

 21,161  

 5.2 %   

$ 

 20,116  

 1,931  
 23,086  

 115.5 %   

 4.7 %    $ 

 896  
 22,057  

 (9.8) %   
 4.5 %   

$ 

 993  
 21,109  

Percentage of total revenues 

 2.6 %   

 2.8 %   

 3.4 % 

Interest expense, net. Interest expense, net, remained consistent for the year ended December 31, 2013 when compared to 2012 as a result 

of similar average outstanding debt balances during the years. Interest expense, net, increased during the year ended December 31, 2012 
when compared to 2011 due to borrowings under our revolving credit facility to fund the acquisitions made during the year, which resulted in 
a year-over-year increase in average debt outstanding during the year.  

Amortization of deferred financing costs and note discount. Amortization of deferred financing costs and note discount during the year 
ended December 31, 2013 was higher compared to 2012 due to the amortization of $5.0 million in deferred financing costs and $71.7 million 
in note discount related to convertible notes that were issued in November 2013. In 2012, amortization of deferred financing costs was lower 
than 2011 due to the write off of certain deferred financing costs as a result of the modification of our $250.0 million revolving credit facility 
in July 2011. We expect the amortization of deferred financing costs and note discount to be significantly higher in 2014 due to the 
amortization associated with the convertible notes. 

For additional information, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 10, Long-Term Debt. 

Income Tax Expense 

2013 

Income tax expense (benefit) 

$ 

 42,018  

For the Years Ended December 31, 

  % Change 

2012 
(In thousands, excluding percentages) 
 55.6 %    $ 

 27,009  

  % Change 

 305.0 %   

2011 

$ 

 (13,176)  

Effective tax rate 

 67.1 %   

 38.4 %   

 (23.1) % 

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 related primarily to the consolidated income generated from our domestic 
operations and tax structure changes during the year.  The significant expense and effective tax rate increase for the year ended December 31, 
2013 when compared to 2012 was primarily due to: (1) restructuring of our U.K. operations during the third quarter of 2013, which resulted 
in the recognition of a $13.8 million income tax charge, which primarily relates to deferred tax assets that are no longer realizable as a result 
of the restructuring; (2) operating losses in certain of our foreign operations for which we do not record a tax benefit because we carry a 
valuation allowance on those deferred tax assets;  (3) certain current year losses on our U.S. tax return that cannot be recognized as a result of 
the U.K. restructuring; and (4) certain non-deductible acquisition costs. We continue to maintain valuation allowances for our local net 
deferred tax asset positions for certain of our entities in the U.K. and Mexico, as we currently believe that it is more likely than not that these 
tax assets will not be realized. 

On August 7, 2013, through our wholly owned subsidiaries, we acquired all of the outstanding shares of Cardpoint, with operations in the 

U.K. and Germany. At the time of the acquisition, ten legal entities were active under Cardpoint (collectively, the “Cardpoint group”).  
Various entities in the Cardpoint group have accumulated net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and allowable capital allowances that 
we expect to utilize in the future to offset expected future profits in the group.  As of the acquisition date, the Cardpoint group had NOLs in 
the amount of approximately $60.5 million and allowable capital allowances of approximately $72.4 million. We determined, both on the 
acquisition date and as of December 31, 2013, that it is more likely than not that the Cardpoint group will be able to realize the benefits of its 
deferred tax assets.   

Following the Cardpoint acquisition, in September of 2013, we restructured a portion of our other U.K. operations (Bank Machine 
entities). Through a series of restructuring completed in the third quarter of 2013, the Bank Machine entities are now owned by Cardpoint 
Limited. Concurrent with the restructuring, we implemented a financing structure to fund future growth in our European operations. 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures 

Included below are certain non-GAAP financial measures that we use to evaluate the performance of our business. We believe that the 
presentation of these measures and the identification of unusual or certain nonrecurring adjustments and non-cash items enhance an investor’s 
understanding of the underlying trends in our business and provide for better comparability between periods in different years. EBITDA, 
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income, Adjusted Gross Profit Margin, and Free Cash Flow are non-GAAP financial measures provided as 
a complement to results prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly-titled measures reported by other 
companies. 

Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense as these amounts can vary substantially from company to 
company within our industry depending upon accounting methods and book values of assets, capital structures, and the method by which the 
assets were acquired. Adjusted EBITDA also excludes acquisition-related expenses, certain other non-operating and nonrecurring costs, loss 
on disposal of assets, our obligations for the payment of income taxes, interest expense or other obligations such as capital expenditures, and 
an adjustment for noncontrolling interest. Adjusted Net Income represents net income computed in accordance with GAAP, before 
amortization expense, loss on disposal of assets, stock-based compensation expense, certain other expense (income) amounts, nonrecurring 
expenses, and acquisition-related expenses, and using an assumed tax rate of 35% through June 30, 2013 and 33.5% thereafter, with certain 
adjustments for noncontrolling interests. Adjusted Gross Profit Margin is calculated excluding certain nonrecurring costs from the cost of 
ATM operating revenues. Adjusted EBITDA %, Adjusted Pre-tax %, and Adjusted Net Income % are calculated by taking the respective 
non-GAAP financial measures over GAAP total revenues. Adjusted Net Income per diluted share is calculated by dividing Adjusted Net 
Income by average weighted diluted shares outstanding. Free Cash Flow is defined as cash provided by operating activities less payments for 
capital expenditures, including those financed through direct debt but excluding acquisitions.  The measure of Free Cash Flow does not take 
into consideration certain other non-discretionary cash requirements such as, for example, mandatory principal payments on portions of our 
long-term debt.  

The non-GAAP financial measures presented herein should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating income, net 

income, cash flows from operating, investing, or financing activities, or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in accordance with 
U.S. GAAP. 

A reconciliation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Gross Profit Margin, and Adjusted Net Income to Net Income Attributable to 

Controlling Interests, their most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, and a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to cash provided by 
operating activities, the most comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, are presented as follows: 

47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Net Income Attributable to Controlling Interests to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income 

Net income attributable to controlling interests 
Adjustments: 

Interest expense, net 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and note discount 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Depreciation and accretion expense 
Amortization expense 

EBITDA  

Add back: 

Loss on disposal of assets 
Other income (1) 
Noncontrolling interests (2) 
Stock-based compensation expense (3) 
Acquisition-related expenses (4) 
Other adjustments to cost of ATM operating revenues (5) 
Other adjustments to selling, general, and administrative expenses (6) 

Adjusted EBITDA 
Less: 

Interest expense, net (3)  
Depreciation and accretion expense (3) 
  Adjusted pre-tax income 

Income tax expense (7) 
Adjusted Net Income 

Adjusted Net Income per share 

Adjusted Net Income per diluted share 

2013 

Years Ended December 31,  
2012 

2011 

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

 $ 

 23,816 

 $ 

 43,591 

 $ 

 70,233 

 21,155 
 1,931 
 42,018 
 68,480 
 27,336 
 184,736 

 2,790 
 (3,150) 
 (2,399) 
 12,290 
 15,400 
 8,670 
 505 
 218,842 

 21,057 
 66,857 
 130,928 
 44,777 
 86,151 

 1.94 

 1.93 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 21,161 
 896 
 27,009 
 61,499 
 21,712 
 175,868 

 1,787 
 (1,830) 
 (1,668) 
 11,072 
 3,332 
 — 
 972 
 189,533 

 20,990 
 59,983 
 108,560 
 37,996 
 70,564 

 1.62 

 1.61 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

 20,116 
 993 
 (13,176) 
 47,962 
 17,914 
 144,042 

 981 
 (849) 
 (1,897) 
 9,283 
 4,747 
 — 
 — 
 156,307 

 19,771 
 46,465 
 90,071 
 31,525 
 58,546 

 1.39 

 1.37 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 

 $ 
 $ 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic 

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted 

 44,371,313 

 44,577,635 

 43,469,175 

 43,875,332 

 42,201,491 

 42,886,780 

(1) Other income during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 exclude unrealized and realized (gains) losses related to derivatives not designated as 

hedging instruments. 

(2) Noncontrolling interests adjustment made such that Adjusted EBITDA includes only our 51% ownership interest in the Adjusted EBITDA of our Mexico 

subsidiary. 

(3) Amounts exclude 49% of the expenses incurred by our Mexico subsidiary as such amounts are allocable to the noncontrolling interest stockholders. 
(4) Acquisition-related expenses include nonrecurring costs incurred for professional and legal fees and certain transition and integration-related costs, 

including contract termination costs, related to acquisitions. 

(5) Adjustment to cost of ATM operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 is related to the nonrecurring charge for retroactive property taxes 

on certain ATM locations in the U.K. 

(6) Adjustment to selling, general, and administrative expenses represents nonrecurring severance related costs associated with management of our U.K. 

operation. 

(7) Calculated using our estimated long-term, cross-jurisdictional effective cash tax rate of 35% through June 30, 2013 and 33.5% thereafter. 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of Adjusted Gross Profit Margin 

As reported 
(GAAP) 

2013 

Adjustments 
(In thousands) 

Adjusted  
(Non-GAAP) 

Total revenues 
Total cost of revenues (1) 
Gross profit 
Gross profit margin  
_______________ 
(1) Adjustment to cost of ATM operating revenues is related to the nonrecurring charge for retroactive property taxes on certain ATM locations in the U.K. 

 876,486  
 595,287  
 281,199 
32.1%  

 —  
 (8,670)  
 8,670  

 876,486 
 586,617 
 289,869 
33.1% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Calculation of Free Cash Flow 

Cash provided by operating activities 
Payments for capital expenditures: 

Cash used in investing activities, excluding acquisitions 

Free cash flow 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Overview 

2013 

Years Ended December 31,  
2012 

2011 

$ 

$ 

 183,557 

(In thousands) 
 $ 

 136,388 

 (77,153) 
 106,404 

 $ 

 (92,803) 
 43,585 

 $ 

 $ 

 113,325 

 (66,886) 
 46,439 

As of December 31, 2013, we had $86.9 million in cash and cash equivalents on hand and $490.5 million in outstanding long-term debt. 

We have historically funded our operations primarily through cash flows from operations, borrowings under our revolving credit facilities, 

and the issuance of debt and equity securities. Furthermore, we have historically used cash to invest in additional ATMs, either through the 
acquisition of ATM portfolios or through organically-generated growth. We have also used cash flows from operations to pay interest and 
principal amounts outstanding under our borrowings. Because we collect a sizable portion of our cash from sales on a daily basis but 
generally pay our vendors on 30-day terms and are not required to pay certain of our merchants until 20 days after the end of each calendar 
month, we are able to utilize the excess available cash flow to reduce borrowings made under our revolving credit facility and to fund our 
ongoing capital expenditure program. Accordingly, we typically maintain a working capital deficit position. 

We believe that our cash on hand and our current bank credit facilities will be sufficient to meet our working capital requirements and 

contractual commitments for the next 12 months. We expect to fund our working capital needs from cash flows generated from our 
operations and borrowings under our revolving credit facility, to the extent needed. As we expect to continue to generate positive free cash 
flow in 2014 and beyond, we expect to continue repaying the amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility absent any acquisitions. 
See additional discussion under Financing Facilities below. 

Operating Activities 

Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $183.6 million, $136.4 million, and $113.3 million during the years ended December 31, 
2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The year-over-year increases was primarily attributable to the generation of higher operating profits and 
smaller net increases in certain working capital balances relative to the prior year period. Additionally, in January 2013, we collected $13.4 
million from an outstanding insurance receivable. 

Investing Activities 

Net cash used in investing activities totaled $266.7 million, $113.8 million, and $234.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 

2012, and 2011, respectively. The increase from 2012 to 2013 was primarily the result of the cash paid, net of cash acquired, for the 
acquisitions completed during the year, partially offset by lower capital expenditures. The decrease from 2011 to 2012 was primarily the 
result of lower amounts paid for acquisitions during 2012. Additionally, during 2012, we significantly expanded our Company-owned ATM 
fleet and also upgraded a significant number of existing ATMs. 

49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Anticipated Future Capital Expenditures. We currently anticipate that the majority of our capital expenditures for the foreseeable future 
will be driven by organic growth projects, including the purchase of ATMs for existing as well as new ATM management agreements. We 
expect that our capital expenditures for 2014 will total approximately $95 million to $100 million, the majority of which will be utilized to 
purchase additional ATMs for our Company-owned accounts and for investments in strategic growth initiatives lead by our Enterprise 
Growth Group that was launched during 2013. We expect such expenditures to be funded with cash generated from our operations. In 
addition, we will continue to evaluate acquisition opportunities. We believe that significant expansion opportunities continue to exist in all of 
our current markets, as well as in other international markets, and we will continue to pursue those opportunities as they arise. Such 
acquisition opportunities, either individually or in the aggregate, could be material and may be funded by additional borrowings under our 
revolving credit facility or other financing sources that may be available to us. 

Financing Activities 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities totaled $155.0 million, $(14.1) million, and $123.5 million for the years ended 

December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The net cash provided during the year ended December 31, 2013 was primarily due to the 
$254.2 million proceeds received from our issuance of the Convertible Notes, net of debt issuance costs and amounts paid to repurchase our 
outstanding common stock concurrently with the offering, and the amount received from the issuance of Warrants, offset in part by net cash 
used to purchase Note Hedges in connection with the convertible notes. For the year ended December 31, 2012, we used the surplus of our 
operating cash flows above our investing outflows to repay a portion of our revolving credit facility that was outstanding from the $167.6 
million borrowed in 2011 for the EDC acquisition. 

Financing Facilities 

As of December 31, 2013, we had approximately $490.5 million in outstanding long-term debt, which was comprised of: (1) $200.0 
million 8.25% subordinated notes due September 2018 (the “2018 Notes”), (2) $287.5 million of Convertible Notes ($216.6 million of which 
was recorded as long-term debt on our balance sheet, net of unamortized discount), (3) $72.5 million in borrowings under our revolving credit 
facility, and (4) $1.3 million in notes payable outstanding under equipment financing lines of Cardtronics Mexico. 

Senior Subordinated Notes. In August 2010, we issued the 2018 Notes, which are subordinate to borrowings made under the revolving 
credit facility and carry an 8.25% coupon. Interest is paid semi-annually in arrears on March 1st and September 1st of each year. The 2018 
Notes, which are guaranteed by all of our 100% owned domestic subsidiaries, contain no maintenance covenants and only limited incurrence 
covenants, under which we have considerable flexibility. Pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Notes indenture, we are limited on the amount of 
restricted payments including dividends that we can make. These limitations are generally governed by a fixed charge ratio incurrence test 
and an overall restricted payments basket.  

As of December 31, 2013, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants required under the 2018 Notes. 

 Convertible Notes. In November 2013, we completed a private placement of $287.5 million in Convertible Notes that pay interest semi-
annually at a rate of 1.00% per annum and mature on December 1, 2020. There are no restrictive covenants associated with these Convertible 
Notes. In connection with the Convertible Notes, we also entered into Note Hedges at a purchase price of $72.6 million, and sold Warrants 
for proceeds of $40.5 million, the net effect of which was to raise the effective conversion price of the Convertible Notes to $73.29. We are 
required to pay interest semi-annually on June 1st and December 1st, and to make principal payments on the Convertible Notes at maturity or 
upon conversion. We are permitted to settle any conversion obligation under the Convertible Notes, in excess of the principal balance, in 
cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election. We intend to satisfy any 
conversion premium by issuing shares of our common stock. For additional details, see Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary 
Data, Note 10, Long-Term Debt. 

Revolving Credit Facility. As of December 31, 2013, we had a $375.0 million revolving credit facility that is led by a syndicate of banks 
including JPMorgan Chase, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A. This facility provides us with $375.0 million in available borrowings and letters 
of credit (subject to the covenants contained within the facility) and has an expiration date of July 2016.  

Borrowings under our revolving credit facility bear interest at a variable rate based upon our total leverage ratio and the LIBOR or 
Alternative Base Rate (as defined in the agreement) at our option. Additionally, we are required to pay a commitment fee on the unused 
portion of the revolving credit facility. Substantially all of our assets, including the stock of all of our wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries 
and 66% of the stock of our foreign subsidiaries, are pledged to secure borrowings made under our revolving credit facility. Furthermore, 
each of our domestic subsidiaries has guaranteed our obligations under such facility. There are currently no restrictions on the ability of our 
wholly-owned subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends directly to us. The primary restrictive covenants within the facility include (1) 
limitations on the amount of senior debt and total debt that we can have outstanding at any given point in time and (2) the maintenance of a 
set ratio of earnings to fixed charges, as computed quarterly on a trailing 12-month basis, adjusted for the pro forma effect of acquisitions. 
Additionally, we are limited on the amount of restricted payments, including dividends, which we can make pursuant to the terms of the 
facility. These limitations are generally governed by a senior leverage ratio test and a fixed charge ratio covenant. 

As of December 31, 2013, the outstanding balance of our outstanding revolving credit facility borrowings was $72.5 million, all of which 
was denominated in British pounds, and the weighted average interest rate was approximately 2.5%. Additionally, as of December 31, 2013, 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
we were in compliance with all the covenants contained within the facility and would continue to be in compliance even in the event of 
substantially higher borrowings or substantially lower earnings.  As of December 31, 2013, we had $300.4 million in available borrowing 
capacity under the $375.0 million revolving credit facility.   

Other Borrowing Facilities 

  Cardtronics Mexico equipment financing agreements. Between 2007 and 2010, Cardtronics Mexico entered into several separate five-
year equipment financing agreements with a single lender, of which four agreements have remaining balances as of December 31, 
2013. These agreements, which are denominated in pesos and bear interest at an average fixed rate of 9.94%, were utilized for the 
purchase of ATMs to support the growth in our Mexico operations. As of December 31, 2013, approximately $17.4 million pesos 
($1.3 million U.S.) were outstanding under the agreements, with any future borrowings to be individually negotiated between the 
lender and Cardtronics Mexico. Pursuant to the terms of the loan agreements, we have issued guarantees for 51.0% of the obligations 
under these agreements (consistent with our ownership percentage in Cardtronics Mexico). As of December 31, 2013, the total amount 
of these guarantees was $8.9 million pesos ($0.7 million U.S.). 

  U.K. overdraft facility. Our U.K. business has a £1.0 million overdraft facility. This overdraft facility, which bears interest at 1.0% 

over the Bank of England’s base rate (0.5% as of December 31, 2013) and is secured by a letter of credit posted under our revolving 
credit facility, is utilized for general corporate purposes for our U.K. operations. As of December 31, 2013, there were no amounts 
outstanding under this overdraft facility. The letter of credit we have posted that is associated with this overdraft facility reduces the 
available borrowing capacity under our corporate revolving credit facility discussed above.  

Effects of Inflation 

Our monetary assets, consisting primarily of cash and receivables, are not significantly affected by inflation. Our non-monetary assets, 
consisting primarily of tangible and intangible assets, are not affected by inflation. We believe that replacement costs of equipment, furniture, 
and leasehold improvements will not materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our expenses, such as those for 
employee compensation and telecommunications, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of services offered by us. 

Contractual Obligations 

The following table reflects our significant contractual obligations and other commercial commitments as of December 31, 2013:  

2014 

2015 

2016 

Payments Due by Period 
2017 
(In thousands) 

2018 

  Thereafter  

Total 

 1,292   $ 
 21,249  
 4,264  
 4,020  
 6,434  
 37,259   $ 

 40   $ 

 21,182  
 3,723  
 2,375  
 1,123  
 28,443   $ 

 72,547   $ 
 20,353  
 2,869  
 699  
 432  
 96,900   $ 

 —   $ 

 200,000   $ 

 19,375  
 2,505  
 234  
 432  
 22,546   $ 

 13,875  
 2,312  
 127  
 —  
 216,314   $ 

 287,500   $ 
 5,510  
 3,581  
 140  
 —  
 296,731   $ 

 561,379 
 101,544 
 19,254 
 7,595 
 8,421 
 698,193 

Long-term debt obligations: 

Principal (1) 
Interest (2) 

$ 

Operating leases 
Merchant space leases 
Other (3) 
Total contractual obligations  $ 
____________ 

(1)  

(2)  

(3) 

Represents the $200.0 million face value of our senior subordinated notes, $287.5 million face value of our convertible notes, $72.5 million 
outstanding under our revolving credit facility, and $1.3 million outstanding under our Mexico equipment financing facilities.  

Represents the estimated interest payments associated with our long-term debt outstanding as of December 31, 2013, assuming current interest rates 
and consistent amount of debt outstanding over the periods presented in the table above.  

Represents commitment to purchase $1.3 million of ATM parts for our U.S. segment and $3.9 million of ATMs and equipment for our Europe 
segment in 2014, and $3.2 million of minimum service requirement for certain gateway and processing fees over the next four years. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

Our consolidated financial statements included in this 2013 Form 10-K have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require 

that management make numerous estimates and assumptions. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions, thus 
impacting our reported results of operations and financial position. The critical accounting policies and estimates described in this section are 
those that are most important to the depiction of our financial condition and results of operations and the application of which requires 
management’s most subjective judgments in making estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We describe our 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
significant accounting policies more fully in Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 1, Basis of Presentation and 
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets. We have accounted for our acquisitions as business combination in accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

Accordingly, the amounts paid for acquisitions have been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their respective fair 
values as of each acquisition date. Intangible assets that met the criteria established by U.S. GAAP for recognition apart from goodwill 
included the acquired ATM operating agreements and related customer relationships, branding agreements, technology, trade names, and the 
non-compete agreements entered into in connection with certain acquisitions. The excess of the cost of the above acquisitions over the net of 
the amounts assigned to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is reflected as goodwill in our consolidated 
financial statements.  

Goodwill and other intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives are not amortized, but instead are tested at least annually for 

impairment, and intangible assets that have finite useful lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. We follow the specific guidance 
provided in U.S. GAAP for testing goodwill and other non-amortized intangible assets for impairment. Although we adopted the guidance 
that allows companies to first make qualitative assessments to determine whether it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired, we 
continue to perform quantitative assessments. The guidance requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions in order to 
allocate goodwill to reporting units and to determine the fair value of a reporting unit’s net assets and liabilities, including, among other 
things, an assessment of market condition, projected cash flows, interest rates, and growth rates, which could significantly impact the reported 
value of goodwill and other intangible assets. Furthermore, this requirement exposes us to the possibility that changes in market conditions 
could result in potentially significant impairment charges in the future. We have determined the reporting units based on whether the 
components within our geographical segments were managed separately from the rest of the segment and if discrete financials were available 
for that component.  For the year ended December 31, 2013, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test for six separate reporting 
units: (1) our domestic reporting segment; (2) the acquired ATM operations in the U.K. from Bank Machine and Cardpoint; (3) the acquired 
CCS Mexico (subsequently renamed to Cardtronics Mexico) operations; (4) the acquired Canadian operations (Mr. Cash, subsequently 
renamed to Cardtronics Canada); (5) the acquired German operations from Cardpoint; and (6) the acquired i-design operations. 

We evaluate the recoverability of our goodwill and non-amortized intangible assets by estimating the future discounted cash flows of the 
reporting units to which the goodwill and non-amortized intangible assets relate. We use discount rates corresponding to our cost of capital, 
risk-adjusted as appropriate, to determine the discounted cash flows, and consider current and anticipated business trends, prospects, and 
other market and economic conditions when performing our evaluations. These evaluations are performed on an annual basis at a minimum, 
or more frequently based on the occurrence of events that might indicate a potential impairment. Examples of events that might indicate 
impairment include, but are not limited to, the loss of a significant contract, a material change in the terms or conditions of a significant 
contract or significant decreases in revenues associated with a contract or business.  

Valuation of Long-lived Assets. We place significant value on the installed ATMs that we own and manage in merchant locations and the 

related acquired merchant contracts/relationships. Long-lived assets, such as property and equipment and intangible assets subject to 
amortization, are reviewed for impairment at least annually, and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount of such assets may not be recoverable. We test our acquired merchant contract/relationship intangible assets for impairment quarterly, 
along with the related ATMs, on an individual contract/relationship basis for our significant acquired contracts/relationships, and on a pooled 
or portfolio basis (by acquisition) for all other acquired contracts/relationships.  

In determining whether a particular merchant contract/relationship is significant enough to warrant a separate identifiable intangible asset, 
we analyze a number of relevant factors, including: (1) estimates of the historical cash flows generated by such contract/relationship prior to 
its acquisition; (2) estimates regarding our ability to increase the contract/relationship’s cash flows subsequent to the acquisition through a 
combination of lower operating costs, the deployment of additional ATMs, and the generation of incremental revenues from increased 
surcharges and/or new bank branding arrangements; and (3) estimates regarding our ability to renew such contract/relationship beyond its 
originally scheduled termination date. An individual contract/relationship, and the related ATMs, could be impaired if the 
contract/relationship is terminated sooner than originally anticipated, or if there is a decline in the number of transactions related to such 
contract/relationship without a corresponding increase in the amount of revenue collected per transaction. A portfolio of purchased contract 
intangibles, including the related ATMs, could be impaired if the contract attrition rate is materially more than the rate used to estimate the 
portfolio’s initial value, or if there is a decline in the number of transactions associated with such portfolio without a corresponding increase 
in the revenue collected per transaction. Whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a merchant contract/relationship 
intangible asset may be impaired, we evaluate the recoverability of the intangible asset, and the related ATMs, by measuring the related 
carrying amounts against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related contract or portfolio of contracts. Should 
the sum of the expected future net cash flows be less than the carrying values of the tangible and intangible assets being evaluated, an 
impairment loss would be recognized. The impairment loss would be calculated as the amount by which the carrying values of the ATMs and 
intangible assets exceeded the calculated fair value.  

Income Taxes. Income tax provisions are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes on temporary 
differences between the amount of taxable income and income before taxes and between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their 
reported amounts in our financial statements. We include deferred tax assets and liabilities in our financial statements at currently enacted 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
income tax rates. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, we adjust our deferred tax assets and liabilities our through income tax 
provision. 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, we consider whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred 
tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent on the generation of future taxable income during 
the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. We consider the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected 
future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. In the event we do not believe we will be able to utilize the 
related tax benefits associated with deferred tax assets, we record valuation allowances to reserve for the assets.  

Asset Retirement Obligations. We estimate the fair value of future retirement obligations associated with our ATMs, including costs 
associated with deinstalling the ATMs and, in some cases, refurbishing the related merchant locations. Such estimates are based on a number 
of assumptions, including (1) the types of ATMs that are installed, (2) the relative mix where those ATMs are installed (i.e., whether such 
ATMs are located in single-merchant locations or in locations associated with large, geographically-dispersed retail chains), and (3) whether 
we will ultimately be required to refurbish the merchant store locations upon the removal of the related ATMs. Additionally, we are required 
to make estimates regarding the timing of when such retirement obligations will be incurred. We utilize a pooled approach in calculating and 
managing our retirement obligations, as opposed to a specific machine-by-machine approach, by pooling the retirement obligation of assets 
based on the estimated deinstallation dates. We periodically review the reasonableness of the retirement obligations balance by obtaining the 
current machine count and updated estimates to deinstall such machines. 

The fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation is recognized in the period in which it is incurred and can be reasonably 
estimated. Such asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciated over the 
asset’s estimated useful life. Fair value estimates of liabilities for asset retirement obligations generally involve discounted future cash flows. 
Periodic accretion of such liabilities due to the passage of time is recorded as an operating expense in the accompanying consolidated 
financial statements. Upon settlement of the liability, we recognize a gain or loss for any difference between the settlement amount and the 
liability recorded. 

Share-Based Compensation. We calculate the fair value of stock-based instruments awarded to employees and directors on the date of 
grant and recognize the calculated fair value, net of estimated forfeitures, as compensation expense over the requisite service periods of the 
related awards. In determining the fair value of our share-based awards, we are required to make certain assumptions and estimates, including 
(1) the number of awards that may ultimately be granted to and forfeited by the recipients, (2) the expected term of the underlying awards, 
and (3) the future volatility associated with the price of our common stock. Such estimates, and the basis for our conclusions regarding such 
estimates for the year ended December 31, 2013, are outlined in detail in Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3, 
Stock-Based Compensation. 

Derivative Financial Instruments. We recognize all of our derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in our Consolidated Balance 
Sheets at fair value. The accounting for changes in the fair value (e.g., gains or losses) of those derivative instruments depends on (1) whether 
such instruments have been designated (and qualify) as part of a hedging relationship, and (2) on the type of hedging relationship actually 
designated. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, we designate the hedging instrument, based 
upon the exposure being hedged, as a cash flow hedge, a fair value hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation. These 
instruments are valued using pricing models based on significant other observable inputs (Level 2 inputs under the fair value hierarchy 
established by U.S. GAAP), while taking into account the nonperformance risk of the party that is in the liability position with respect to each 
trade. As of December 31, 2013, all of our derivatives were designated as cash flow hedges, and, accordingly, changes in the fair values of 
such derivatives have been reflected in the accumulated other comprehensive loss line in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. See 
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 15, Derivative Financial Instruments for more details on our derivative financial 
instrument transactions. 

New Accounting Pronouncements Issued but Not Yet Adopted 

There were no new accounting pronouncements that had been issued as of December 31, 2013 but not yet adopted that are expected to 

have a significant impact on us. For new accounting pronouncements adopted during 2013, see Item 8. Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data, Note 1(u), New Accounting Pronouncements. 

Commitments and Contingencies 

We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. We do not expect that the outcome in 

any of these legal proceedings, individually or collectively, will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of 
operations or cash flows. See Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 17, Commitments and Contingencies for additional 
details regarding our commitments and contingencies. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Disclosures about Market Risk 

We are exposed to a variety of market risks, including interest rate risk and foreign currency exchange rate risk. The following 

quantitative and qualitative information is provided about financial instruments to which we were a party at December 31, 2013, and from 
which we may incur future gains or losses from changes in market interest rates or foreign currency exchange prices. We do not enter into 
derivative or other financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. 

Hypothetical changes in interest rates and foreign currencies chosen for the following estimated sensitivity analysis are considered to be 
reasonably possible near-term changes generally based on consideration of past fluctuations for each risk category.  However, since it is not 
possible to accurately predict future changes in interest rates and foreign currencies, these hypothetical changes may not necessarily be an 
indicator of probable future fluctuations. 

Interest Rate Risk 

Vault cash rental expense. Because our ATM vault cash rental expense is based on market rates of interest, it is sensitive to changes in the 
general level of interest rates in the respective countries we operate in. In the U.S., the U.K., and Germany we pay a monthly fee to our vault 
cash providers on the average amount of vault cash outstanding under a formula based on the respective market’s LIBOR rates. In Mexico, 
we pay a monthly fee to our vault cash provider under a formula based on the Interbank Equilibrium Interest Rate (commonly referred to as 
the “TIIE”).  In Canada, we pay interest to our vault cash providers based on the average amount of vault cash outstanding under a formula 
based on the Bank of Canada’s bankers’ acceptance rate. 

As a result of the significant sensitivity surrounding the vault cash rental expense for our U.S. and U.K. operations, we have entered into a 
number of interest rate swaps to effectively fix the rate we pay on the amounts of our current and anticipated outstanding vault cash balances. 
Our interest rate swap contracts to manage our vault cash rental obligations in the U.K. expired as of December 31, 2013. The following 
swaps currently in place serve to fix the rate utilized for our vault cash rental agreements in the U.S. for the following notional amounts and 
periods: 

Notional Amounts  
(In millions) 
$   1,250 
$   1,300 
$   1,300 
$   1,000 
$   750 

   Weighted Average Fixed Rate 

Term  

2.98  %  
2.84  %  
2.74  %  
2.53  %  
2.54  %  

January 1, 2014 – December 31, 2014 
January 1, 2015 – December 31, 2015 
January 1, 2016 – December 31, 2016 
January 1, 2017 – December 31, 2017 
January 1, 2018 – December 31, 2018 

The following table presents a hypothetical sensitivity analysis of our annual vault cash rental expense based on our average outstanding 

vault cash balances for the quarter ended December 31, 2013 (as we are invoiced monthly by the vault cash provider based on average 
balance outstanding) and assuming a 100 basis point increase in interest rates: 

Average Vault Cash Balance for the 
Quarter Ended December 31, 2013 
(Functional 
currency) 

(U.S. dollars)   

Additional Interest Incurred on 100 
Basis Point Increase (Excluding 
Impact of Interest Rate Swaps) 
(Functional 
currency) 

(U.S. dollars)   

Additional Interest Incurred on 100 
Basis Point Increase (Including Impact 
of All Interest Rate Swaps Currently 
under Contract) 

(Functional 
currency) 

(U.S. dollars) 

United States 
United Kingdom 
Germany 
Mexico 
Canada 
Total 

$ 
£ 
€ 
p$ 
c$ 

(In millions) 
$ 

 1,952.6 
 427.1 
 40.6 
 85.6 
 71.3 

$ 

 1,952.6 
 661.9 
 54.1 
 6.6 
 68.6 
 2,743.8 

$ 
£ 
€ 
  p$ 
  c$ 

(In millions) 
$ 

 19.5 
 4.3 
 0.4 
 0.9 
 0.7 

$ 

$ 
£ 
€ 
  p$ 
  c$ 

 19.5 
 6.6 
 0.5 
 0.1 
 0.7 
 27.4 

(In millions) 
 7.0 
$ 
 4.3 
 0.4 
 0.9 
 0.7 

$ 

 7.0 
 6.6 
 0.5 
 0.1 
 0.7 
 14.9 

The additional interest, including the impact of interest rate swaps, presented in the table above takes into consideration the notional 
amount of interest rate swaps in place during 2014. This impact does not include certain interest rate-related contractual rights that we have 
with certain of our merchant and financial institution partners. In some cases, we can offset fees we pay to merchants as a result of increased 
interest rate expense. Additionally, with certain of our financial institution partners, we can increase our branding fees to them to offset higher 
interest costs. 

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our sensitivity to changes in interest rates in the U.K. is somewhat mitigated by the interchange rate setting methodology that impacts the 

majority of our U.K. interchange revenue. Effectively, the interest rates and cash costs from two years back are considered for determining 
the interchange rate (i.e., interest rates and other costs from 2012 are considered for determining the 2014 interchange rate). As a result of this 
structure, should interest rates rise in the U.K., causing our operating expenses to rise, we would expect to see a rise in interchange rates (and 
our revenues), albeit with a lag. We expect some growth in outstanding vault cash balances as a result of expected future business growth, 
and we may continue to seek ways to mitigate our exposure to floating interest rates by engaging in additional interest rate swaps in the 
future. 

As of December 31, 2013, we had a net liability of $65.6 million recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheet related to our interest rate 
swaps, which represented the fair value liability of the agreements, as derivative instruments are required to be carried at fair value. Fair value 
was calculated as the present value of amounts estimated to be received or paid to a marketplace participant in a selling transaction. These 
swaps are valued using pricing models based on significant other observable inputs (Level 2 inputs under the fair value hierarchy established 
by U.S. GAAP), while taking into account the nonperformance risk of the party that is in the liability position with respect to each trade. 
These swaps are accounted for as cash flow hedges; accordingly, changes in the fair values of the swaps have been reported in accumulated 
other comprehensive loss, net line item in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. Due to our determination that net deferred tax 
assets are realizable in the future, we record the unrealized loss amounts related to our interest rate swaps net of estimated taxes in the 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net line item within Stockholders’ equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

As of December 31, 2013, we had not entered into any derivative financial instruments to hedge our variable interest rate exposure in 
Mexico, Germany or Canada, as we do not deem it to be cost effective to engage in such a hedging program.  Additionally, our interest rate 
swap contracts in the U.K. expired as of December 31, 2013. However, we may enter into derivative financial instruments in the future to 
hedge our interest rate exposure in those markets. 

Interest expense. Our interest expense is also sensitive to changes in interest rates in the U.S., as borrowings under our revolving credit 
facility accrue interest at floating rates. Based on the $72.5 million outstanding under our revolving credit facility as of December 31, 2013, 
an increase of 100 basis points in the underlying interest rate would have had a $0.7 million impact on our interest expense in the year then 
ended. However, there is no guarantee that we will not borrow additional amounts under our revolving credit facility in the future, and, in the 
event we borrow amounts and interest rates significantly increase, the interest that we would be required to pay would be more significant. 
We have not entered into interest rate hedging arrangements in the past to hedge our interest rate risk for our borrowings, and have no plans 
to do so. Due to fluctuating balances in the amount outstanding under our revolving credit facility, we do not believe such arrangements to be 
cost effective. 

Outlook. If we continue to experience low short-term interest rates in the U.S. and the U.K., it will be beneficial to the amount of interest 
expense we incur under our bank credit facilities and our vault cash rental expense. Although we currently hedge a substantial portion of our 
vault cash interest rate risk in the U.S., as noted above, we may not be able to enter into similar arrangements for similar amounts in the 
future, and any significant increase in interest rates in the future could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results 
of operations by increasing our operating costs and expenses. However, we expect that the impact on our financial statements from a 
significant increase in interest rates would be partially mitigated by the interest rate swaps that we currently have in place associated with our 
vault cash balances in the U.S. 

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk 

As a result of our operations in the U.K., Germany, Mexico, and Canada, we are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency 

exchange rates, specifically with respect to changes in the U.S. dollar relative to the British pound, Euro, Mexican peso, and the Canadian 
dollar. All of our international subsidiaries are consolidated into our financial results and are subject to risks typical of international 
businesses including, but not limited to, differing economic conditions, changes in political climate, differing tax structures, other regulations 
and restrictions, and foreign exchange rate volatility. Furthermore, we are required to translate the financial condition and results of our 
international operations into U.S. dollars, with any corresponding translation gains or losses being recorded in other comprehensive income in 
our consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2013, this accumulated translation loss totaled approximately $18.4 million 
compared to approximately $24.6 million as of December 31, 2012. 

Our consolidated financial results were not materially impacted by the change in value of the British pound, Euro, Mexican peso, or 

Canadian dollar relative to the U.S. dollar during the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. A sensitivity analysis 
indicates that, if the U.S. dollar uniformly strengthened or weakened 10% against the British pound, the effect upon our reported operating 
income for the year ended December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $0.7 million. Similarly, a sensitivity analysis indicates that if 
the U.S. dollar uniformly strengthened or weakened 10% against the Mexican peso for the year ended December 31, 2013, the effect upon 
our reported operating income would have been approximately $0.6 million. Finally, a sensitivity analysis indicates that if the U.S. dollar 
uniformly strengthened or weakened 10% against the Canadian dollar or the Euro for the year ended December 31, 2013, the effect upon the 
respective subsidiary’s operating income would have been immaterial. At this time, we have not deemed it to be cost effective to engage in a 
program of hedging the effect of foreign currency fluctuations on our operating results using derivative financial instruments. 

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certain intercompany balances between our U.S. parent company and our U.K. operations are designated as short-term in nature, and the 

changes in these balances are translated in our Consolidated Statements of Operations. As a result, we are exposed to foreign currency 
exchange risk as it relates to these intercompany balances, most of which is offset by third-party borrowings in British pounds under our 
revolving credit facility. This structure effectively manages the foreign currency exposure of these short-term designated intercompany 
balances as currency gains or losses in the intercompany borrowings are largely offset by currency gains or losses on our third party 
borrowings. A sensitivity analysis indicates that, if the U.S. dollar uniformly strengthened or weakened 10% against the British pound, based 
on the intercompany payable balance as of December 31, 2013, the net effect upon our Consolidated Statements of Operations would be 
approximately $0.8 million.  

We are party to various derivative instruments related to the issuance of our Convertible Notes. As of December 31, 2013 all of our 

derivative instruments related to the Convertible Notes qualified for classification within stockholder’s equity. We are required, however, for 
the remaining term of the Convertible Notes, to assess whether we continue to meet the stockholders’ equity classification requirements and 
if in any future period we fail to satisfy those requirements we would need to reclassify these instruments out of stockholders’ equity and 
record them as a derivative asset or liability, at which point we would be required to record any changes in fair value through earnings. 

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

INDEX 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011  

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

1. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies  

2. Acquisitions  

3. Stock-Based Compensation  

4. Earnings per Share  

5. Related Party Transactions  

6. Property and Equipment, Net  

7. Intangible Assets  

8. Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets  

9. Accrued Liabilities  

10. Long-Term Debt  

11. Asset Retirement Obligations  

12. Other Liabilities  

13. Stockholders' Equity  

14. Employee Benefits  

15. Derivative Financial Instruments  

16. Fair Value Measurements  

17. Commitments and Contingencies  

18. Income Taxes  

19. Concentration Risk  

20. Segment Information  

21. Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information  

22. Supplemental Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)  

Page 
58 

60 

61 

62 

63 

64 

65 

65 

71 

73 

75 

76 

77 

77 

79 

79 

80 

83 

83 

84 

84 

85 

86 

88 

90 

92 

93 

95 

103 

57 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Cardtronics, Inc.: 

We have audited Cardtronics, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in the 
Internal Control – Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). 
Cardtronics Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control 
Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our 
audit. 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial 
reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, 
assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based 
on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe 
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 

financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of 
records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally 
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of 
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, 
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, Cardtronics, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 

2013, based on the criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission. 

Cardtronics, Inc. acquired Cardpoint Limited (“Cardpoint”) during 2013, and management excluded from its assessment of the 
effectiveness of Cardtronics, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, Cardpoint’s internal control over 
financial reporting associated with 21% of total gross assets (of which 15% represents goodwill and intangibles included within the scope of 
the assessment) and total revenues of 5% included in the consolidated financial statements of Cardtronics Inc. as of and for the year ended 
December 31, 2013. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Cardtronics, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal 
control over financial reporting of Cardpoint. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the 

consolidated balance sheets of Cardtronics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements 
of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three year period ended December 31, 
2013, and our report dated February 18, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements. 

Houston, Texas 
February 18, 2014 

/s/  KPMG LLP 

58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders 
Cardtronics, Inc.: 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Cardtronics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, 

and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in 
the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s 
management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material 
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An 
audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall 
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
Cardtronics, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the 
years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Cardtronics, 

Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated 
Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 
February 18, 2014 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

/s/  KPMG LLP 

Houston, Texas 
February 18, 2014 

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS 
(In thousands, excluding share and per share amounts) 

December 31, 2013 

  December 31, 2012 

ASSETS 
Current assets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Accounts and notes receivable, net of allowance of $571 and $476 as of December 31, 2013 
and 2012, respectively 
Inventory, net 
Restricted cash 
Current portion of deferred tax asset, net 
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other current assets 

$ 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net 
Intangible assets, net 
Goodwill 
Deferred tax asset, net 
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other noncurrent assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY 
Current liabilities: 
Current portion of long-term debt and notes payable 
Current portion of other long-term liabilities 
Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Current portion of deferred tax liability, net 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term liabilities: 
Long-term debt 
Asset retirement obligations 
Deferred tax liability, net 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies 

$ 

$ 

Stockholders’ equity: 
Common stock, $0.0001 par value; 125,000,000 shares authorized; 51,207,849 and 
50,569,875 shares issued as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively; 44,375,952 and 
44,641,224 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net 
Retained earnings 
Treasury stock; 6,831,897 and 5,928,651 shares at cost as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively 
Total parent stockholders’ equity 

Noncontrolling interests 

Total stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

$ 

 86,939  

$ 

 13,861 

 58,274  
 5,302  
 14,896  
 21,202  
 20,159  
 206,772  
 270,966  
 161,615  
 404,491  
 9,680  
 2,679  
 1,056,203  

 1,289  
 35,597  
 38,981  
 137,776  
 1,152  
 214,795  

 489,225  
 60,665  
 5,668  
 38,736  
 809,089  

 5  
 330,862  
 (72,954)  
 81,677  

 (90,679)  
 248,911  
 (1,797)  
 247,114  
 1,056,203  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 45,135 
 4,389 
 8,298 
 13,086 
 30,980 
 115,749 
 236,238 
 102,573 
 285,696 
 26,468 
 2,168 
 768,892 

 1,467 
 27,220 
 21,593 
 80,112 
 1,179 
 131,571 

 353,352 
 41,862 
 182 
 93,121 
 620,088 

 5 
 252,956 
 (105,085) 
 57,861 

 (58,270) 
 147,467 
 1,337 
 148,804 
 768,892 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In thousands, excluding share and per share amounts) 

Revenues: 

ATM operating revenues 
ATM product sales and other revenues 

Total revenues 
Cost of revenues: 

Cost of ATM operating revenues (excludes depreciation, accretion, and 
amortization shown separately below. See Note 1(b)) 
Cost of ATM product sales and other revenues 

Total cost of revenues 

Gross profit 
Operating expenses: 

Selling, general, and administrative expenses 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Depreciation and accretion expense 
Amortization expense 
Loss on disposal of assets 
Total operating expenses 

Income from operations 
Other expense (income): 
Interest expense, net 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and note discount 
Other income 

Total other expense 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income 
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interests 
Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to common 
stockholders 

Net income per common share – basic 
Net income per common share – diluted 

Weighted average shares outstanding – basic 
Weighted average shares outstanding – diluted 

2013 

Year Ended December 31,  
2012 

2011 

$ 

 854,196   $ 
 22,290  
 876,486  

 743,662   $ 
36,787  
780,449  

 597,219 
27,357 
624,576 

 573,959  
 21,328  
 595,287  
 281,199  

 84,592  
 15,400  
 68,480  
 27,336  
 2,790  
 198,598  
 82,601  

 21,155  
 1,931  
 (3,150)  
 19,936  
 62,665  
 42,018  
 20,647  
 (3,169)  

502,682  
33,405  
536,087  
244,362  

65,525  
3,332  
61,499  
21,712  
1,787  
153,855  
90,507  

21,161  
896  
(1,821)  
20,236  
70,271  
27,009  
43,262  
(329)  

396,347 
23,768 
420,115 
204,461 

55,582 
4,747 
47,962 
17,914 
981 
127,186 
77,275 

20,116 
993 
(804) 
20,305 
56,970 
(13,176) 
70,146 
(87) 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 23,816 

  $ 

 43,591 

  $ 

 70,233 

 0.52 
 0.52 

  $ 
  $ 

 0.97 
 0.96 

  $ 
  $ 

 1.60 
 1.58 

44,371,313  
44,577,635  

43,469,175  
43,875,332  

42,201,491 
42,886,780 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(In thousands) 

2013 

Year Ended December 31,  
2012 

2011 

Net income 

$ 

 20,647 

  $ 

 43,262   $ 

 70,146 

Unrealized gains (losses) on interest rate swap contracts, net of income tax 
expense (benefit) of $16,584, $(14,811), and $(11,219) for the years ended 
December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively 
Foreign currency translation adjustments 

Other comprehensive income (loss)  
Total comprehensive income 

Less: comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interests 

Comprehensive income attributable to controlling interests 

$ 

 25,933  
 6,198  
 32,131  
 52,778  
 (3,134)  
 55,912   $ 

 (23,684)  
 2,501  
 (21,183)  
 22,079  
 (220)  
 22,299   $ 

 (18,283) 
 (566) 
 (18,849) 
 51,297 
 (306) 
 51,603 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
(In thousands) 

Common Stock 

  Shares    Amounts   

Additional 
Paid-In 
Capital 
 4    $   213,754    $ 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss, Net 

Retained 
Earnings 
(Accumulated 
Deficit) 

Treasury 
Stock 

Non-
controlling 
Interests   

 (65,053)   $ 

 (55,963)   $   (50,351)   $ 

 1,863    $ 

 818     
 (176)    
 — 

 1     

 — 
 — 

 7,124     
 — 
 11,116     

 — 
 — 
 — 

Balance, January 1, 2011: 
Issuance of common stock for stock-

based compensation, net of forfeitures  

Repurchase of common stock 
Stock-based compensation charges 
Unrealized losses on interest rate 

swaps, net of income tax benefit of 
$11,219 

Net income attributable to controlling 

interests 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling 

interests 

Foreign currency translation 

adjustments 

Balance, December 31, 2011: 
Issuance of common stock for stock-

based compensation, net of forfeitures  

Repurchase of common stock 
Stock-based compensation charges 
Unrealized losses on interest rate 

swaps, net of income tax benefit of 
$14,811 

Net income attributable to controlling 

interests 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling 

interests 

Foreign currency translation 

adjustments 

Balance, December 31, 2012: 
Issuance of common stock for stock-

based compensation, net of forfeitures  

Repurchase of common stock 
Stock-based compensation charges 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based 

compensation expense  

Equity portion of convertible senior 

notes, note hedges, and warrants, net 
of deferred tax assets of $995 and 
deferred financing costs of $1,671 

Unrealized gains on interest rate swaps, 
net of income tax expense of $16,584   

Net income attributable to controlling 

interests 

Net loss attributable to noncontrolling 

interests 

Foreign currency translation 

adjustments 

Balance, December 31, 2013: 

 42,833    $ 

 1,322     
 (156)    
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 
 43,999    $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 
 44,641    $ 

 566     
 (831)    
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 
 44,376    $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 11,640     
 — 
 9,322     

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 (18,283)    

 — 

 — 

 (566)    
 (83,902)   $ 

 4    $   234,716    $ 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 5    $   252,956    $ 

 (23,684)    

 — 

 — 

 2,501     
 (105,085)   $ 

 2,625     
 — 
 12,303     

 24,007     

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 38,971     

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 25,933     

 — 

 — 

 6,198     
 (72,954)   $ 

 5    $   330,862    $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 70,233     

 — 

 — 

 — 
 (3,149)    
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 14,270    $   (53,500)   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 43,591     

 — 

 — 

 — 
 (4,770)    
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 57,861    $   (58,270)   $ 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 23,816     

 — 

 — 

 — 
 (32,409)    
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 81,677    $   (90,679)   $ 

Total 
 44,254  

 11,640  
 (3,149) 
 9,322  

 (18,283) 

 70,233  

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 (87)    

 (87) 

 (219)    
 (785) 
 1,557    $   113,145  

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 7,125  
 (4,770) 
 11,116  

 (23,684) 

 43,591  

 (329)    

 (329) 

 109     

 2,610  
 1,337    $   148,804  

 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 — 

 2,625  
 (32,409) 
 12,303  

 24,007  

 38,971  

 25,933  

 23,816  

 (3,169)    

 (3,169) 

 35     

 6,233  
 (1,797)   $   247,114  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
     
     
   
 
   
 
     
     
     
 
 
     
   
 
   
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
   
     
     
   
 
   
 
     
     
     
 
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense 
Amortization of deferred financing costs and note discount 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Deferred income taxes 
Loss on disposal of assets 
Other reserves and non-cash items 
Changes in assets and liabilities: 

Increase in accounts and note receivable, net 
Decrease (increase) in prepaid, deferred costs, and other current assets 
Increase in inventory 
(Increase) decrease in other assets 
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable 
Increase (decrease) in accrued liabilities 
Decrease in other liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 
Additions to property and equipment 
Payments for exclusive license agreements, site acquisition costs, and other 
intangible assets 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt 
Repayments of long-term debt and capital leases 
Repayments of borrowings under bank overdraft facility, net 
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes 
Proceeds from issuance of warrants 
Purchase of convertible note hedges 
Debt issuance and modification costs 
Payment of contingent acquisition consideration 
Proceeds from exercises of stock options 
Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation expense  
Repurchase of capital stock 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents as of beginning of period 
Cash and cash equivalents as of end of period 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information: 
Cash paid for interest, including interest on capital leases 
Cash paid for income taxes 

2013 

Year Ended December 31,  
2012 

2011 

  $ 

 20,647    $ 

 43,262   $ 

 70,146 

 95,816 
 1,931 
 12,324 
 8,533 
 2,790 
 4,812 

 (11,087) 
 15,504 
 (1,943) 
 (1,503) 
 12,804 
 29,722 
 (6,793) 
   183,557 

 83,211  
 896  
 11,110  
 25,694  
 1,787  
 1,786  

 (3,564)  
 (18,922)  
 (2,436)  
 18,487  
 (12,409)  
 (6,203)  
 (6,311)  
   136,388  

 65,876 
 993 
 9,324 
 (14,864) 
 981 
 (805) 

 (17,730) 
 (615) 
 (2,264) 
 (17,865) 
 4,556 
 19,804 
 (4,212) 
   113,325 

 (71,562)  

 (89,579)  

 (64,418) 

 (5,591)  
 (189,587)  
   (266,740) 

 311,277   
 (397,667)  
 —   
 287,500   
 40,509   
 (72,565)  
 (7,540)  
 (750)  
 2,626   
 24,007   
 (32,409)  
   154,988 

 1,273   
 73,078   

 (3,224)  
 (20,961)  
   (113,764)  

 245,100  
 (261,596)  
 (162)  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 7,344  
 —  
 (4,770)  
 (14,084)  

 (255)  
 8,285  

 13,861   
 86,939    $ 

 5,576  
 13,861   $ 

 (2,468) 
 (167,568) 
   (234,454) 

 381,738 
 (264,991) 
 (830) 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 (655) 
 — 
 11,420 
 — 
 (3,150) 
   123,532 

 (16) 
 2,387 

 3,189 
 5,576 

 20,831    $ 
 4,031    $ 

 21,250   $ 
 3,049   $ 

 20,355 
 1,844 

  $ 

  $ 
  $ 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
CARDTRONICS, INC.  
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS   

 (1) Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

(a)  Description of Business 

Cardtronics, Inc., along with its wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company") provides convenient automated 
consumer financial services through its network of automated teller machines ("ATMs") and multi-function financial services kiosks. As of 
December 31, 2013, the Company provided services to approximately 80,600 devices across its portfolio, which included approximately 
64,300 devices located in all 50 states of the United States ("U.S.") as well as in the U.S. territories of Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin 
Islands, approximately 11,500 devices throughout the United Kingdom ("U.K."), approximately 900 devices throughout Germany, 
approximately 1,900 devices throughout Canada, and approximately 2,000 devices throughout Mexico. In the U.S., certain of the Company’s 
devices are multi-function financial services kiosks that, in addition to traditional ATM functions such as cash dispensing and bank account 
balance inquiries, perform other consumer financial services, including bill payments, check cashing, remote deposit capture (which is 
deposit taking at ATMs using electronic imaging), and money transfers. Also included in the total count of 80,600 devices are approximately 
13,600 devices for which the Company provides various forms of managed services solutions, which may include services such as transaction 
processing, monitoring, maintenance, cash management, communications, and customer service.  

Through its network, the Company provides ATM management and equipment-related services (typically under multi-year contracts) to 

large, nationally and regionally-known retail merchants as well as smaller retailers and operators of facilities such as shopping malls and 
airports. In doing so, the Company provides its retail partners with a compelling automated financial services solution that helps attract and 
retain customers, and in turn, increases the likelihood that the devices placed at their facilities will be utilized.  

In addition to its retail merchant relationships, the Company also partners with leading national financial institutions to brand selected 

ATMs and financial services kiosks within its network, including BBVA Compass Bancshares, Inc., Citibank, N.A., Citizens Financial 
Group, Inc., Cullen/Frost Bankers, Inc., JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Santander Bank, N.A., and PNC Bank, N.A. in the U.S. and The Bank 
of Nova Scotia (“Scotiabank”) in Canada and Puerto Rico. In Mexico, the Company partners with Bansí, S.A. Institución de Banca Multiple 
(“Bansi”), a regional bank in Mexico and a noncontrolling interest owner in Cardtronics Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (“Cardtronics Mexico”), as 
well as with Grupo Financiero Banorte, S.A. de C.V. (“Banorte”) and Scotiabank to place their brands on the Company’s ATMs in exchange 
for certain services provided by them. As of December 31, 2013, approximately 20,400 of the Company’s ATMs were under contract with 
financial institutions to place their logos on the machines and to provide convenient surcharge-free access for their banking customers.  

The Company also owns and operates the Allpoint network (“Allpoint”), the largest surcharge-free ATM network within the U.S. (based 
on the number of participating ATMs). The Allpoint network, which has more than 55,000 participating ATMs globally, provides surcharge-
free ATM access to customers of participating financial institutions that may lack a significant ATM network in exchange for either a fixed 
monthly fee per cardholder or a set fee per transaction that is paid by the financial institutions who are members of the network. The Allpoint 
network includes a majority of the Company’s ATMs in the U.S., a portion of the Company’s ATMs in the U.K. and Canada, Puerto Rico 
and Mexico, and over 5,000 locations in Australia through a partnership with a local ATM owner and operator. Allpoint also works with 
financial institutions that manage stored-value debit card programs on behalf of corporate entities and governmental agencies, including 
general purpose, payroll and electronic benefits transfer (“EBT”) cards. Under these programs, the issuing financial institutions pay Allpoint 
a fee per issued stored-value card or per transaction in return for allowing the users of those cards surcharge-free access to Allpoint’s 
participating ATM network.  

Finally, the Company owns and operates an electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) transaction processing platform that provides transaction 

processing services to its network of ATMs and financial services kiosks as well as other ATMs under managed services arrangements. 

(b)  Basis of Presentation and Consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have 
been eliminated in consolidation. Because the Company owns a majority (51.0%) interest in, and realizes a majority of the earnings and/or 
losses of, Cardtronics Mexico, this entity is reflected as a consolidated subsidiary in the accompanying consolidated financial statements, 
with the remaining ownership interests not held by the Company being reflected as noncontrolling interests.  

In management’s opinion, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s current and prior period results have been 

made. Additionally, the financial statements for prior periods include reclassifications that were made to conform to the current period 
presentation. Those reclassifications did not impact the Company’s total reported net income or stockholders’ equity. 

The Company presents Cost of ATM operating revenues and Gross profit within its Consolidated Statements of Operations exclusive of 

depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense related to ATMs and ATM-related assets. The following table sets forth the amounts 
excluded from Cost of ATM operating revenues and Gross profit during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011: 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
Depreciation and accretion expenses related to ATMs and ATM-related assets  
Amortization expense  
Total depreciation, accretion, and amortization expenses excluded from Cost of 
ATM operating revenues and Gross profit  

(c)  Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements 

2013 

$  

 59,841  
 27,336  

2012 
(In thousands) 
$  
 53,028  
 21,712  

2011 

$  

 41,364 
 17,914 

$  

 87,177  

$  

 74,740  

$  

 59,278 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 

(“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. Significant items subject to such estimates include the carrying amount of intangibles, goodwill, asset retirement 
obligations, and valuation allowances for receivables, inventories, contingencies, and deferred income tax assets. Actual results can, and often 
do, differ from those assumed in the Company’s estimates. 

(d)  Cash and Cash Equivalents 

For purposes of reporting financial condition and cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash in bank and short-term deposit sweep 

accounts. Additionally, the Company maintains cash on deposit with banks that is pledged for a particular use or restricted to support a 
potential liability. These balances are classified as restricted cash in current or noncurrent assets on the Company’s Consolidated Balance 
Sheets based on when the Company expects this cash to be used. There was $14.9 million and $8.3 million of restricted cash in current assets 
as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Current restricted cash consisted of amounts collected on behalf of, but not yet remitted to, 
certain of the Company’s merchant customers or third-party service providers.  

(e)  Cash Management Program 

The Company relies on agreements with various banks, such as Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”) and Wells Fargo, N.A. 

(“Wells Fargo”), to provide the cash that it uses in its devices in which the merchants do not provide their own cash. The Company pays a fee 
for its usage of this vault cash based on the total amount of cash outstanding at any given time, as well as fees related to the bundling and 
preparation of such cash prior to it being loaded in the devices. At all times, beneficial ownership of the cash is retained by the cash 
providers, and the Company has no access or right to the cash except for those ATMs that are serviced by the Company’s wholly-owned 
armored courier operation in the U.K. While the armored courier operation has physical access to the cash loaded in those machines, 
beneficial ownership of that cash remains with the cash provider at all times. The Company’s vault cash agreements expire at various times 
between March 2014 and December 2016. (See Note 19, Concentration Risk for additional information on the concentration risk associated 
with the Company’s arrangements with Bank of America and Wells Fargo.) Based on the foregoing, the ATM vault cash, and the related 
obligations, are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The average amount of cash in the Company’s devices 
for the quarters ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 were approximately $2.7 billion and $2.2 billion, respectively. 

(f)  Accounts Receivable, including Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Accounts receivable are comprised of amounts due from the Company’s clearing and settlement banks for transaction revenues earned on 

transactions processed during the month ending on the balance sheet date, as well as receivables from bank branding and network branding 
customers, and for equipment sales. Trade accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance 
for doubtful accounts represents the Company’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses on the Company’s existing accounts 
receivable. The Company reviews its allowance for doubtful accounts monthly and determines the allowance based on an analysis of its past 
due accounts. All balances over 90 days past due are reviewed individually for collectability. Account balances are charged off against the 
allowance after all means of collection have been exhausted and the potential for recovery is considered remote.  

(g)  Inventory 

Inventory consists principally of used ATMs, ATM spare parts, and ATM supplies and is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is 

determined using the average cost method. The following table is a breakdown of the Company’s primary inventory components as of 
December 31, 2013 and 2012:  

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ATMs 
ATM parts and supplies 
Total 
Less: Inventory reserves 
Inventory, net 

(h)  Property and Equipment, Net 

2013 

2012 

(In thousands) 

 2,022  
 4,013  
 6,035  
 (733)  
 5,302  

$ 

$ 

 2,734 
 2,844 
 5,578 
 (1,189) 
 4,389 

$ 

$ 

Property and equipment are stated at cost, and depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives ranging 

from three to ten years. Leasehold improvements and property acquired under capital leases are amortized over the useful life of the asset or 
the lease term, whichever is shorter. Also included in property and equipment are new ATMs and/or financial services kiosks and the 
associated equipment the Company has acquired for future installation. These devices are held as “deployments in process” and are not 
depreciated until actually installed. Significant refurbishment costs that extend the useful life of an asset, or enhance its functionality are 
capitalized and depreciated over the estimated remaining life of the improved asset. Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment at 
least annually and additionally whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be 
recoverable. 

Maintenance on the Company’s devices is typically performed by third parties and is generally incurred as a fixed fee per month per 

device, except for in the U.K. where maintenance is primarily performed by in-house technicians. In both cases, amounts incurred for 
maintenance are expensed as incurred.  

Depreciation expense for property and equipment for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $65.7 million, 

$58.9 million, and $45.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2013, the Company did not have any material capital leases outstanding. 
See Note 1(l), Asset Retirement Obligations, for additional information on asset retirement obligations associated with the Company’s 
devices. 

(i)   Intangible Assets Other Than Goodwill 

The Company’s intangible assets include merchant contracts/relationships and branding agreements acquired in connection with 

acquisitions of ATM and kiosk-related assets (i.e., the right to receive future cash flows related to transactions occurring at these merchant 
locations), exclusive license agreements and site acquisition costs (i.e., the right to be the exclusive ATM or kiosk service provider, at 
specific locations, for the time period under contract with a merchant customer), technology, non-compete agreements, deferred financing 
costs relating to the Company’s credit agreements (see Note 10, Long-Term Debt), and trade names acquired.  

The estimated fair value of the merchant contracts/relationships within each acquired portfolio is determined based on the estimated net 

cash flows and useful lives of the underlying contracts/relationships, including expected renewals. The merchant contracts/relationships 
comprising each acquired portfolio are typically homogenous in nature with respect to the underlying contractual terms and conditions. 
Accordingly, the Company generally pools such acquired merchant contracts/relationships into a single intangible asset, by acquired 
portfolio, for purposes of computing the related amortization expense. The Company amortizes such intangible assets on a straight-line basis 
over the estimated useful lives of the portfolios to which the assets relate. Because the net cash flows associated with the Company’s acquired 
merchant contracts/relationships have historically increased subsequent to the acquisition date, the use of a straight-line method of 
amortization effectively results in an accelerated amortization schedule. The estimated useful life of each portfolio is determined based on the 
weighted-average lives of the expected cash flows associated with the underlying merchant contracts/relationships comprising the portfolio, 
and takes into consideration expected renewal rates and the terms and significance of the underlying contracts/relationships themselves. Costs 
incurred by the Company to renew or extend the term of an existing contract are expensed as incurred, except for any direct payments made 
to the merchants, which are set up as new intangible assets (exclusive license agreements). Certain acquired merchant contracts/relationships 
may have unique attributes, such as significant contractual terms or value, and in such cases, the Company will separately account for these 
contracts in order to better assess the value and estimated useful lives of the underlying merchant relationships.  

The Company tests its acquired merchant contract/relationship intangible assets for impairment, along with the related devices, on an 
individual contract/relationship basis for the Company’s significant acquired contracts/relationships, and on a pooled or portfolio basis (by 
acquisition) for all other acquired contracts/relationships. If, subsequent to the acquisition date, circumstances indicate that a shorter 
estimated useful life is warranted for an acquired portfolio or an individual customer relationship as a result of changes in the expected future 
cash flows associated with the individual contracts/relationships comprising that portfolio or relationship, then that portfolio’s remaining 
estimated useful life and related amortization expense are adjusted accordingly on a prospective basis.  

67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that a merchant contract/relationship intangible asset may be impaired, the 

Company evaluates the recoverability of the intangible asset, and the related devices, by measuring the related carrying amounts against the 
estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related contract or portfolio of contracts. Should the sum of the expected future 
net cash flows be less than the carrying values of the tangible and intangible assets being evaluated, an impairment loss would be recognized. 
The impairment loss would be calculated as the amount by which the carrying values of the tangible and intangible assets exceeded the 
calculated fair value.  

No impairment of indefinite-live intangible assets was identified during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. Additional 

information regarding the Company’s intangible assets is included in Note 7, Intangible Assets. 

(j)   Goodwill 

Goodwill resulting from a business combination is not amortized but is tested for impairment at least annually and more frequently if 
conditions warrant. Under U.S. GAAP, goodwill should be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which in the Company’s case 
involves six separate reporting units: (i) the Company’s domestic reporting segment; (ii) the acquired ATM operations in the U.K. from Bank 
Machine and Cardpoint; (iii) the acquired CCS Mexico (subsequently renamed to Cardtronics Mexico) operations; (iv) the acquired Canadian 
operations (subsequently renamed Cardtronics Canada); (v) the acquired German operations from Cardpoint; and (vi) the acquired i-design 
group plc (“i-design”) operations. For each reporting unit, the carrying amount of the net assets associated with the applicable reporting unit 
is compared to the estimated fair value of such reporting unit as of the testing date (i.e., December 31, 2013). When estimating fair values of a 
reporting unit for its goodwill impairment test, the Company utilizes a combination of the income approach and market approach, which 
incorporates both management’s views and those of the market. The income approach provides an estimated fair value based on each 
reporting unit’s anticipated cash flows, which have been discounted using a weighted-average cost of capital rate for each reporting unit. The 
market approach provides an estimated fair value based on the Company’s market capitalization that is computed using the market price of its 
common stock and the number of shares outstanding as of the impairment test date. The sum of the estimated fair values for each reporting 
unit, as computed using the income approach, is then compared to the fair value of the Company as a whole, as determined based on the 
market approach. If such amounts are consistent, the estimated fair values for each reporting unit, as derived from the income approach, are 
utilized.  

All of the assumptions utilized in estimating the fair value of the Company’s reporting units and performing the goodwill impairment test 
are inherently uncertain and require significant judgment on the part of management. The primary assumptions used in the income approach 
are estimated cash flows, the weighted average cost of capital for each reporting unit, and valuation multiples assigned to the earnings before 
interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and accretion expense, and amortization expense (“EBITDA”) of each reporting unit in order to 
assess the terminal value for each reporting unit. Estimated cash flows are primarily based on the Company’s projected revenues, operating 
costs, and capital expenditures and are discounted based on comparable industry average rates for the weighted-average cost of capital for 
each reporting unit. The Company utilized discount rates based on weighted-average cost of capital amounts ranging from 10% to 12% when 
estimating the fair values of its reporting units as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. With respect to the EBITDA multiples utilized in 
assessing the terminal value of each of its reporting units, the Company utilized its current multiple, but also evaluated it to current and 
historical valuation multiples assigned to a number of its industry peer group companies for reasonableness.  

Based on the results of the impairment analysis, the Company determined that no impairment of goodwill existed as of December 31, 

2013 and 2012, and the fair values of its reporting units were substantially in excess of the carrying values of such reporting units.  

(k)  Income Taxes 

Provisions for income taxes are based on taxes payable or refundable for the current year and deferred taxes, which are based on 
temporary differences between the amount of taxable income and income before provision for income taxes and between the tax basis of 
assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the financial statements. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are included in the consolidated 
financial statements at current income tax rates. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted 
through the provision for income taxes. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely 
than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. As the ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent 
on the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible, the Company 
considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this 
assessment. In the event the Company does not believe it will be able to utilize the related tax benefits associated with deferred tax assets, 
valuation allowances will be recorded to reserve for the assets. 

(l)  Asset Retirement Obligations 

The Company estimates the fair value of future retirement costs associated with its ATMs and recognizes this amount as a liability on a 

pooled basis based on estimated deinstallation dates in the period in which it is incurred, and when it can be reasonably estimated. The 
Company’s estimates of fair value involve discounted future cash flows. Subsequent to recognizing the initial liability, the Company 
recognizes an ongoing expense for changes in such liabilities due to the passage of time (i.e., accretion expense), which is recorded in the 
depreciation and accretion expense line in the accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements. As the liability is not revalued on a 

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
recurring basis, it is periodically reevaluated based on current cost estimate and contract information. Upon settlement of the liability, the 
Company recognizes a gain or loss for any difference between the settlement amount and the liability recorded. Additionally, the Company 
capitalizes the initial estimated fair value amount as an asset and depreciates the amount over its estimated useful life. Additional information 
regarding the Company’s asset retirement obligations is included in Note 11, Asset Retirement Obligations. 

(m)  Revenue Recognition 

ATM operating revenues. Substantially all of the Company’s revenues are generated from ATM and kiosk operating and transaction-based 

fees, which are reflected as “ATM operating revenues” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. ATM operating 
revenues primarily include the following:  

 

Surcharge and interchange revenues, which are recognized daily as the underlying transactions are processed.  

  Bank branding revenues, which are generated by the Company’s bank branding arrangements, under which financial institutions 

generally pay a fixed monthly fee per device to the Company to place their brand name on selected ATMs and multi-function kiosks 
within the Company’s portfolio. In return for such fees, the branding institution’s customers can use those branded devices without 
paying a surcharge fee. The monthly per device branding fees are recognized as revenues on a monthly basis as earned, and are subject 
to escalation clauses within the agreements. In addition to the monthly branding fees, the Company may also receive a one-time set-up 
fee per device. This set-up fee is separate from the recurring, monthly branding fees and is meant to compensate the Company for the 
burden incurred related to the initial set-up of a branded device versus the on-going monthly services provided for the actual branding. 
In accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company has deferred these set-up fees (as well as the corresponding costs associated with the 
initial set-up) and is recognizing such amounts as revenue (and expense) over the terms of the underlying bank branding agreements on 
a straight-line basis.  

 

Surcharge-free network revenues, which are generated by the operations of Allpoint, the Company’s surcharge-free network. The 
Company allows cardholders of financial institutions that participate in Allpoint to utilize the Company’s network of devices on a 
surcharge-free basis. In return, the participating financial institutions pay a fixed fee per month per cardholder or a fee per transaction to 
the Company. These surcharge-free network fees are recognized as revenues on a monthly basis as earned.  

  Managed services revenues, which the Company typically receives a fixed management fee and may be supplemented by certain 
additional fees based on transaction volume.  While the management fee and any additional fees are recognized as revenue on a 
monthly basis as earned, the surcharge and interchange fees generated by the ATM under the managed services agreement are earned by 
the Company’s customer, therefore, not recorded as revenue of the Company.  

  Other revenues, which includes maintenance fees; fees from other consumer financial services offerings such as check-cashing, remote 
deposit capture and bill pay services; and upfront payments. With respect to maintenance services, the Company typically charges a 
fixed fee per month per device to its subscribing customers and outsources the fulfillment of those maintenance services to a third-party 
service provider for a corresponding fixed fee per month per device. Accordingly, the Company recognizes such service agreement 
revenues and the related expenses on a monthly basis as earned. With respect to its automated consumer financial services offerings, the 
Company typically recognizes the revenues as the services are provided and the revenues earned. In addition to the transaction-based 
fees, the Company may also receive upfront payments from third-party service providers associated with providing certain of these 
services, which are deferred and recognized as revenue over the underlying contractual period. 

ATM equipment sales. The Company also generates revenues from the sale of ATMs to merchants and certain equipment resellers. Such 

amounts are reflected as “ATM product sales and other revenues” in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. Revenues 
related to the sale of ATMs to merchants are recognized when the equipment is delivered to the customer and the Company has completed all 
required installation and set-up procedures. With respect to the sale of ATMs to associate value-added resellers (“VARs”), the Company 
recognizes and invoices revenues related to such sales when the equipment is shipped from the manufacturer to the associate VAR. The 
Company typically extends 30-day terms and receives payment directly from the associate VAR irrespective of the ultimate sale to a third-
party. 

Merchant-owned arrangements. In connection with the Company’s merchant-owned ATM operating/processing arrangements, the 

Company typically pays all or a sizable portion of the surcharge fees that it earns to the merchant as fees for providing, placing, and 
maintaining the ATM unit. Pursuant to the guidance in the Financial Accounting Standards Board’s (“FASB”) Accounting Standards 
Codification (“ASC”) 605-45-45, Revenue Recognition – Principal Agent Considerations – Other Presentation Matters, the Company has 
assessed whether to record such payments as a reduction of associated ATM transaction revenues or a cost of revenues. Specifically, if the 
Company acts as the principal and is the primary obligor in the ATM transactions, provides the processing for the ATM transactions, has 
significant influence over pricing, and has the risks and rewards of ownership, including a variable earnings component and the risk of loss 
for collection, the Company recognizes the surcharge and interchange fees on a gross basis and does not reduce its reported revenues for 
payments made to the various merchants and retail establishments where the ATM units are housed. As a result, for agreements under which 
the Company acts as the principal, the Company records the total amounts earned from the underlying ATM transactions as ATM operating 
revenues and records the related merchant commissions as a cost of ATM operating revenues. However, for those agreements in which the 

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Company does not meet the criteria to qualify as the principal agent in the transaction, the Company does not record the related surcharge 
revenue as the rights associated with this revenue stream inure to the benefit of the merchant.   

(n)  Stock-Based Compensation 

The Company calculates the fair value of stock-based instruments awarded to employees on the date of grant and recognizes the 
calculated fair value as compensation cost over the requisite service period. For additional information on the Company’s stock-based 
compensation, see Note 3, Stock-Based Compensation. 

 (o)  Derivative Financial Instruments 

The Company utilizes derivative financial instruments to hedge its exposure to changing interest rates related to the Company’s ATM and 

kiosk cash management activities. The Company does not enter into derivative transactions for speculative or trading purposes, although 
circumstances may subsequently change the designation of its derivatives to economic hedges. 

The Company records derivative instruments at fair value on its Consolidated Balance Sheets. These derivatives, which consist of interest 

rate swaps, are valued using pricing models based on significant other observable inputs (Level 2 inputs under the fair value hierarchy 
prescribed by U.S. GAAP), while taking into account the nonperformance risk of the counterparty. The majority of the Company’s derivative 
transactions have been accounted for as cash flow hedges and, accordingly, changes in the fair values of such derivatives have been reflected 
in the Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net line in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets to the extent that the hedging 
relationships are determined to be effective, and then recognized in earnings when the hedged transactions occur. For additional information 
on the Company’s derivative financial instruments, see Note 15, Derivative Financial Instruments. 

(p)  Fair Value of Financial Instruments  

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing 
parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. U.S. GAAP does not require the disclosure of the fair value of lease financing arrangements 
and non-financial instruments, including intangible assets such as goodwill and the Company’s merchant contracts/relationships. See Note 16, 
Fair Value Measurements for the Company’s fair value evaluation of its financial instruments. 

(q)  Foreign Currency Translation 

The Company is exposed to foreign currency translation risk with respect to its international operations. The functional currencies for 

these businesses are their respective local currencies. Accordingly, results of operations of the Company’s international subsidiaries are 
translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates in effect during the periods in which those results are generated. Furthermore, the 
Company’s foreign operations’ assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using the exchange rate in effect as of each balance sheet 
reporting date. The resulting translation adjustments have been included in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net in the accompanying 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

The Company currently believes that the unremitted earnings of all of its international subsidiaries will be reinvested in the corresponding 

country of origin for an indefinite period of time. Accordingly, no deferred taxes have been provided for the differences between the 
Company’s book basis and underlying tax basis in those subsidiaries or on the foreign currency translation adjustment amounts.   

(r)   Treasury Stock 

Treasury stock is recorded at cost and carried as a reduction to stockholders’ equity until retired or reissued. 

(s)  Advertising Costs 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and totaled $4.4 million, $3.0 million, and $2.3 million during the years ended December 31, 

2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and are included in the line item Selling, general, and administrative expenses in the accompanying 
Consolidated Statements of Operations.  

(t)  Working Capital Deficit  

The Company’s surcharge and interchange revenues are typically collected in cash on a daily basis or within a short period of time 

subsequent to the end of each month. However, the Company typically pays its vendors on 30 day terms and is not required to pay certain of 
its merchants until 20 days after the end of each calendar month. As a result, the Company will typically utilize the excess cash flow 
generated from such timing differences to fund its capital expenditure needs or to repay amounts outstanding under its revolving line of credit 
(which, when drawn upon, is reflected as a long-term liability in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets). Accordingly, this 
utilization will typically cause the Company’s balance sheet to reflect a working capital deficit position. The Company considers such a 
presentation to be a normal part of its ongoing operations. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(u)  New Accounting Pronouncements 

The Company adopted the following accounting standard during 2013: 

Reclassifications out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, Reporting of 
Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This update requires entities to disclose items reclassified out of 
accumulated other comprehensive income and into net income in a single location within the financial statements. The Company adopted 
ASU 2013-02 as of January 1, 2013, and now reports this information in Note 13, Stockholders’ Equity.  

(2) Acquisitions  

Acquisition of the Cardpoint ATM Portfolio  

On August 7, 2013, Cardtronics Europe Limited (“Cardtronics Europe”), a newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, 
entered into, and consummated the transactions contemplated by, the Share Sale and Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) 
including the purchase of all of the outstanding shares issued by Cardpoint Limited (“Cardpoint”) from Payzone Ventures Limited (the 
“Seller”) and the individuals named as warrantors in the Purchase Agreement. 

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Cardtronics Europe acquired all of the outstanding shares issued by Cardpoint for purchase 

consideration of £100.0 million ($153.5 million) in cash, which included the aggregate amount required to be paid (including principal and 
interest) in order to fully discharge all of Cardpoint’s outstanding indebtedness to the Seller at closing. Additionally, as part of the Purchase 
Agreement, Cardtronics Europe entered into a locked box agreement, under which additional cash at closing was paid to the Seller in the 
amount of approximately £5.9 million ($9.0 million) as additional consideration for earnings since February 28, 2013.  No further working 
capital adjustments were required under the Purchase Agreement. The Company also paid to certain members of Cardpoint’s management 
transaction bonuses on behalf of the Seller in an aggregate amount of approximately £0.5 million ($0.7 million), pursuant to the Purchase 
Agreement. The total amount paid for the acquisition was approximately £105.4 million ($161.8 million) at closing, which was financed 
through borrowings under the Company’s amended revolving credit facility.   

As a result of the Cardpoint acquisition, the Company significantly increased the size of its European operations.  Cardpoint operated 
approximately 7,100 ATMs in the U.K. and approximately 800 ATMs in Germany as of the acquisition date, substantially all of which were 
owned by Cardpoint.  Approximately one-fourth of the ATMs deployed in the U.K. are placed with well-known multi-location retailers, 
whereas the remainder of the ATMs in the U.K. and most of the ATMs in Germany are primarily placed with individual merchants at their 
retail locations.    

The results of operations of the acquired Cardpoint portfolio have been included in the Company's consolidated statement of operations 
subsequent to the August 7, 2013 acquisition date. Revenue and loss from operations of $46.3 million and $1.7 million, respectively, were 
included in the year ended December 31, 2013. The loss from operations includes approximately $5.8 million in acquisition-related expenses 
incurred during the year related to this acquisition. 

The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date (amounts 

in thousands). The total purchase consideration was allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including identifiable intangible 
assets, based on their respective fair values at the date of acquisition. This allocation resulted in goodwill of approximately $90.9 million, all 
of which has been assigned to the Company's Europe reporting segment, which now includes operations from both the U.K. and Germany. 
The recognized goodwill is primarily attributable to expected synergies. None of the goodwill or intangible asset amounts are expected to be 
deductible for income tax purposes.  

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts and notes receivable  
Inventory  
Restricted cash 
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other current assets  
Property and equipment 
Deferred tax assets 
Intangible assets  
Goodwill  
Total assets acquired  

Accounts payable  
Accrued liabilities  
Deferred revenue 
Asset retirement obligations  
Deferred tax liabilities 
Total liabilities assumed  

Net assets acquired  

$  

(In thousands) 

4,782 
619 
863 
7,522 
6,665 
28,548 
22,117 
59,673 
90,913 
221,702 

6,052 
24,393 
56 
16,521 
12,852 
59,874 

$  

161,828 

The fair values of intangible assets acquired have been initially estimated by utilizing a discounted cash flow approach, with the assistance 

of an independent appraisal firm. The intangible assets acquired as part of the Cardpoint acquisition are being amortized on a straight-line 
basis, and the preliminary fair values consist of the following:   

Customer contracts  
Trade name  
Non-compete agreements  
Total   

Pro Forma Results of Operations  

Fair Values  
(In thousands) 
$  

50,291  
 9,096  
 286  
 59,673  

$  

Useful Lives  

Weighted Average Period 
Before Next Renewal 

7 years  
15 years  
1 year 

3.9 years  
N/A  
N/A  

The following table presents the unaudited pro forma combined results of operations of the Company and the acquired Cardpoint portfolio 

for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, after giving effect to certain pro forma adjustments including: (i) amortization of acquired 
intangible assets, (ii) the impact of certain fair value adjustments such as depreciation on the acquired property and equipment, and (iii) 
interest expense adjustment for historical long-term debt of Cardpoint that was repaid and interest expense on additional borrowings by the 
Company to fund the acquisition.   

2013 

As Reported   

Pro Forma   
(Unaudited)   

2012 

As Reported   

Pro Forma 
(Unaudited) 

Total revenues  
Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to 
common stockholders  

Earnings per share – basic 
Earnings per share – diluted 

$  

$  
$  

(In thousands, excluding per share amounts) 
$  

 780,449  

 938,962  

$  

$  

 876,486  

 883,350 

 23,816  

 24,220  

 43,591  

 42,670 

 0.52  
 0.52  

$  
$  

 0.53  
 0.53  

$  
$  

 0.97  
 0.96  

$  
$  

 0.95 
 0.94 

The unaudited pro forma financial results do not reflect the impact of other acquisitions consummated by the Company during the year 

ended December 31, 2013 (see further details below), as the impact would not be material to its condensed consolidated results of 
operations. The unaudited pro forma financial results assume that the Cardpoint acquisition occurred on January 1, 2012, and are not 
necessarily indicative of the actual results that would have occurred had those transactions been completed on that date. Furthermore, it does 
not reflect the impacts of any potential operating efficiencies, savings from expected synergies, or costs to integrate the operations. The 
unaudited pro forma financial results are not necessarily indicative of the future results to be expected for the consolidated operations.  

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Acquisitions  

On March 7, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of i-design, a Scotland-based provider and developer of marketing and 
advertising software and services for ATM owners. Additionally, the Company acquired the majority of the assets of Aptus Group, LLC 
(“Aptus”) on May 1, 2013, Merrimak ATM Group, LLC (“Merrimak”) on June 3, 2013, and CGI, Inc. (“CGI”) on October 1, 2013.  Aptus, 
Merrimak, and CGI were providers of ATM services to fleets of approximately 3,300 ATMs, 4,800 ATMs, and 1,000 ATMs respectively, 
consisting primarily of merchant-owned machines. 

The acquisitions of i-design, Aptus, Merrimak, and CGI did not have a material effect on the Company's consolidated results of operations 

during the year ended December 31, 2013, both on an individual basis and on a combined basis. 

(3) Stock-Based Compensation  

As noted in Note 1(n), Stock-Based Compensation, the Company accounts for its stock-based compensation by recognizing the grant date 

fair value of stock-based awards, net of estimated forfeitures, as compensation expense over the underlying requisite service periods of the 
related awards. The grant date fair value is based upon the Company’s stock price on the date of grant. The following table reflects the total 
stock-based compensation expense amounts included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations:   

Cost of ATM operating revenues  
Selling, general, and administrative expenses  
Total stock-based compensation expense  

2013 

2012 
(In thousands) 

2011 

$  

$  

 911 
 11,413 
 12,324  

 $  

$  

 930  
 10,180  
 11,110  

$  

$  

 903 
 8,421 
 9,324 

The increase in stock-based compensation expense each year was due to additional expense recognition from the additional grants made 
during the periods. All grants during the periods above were made under the Company's Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan 
(the "2007 Plan"), which is further discussed below.  

Stock-Based Compensation Plans. The Company currently has two long-term incentive plans - the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2007 

Plan”) and the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2001 Plan”). The purpose of each of these plans is to provide members of the Company’s 
Board of Directors and employees of the Company and its affiliates additional incentive and reward opportunities designed to enhance the 
profitable growth of the Company and its affiliates. Equity grants awarded under these plans generally vest over four years based on 
continued employment. The Company handles stock option exercises and other stock grants through the issuance of new common shares. 

2007 Plan. The 2007 Plan provides for the granting of incentive stock options intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Internal 

Revenue Code, options that do not constitute incentive stock options, RSAs, phantom stock awards, RSUs, bonus stock awards, performance 
awards, and annual incentive awards. The number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2007 Plan may not exceed 
5,179,393 shares.  The shares issued under the 2007 Plan are subject to further adjustment to reflect stock dividends, stock splits, 
recapitalizations, and similar changes in the Company’s capital structure. As of December 31, 2013, 416,500 options and 4,102,458 shares of 
restricted stock awards and units, net of cancellations, had been granted under the 2007 Plan, and options to purchase 232,275 shares of 
common stock have been exercised. 

2001 Plan. No further awards were granted under the Company’s 2001 Plan, as a result of the 2007 Plan adoption. As of December 31, 
2013, options to purchase an aggregate of 6,438,172 shares of common stock (net of options cancelled) had been granted pursuant to the 2001 
Plan, all of which the Company considered as non-qualified stock options, and options to purchase 6,099,962 shares of common stock had 
been exercised. 

Restricted Stock Awards.  The number of the Company's outstanding Restricted Stock Awards (“RSAs”) as of December 31, 2013, and 

changes during the year ended December 31, 2013, are presented below:  

RSAs outstanding as of January 1, 2013 
Granted  
Vested  
Forfeited 
RSAs outstanding as of December 31, 2013 

73 

Number of Shares   
 632,107  
 97,401  
 (282,138)  
 (71,872)  
 375,498  

Weighted Average 
Grant Date Fair 
Value 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 16.36 
 26.86 
 15.18 
 24.30 
 18.42 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The majority of RSAs granted vest ratably over a four-year service period, and had a weighted average grant date fair value of $26.86, 
$28.30, and $23.13 for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  The total fair value of RSAs that vested during the 
years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 was $8.1 million, $15.1 million and $11.5 million, respectively.  Compensation expense 
associated with RSAs totaled approximately $4.1 million, $5.5 million, and $5.9 million during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and 
based upon management’s estimates of forfeitures, there was approximately $3.5 million of unrecognized compensation cost associated with 
these shares as of December 31, 2013, which will be recognized on a straight-line basis over a remaining weighted-average vesting period of 
approximately 2.2 years. 

Restricted Stock Units.  In the first quarter of each year since 2011, the Company granted restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under its Long 
Term Incentive Plan ("LTIP"), which is an annual equity award program under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan. The ultimate number of RSUs 
to be earned and outstanding are approved by the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors (the "Committee") on an 
annual basis, and are based on the Company's achievement of certain performance levels during the calendar year of its grant. The majority of 
these grants have both a performance-based and a service-based vesting schedule (“Performance-RSUs”), and the Company recognizes the 
related compensation expense based on the estimated performance levels that management believes will ultimately be met. Starting with the 
grants made in 2013, a portion of the awards have only a service-based vesting schedule (“Time-RSUs”), for which the associated expense is 
recognized ratably over four years. Performance-RSUs and Time-RSUs are convertible into the Company’s common stock after the passage 
of the vesting periods, which are 24, 36, and 48 months from January 31 of the grant year, at the rate of 50%, 25%, and 25%, respectively. 
Performance-RSUs will be earned only if the Company achieves certain performance levels. Although the Performance-RSUs are not 
considered to be earned and outstanding until at least the minimum performance metrics are met, the Company recognizes the related 
compensation expense over the requisite service period (or to an employee’s qualified retirement date, if earlier) using a graded vesting 
methodology. RSUs are also granted outside of LTIPs, with or without performance-based vesting requirements. 

The number of the Company's non-vested RSUs as of December 31, 2013, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013, are 

presented below: 

Non-vested RSUs as of January 1, 2013 
Granted  
Vested  
Forfeited 
Non-vested RSUs as of December 31, 2013 

Number of Shares   
 749,948  
 268,265  
 (269,824)  
 (15,154)  
 733,235  

Weighted Average 
Grant Date Fair 
Value 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 20.01 
 31.72 
 17.22 
 23.27 
 25.26 

The above table only includes RSUs not subject to performance conditions; therefore, the Performance-RSUs granted in 2013 but not yet 
earned are not included. The number of Performance-RSUs granted in 2013 at target, net of forfeitures, was 247,798 shares with a grant date 
fair value of $27.43 per unit. The weighted average grant date fair value of the RSUs granted was $31.72, $21.73 and $16.82 for the years 
ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  The total fair value of RSUs that vested during the year ended December 31, 2013 
was approximately $7.1 million. No RSUs vested during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. Compensation expense associated 
with all RSUs totaled approximately $8.1 million, $5.5 million, and $2.9 million during 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The 
unrecognized compensation expense associated with all RSU grants was $8.6 million as of December 31, 2013, which will be recognized 
using a graded vesting schedule for Performance-RSUs and a straight-line vesting schedule for Time-RSUs, over a remaining weighted-
average vesting period of approximately 2.8 years.  

Options.  The number of the Company's outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2013, and changes during the year ended 

December 31, 2013, are presented below:  

Options outstanding as of January 1, 2013 
Exercised  
Forfeited 
Options outstanding as of December 31, 2013 

Number of 
Shares 

 552,799   $  
 (270,749)   $  
 (1,875)   $  
 280,175   $  

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price  
 9.68  
 9.70  
 11.05  
 9.66  

Options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2013 

 274,425   $  

 9.63  

74 

Aggregate 
Intrinsic 
Value (in 
thousands) 

Weighted 
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Term 

$  

$  

 9,485  

2.76 years 

 9,298  

2.69 years 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 had a total intrinsic value of approximately $6.7 million, 

$12.9 million, and $15.1 million, respectively, which resulted in estimated tax benefits to the Company of approximately $2.3 million, 
$4.5 million, and $5.3 million, respectively. During 2012 and 2011, the Company was in a net operating loss carryforward position; therefore, 
such benefits were not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements for those years. The cash received by the Company as 
a result of option exercises was $2.6 million, $7.3 million, and $11.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, 
respectively. 

Fair Value Assumptions. The Company utilizes the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to value options, which requires the input of 
certain subjective assumptions, including the expected life of the options, a risk-free interest rate, a dividend rate, an estimated forfeiture rate, 
and the future volatility of the Company’s common equity. These assumptions are based on management’s best estimate at the time of grant. 
There have been no options granted since 2010. 

Non-Vested Stock Options. The following table is a summary of the status of the Company’s non-vested stock options as of December 31, 

2013, and changes during the year ended December 31, 2013: 

Non-vested options as of January 1, 2013 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Non-vested options as of December 31, 2013 

Number of Shares 
Under Outstanding 
Options 

Weighted Average 
Grant Date Fair 
Value 

 34,625  
 (27,000)  
 (1,875)  
 5,750  

$ 
$ 
$  
$ 

 4.38 
 4.05 
 5.62 
 5.50 

As of December 31, 2013, the unrecognized compensation expense associated with outstanding options was immaterial. Compensation 
expense recognized related to stock options totaled approximately $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.5 million for the years ended December 
31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. 

(4) Earnings per Share  

The Company reports its earnings per share under the two-class method. Under this method, potentially dilutive securities are excluded 
from the calculation of diluted earnings per share (as well as their related impact on the net income available to common stockholders) when 
their impact on net income available to common stockholders is anti-dilutive. Potentially dilutive securities for the year ended December 31, 
2013, 2012, and 2011 included all outstanding stock options and shares of restricted stock, which were included in the calculation of diluted 
earnings per share for these periods. The potentially dilutive effect of outstanding warrants and the underlying shares exercisable under the 
Company’s convertible notes were excluded from diluted shares outstanding because the exercise price exceeded the average market price of 
the Company’s common stock. The effect of the note hedge the Company purchased to offset the underlying conversion option embedded in 
its convertible notes was also excluded, as the effect is anti-dilutive. 

The shares of restricted stock issued by the Company have a non-forfeitable right to cash dividends, if and when declared by the 

Company.  Accordingly, restricted shares are considered to be participating securities and, as such, the Company has allocated the 
undistributed earnings for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 among the Company's outstanding shares of common stock 
and issued but unvested restricted shares, as follows:  

75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
Earnings per Share (in thousands, excluding share and per share amounts):  

2013 
Weighted 
Average Shares 
Outstanding 

Earnings Per 
Share  

Income 

Basic: 
Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to common 
stockholders  
Less: Undistributed earnings allocated to unvested restricted shares  
Net income available to common stockholders  

Diluted: 
Effect of dilutive securities:  
Add: Undistributed earnings allocated to restricted shares  
Stock options added to the denominator under the treasury stock method  
Less: Undistributed earnings reallocated to restricted shares  
Net income available to common stockholders and assumed conversions  

$  

$  

$  

$  

 23,816  
 (672)  
 23,144  

 672  

 (669)  
 23,147  

 44,371,313  

$  

 0.52 

 206,322  

 44,577,635  

$  

 0.52 

Basic: 
Net income attributable to controlling interests and 
available to common stockholders  
Less: Undistributed earnings allocated to unvested 
restricted shares  

Income    

  $    43,591  

 (1,497)  

2012 
Weighted 
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding  

Earnings 
Per 
Share    

Income    

2011 

Weighted 
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding  

Earnings 
Per 
Share  

  $    70,233  

 (2,626)  

Net income available to common stockholders  

  $    42,094  

43,469,175   $  

 0.97   $    67,607  

42,201,491   $  

 1.60 

Diluted: 
Effect of dilutive securities:  
Add: Undistributed earnings allocated to restricted 
shares  
Stock options added to the denominator under the 
treasury stock method  
Less: Undistributed earnings reallocated to restricted 
shares  
Net income available to common stockholders and 
assumed conversions  

  $  

 1,497  

 (1,483)  

  $  

 2,626  

 406,157  

 685,289  

 (2,586)  

  $    42,108  

43,875,332   $  

 0.96   $    67,647  

42,886,780   $  

 1.58 

The computation of diluted earnings per share excluded potentially dilutive common shares related to restricted stock (including both 
RSAs and RSUs) of 516,127 shares, 630,537 shares, and 501,331 shares for the year ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, 
because the effect of including these shares in the computation would have been anti-dilutive.  

(5) Related Party Transactions 

Board members. Dennis Lynch, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is a member of the Board of Directors for Fiserv, Inc. 

(“Fiserv”). Additionally, Jorge Diaz, also a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is the Division President and Chief Executive 
Officer of Fiserv Output Solutions, a division of Fiserv. During the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, Fiserv provided the 
Company with third-party services during the normal course of business, including transaction processing, network hosting, network 
sponsorship, maintenance, cash management, and cash replenishment. The amounts paid to Fiserv for the years ended December 31, 2013, 
2012, and 2011 were immaterial. 

Bansi, an entity that owns a noncontrolling interest in the Company’s subsidiary, Cardtronics Mexico, provides various ATM 

management services to Cardtronics Mexico in the normal course of business, including serving as one of the vault cash providers and bank 

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
sponsors, as well as providing other miscellaneous services. The amounts paid to Bansi for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 
2011 were immaterial. 

(6)  Property and Equipment, Net 

The following is a summary of the components of property and equipment as of December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

2013 

2012 

ATM equipment and related costs 
Technology assets 
Office furniture, fixtures, and other 

Total 

Less accumulated depreciation 
Net property and equipment 

 $ 

 $ 

(In thousands) 
 $ 

 538,364 
 53,271 
 40,564 
 632,199 
 (361,233) 
 270,966 

 $ 

 392,589 
 36,326 
 31,500 
 460,415 
 (224,177) 
 236,238 

The property and equipment balances include deployments in process, as discussed in Note 1(h), Property and Equipment, Net, of 

$12.7 million and $7.1 million as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

(7) Intangible Assets  

Intangible Assets with Indefinite Lives  

The following table presents the net carrying amount of the Company's intangible assets with indefinite lives as of December 31, 2013 and 

2012, as well as the changes in the net carrying amounts for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 by segment: 

Balance as of January 1, 2012:  
Gross balance  
Accumulated impairment loss  

Acquisitions 
Purchase price adjustments 
Foreign currency translation adjustments  

Balance as of December 31, 2012:  
Gross balance  
Accumulated impairment loss  

Acquisitions 
Purchase price adjustments 
Allocation adjustment 
Foreign currency translation adjustments  

Balance as of December 31, 2013:  
Gross balance  
Accumulated impairment loss  

____________ 

Goodwill 

U.S. 

Europe (1) 

Other 
International (2) 

Total 

(In thousands)  

 255,465  
—  
 255,465  

$  

$  

 63,364  
 (50,003)  
 13,361  

$  

$  

 2,736  
—  
 2,736  

$  

$  

 321,565 
 (50,003) 
 271,562 

 12,306  
 683  
 —  

 199  
 —  
 579  

 327  
 2  
 38  

 268,454  
—  
 268,454  

$  

$  

 64,142  
 (50,003)  
 14,139  

$  

$  

 3,103  
—  
 3,103  

$  

$  

 13,316  
 29  
 6,640  
 —  

 97,929  
 —  
 (6,860)  
 7,552  

 —  
 141  
 220  
 (172)  

 12,832 
 685 
 617 

 335,699 
 (50,003) 
 285,696 

 111,245 
 170 
 — 
 7,380 

 288,439  
—  
 288,439  

$  

$  

 162,763  
 (50,003)  
 112,760  

$  

$  

 3,292  
—  
 3,292  

$  

$  

 454,494 
 (50,003) 
 404,491 

 $  

 $  

 $  

 $  

 $  

 $  

(1)  

(2)  

The Europe segment is comprised of the Company’s operations in U.K. and Germany.   

The Other International segment is comprised of the Company’s operations in Mexico and Canada. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance as of January 1, 2012 
Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Balance as of December 31, 2012 
Acquisitions 
Reclassification to definite-lived trade name 
Foreign currency translation adjustments  
Balance as of December 31, 2013 

Intangible Assets with Definite Lives  

U.S. 

Trade Name: indefinite-lived 
Europe 
(In thousands) 

Total 

 200  
—  
 200  
—  
—  
—  
 200  

$  

$  

$  

 3,098  
 133  
 3,231  
 513  
 (3,298)  
 114  
 560  

$  

$  

$  

 3,298 
 133 
 3,431 
 513 
 (3,298) 
 114 
 760 

$  

$  

$  

The following is a summary of the Company's intangible assets that were subject to amortization:  

December 31, 2013 

December 31, 2012 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

$  

$  

 276,140  
 15,038  
 23,154  
 4,075  
 2,827  
 13,164  
 334,398  

Accumulated 
Amortization  
(In thousands) 

$  

$  

 (149,645)  
 (5,466)  
 (14,693)  
 (2,437)  
 (775)  
 (527)  
 (173,543)  

 Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

Gross 
Carrying 
Amount 

$    126,495  
 9,572  
 8,461  
 1,638  
 2,052  
 12,637  
$    160,855  

$  

$ 

 212,509  
 9,169  
 18,724  
 2,822  
—   
—   
 243,224  

Accumulated 
Amortization  
(In thousands) 

$  

$ 

 (125,920)  
 (4,373)  
 (12,543)  
 (1,246)  
—   
—   
 (144,082)  

 Net 
Carrying 
Amount 

$  

$ 

 86,589 
 4,796 
 6,181 
 1,576 
— 
— 
 99,142 

Customer and branding 
contracts/relationships  
Deferred financing costs  
Exclusive license agreements  
Non-compete agreements  
Technology 
Trade name: definite-lived 
Total  

The majority of the Company’s intangible assets with definite lives are being amortized over the assets’ estimated useful lives utilizing the 

straight-line method. Estimated useful lives range from four to ten years for customer and branding contracts/relationships, two to ten years 
for exclusive license agreements, one to five years for non-compete agreements, and one to fifteen years for finite-lived trade names. 
Estimated useful life for acquired technology is three years. Deferred financing costs are amortized through interest expense over the 
contractual term of the underlying borrowings utilizing the effective interest method. The Company periodically reviews the estimated useful 
lives of its identifiable intangible assets, taking into consideration any events or circumstances that might result in a reduction in fair value or 
a revision of those estimated useful lives. 

Amortization of definite-lived intangible assets is recorded in the amortization expense line item in the Consolidated Statements of 

Operations, including any impairment charges, except for deferred financing costs and certain exclusive license agreements. Amortization of 
deferred financing costs is recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations combined with amortization of note discount. Certain 
exclusive license agreements that were effectively prepayments of merchant fees were amortized through the cost of ATM operating revenues 
line item during the year ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, for $4.0 million and $1.9 million, respectively. The Company recorded 
approximately $0.1 million in additional amortization expense during the year ended December 31, 2011 related to the impairments of certain 
previously acquired merchant contract/relationship intangible assets associated with its U.S. reporting segment. No additional amortization 
was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

The components of intangible assets acquired during the year ended December 31, 2013 were as follows: 

Customer and branding contracts/relationships  
Non-compete agreements  
Technology 
Trade name: definite-lived 
Total  

Amount Acquired in 
2013 
(In thousands) 

Weighted Average 
Amortization Period 

$  

$  

 62,800  
 1,284  
 2,852  
 9,867  
 76,803  

7.0 years 
2.5 years 
3.0 years 
14.8 years 

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Estimated amortization for the Company’s intangible assets with definite lives for each of the next five years, and thereafter is as follows 

(amounts in thousands):  

2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
Thereafter 
Total 

$ 

$ 

 34,695 
 32,205 
 26,835 
 22,519 
 17,050 
 27,551 
 160,855 

(8) Prepaid Expenses and Other Assets 

The following is a summary of prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and other assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Prepaid Expenses, Deferred Costs, and Other Current Assets: 
Prepaid expenses 
Deferred costs and other current assets 

Total  

Prepaid Expenses, Deferred Costs, and Other Noncurrent Assets: 
Prepaid expenses 
Deferred costs 
Other  
Total  

2013 

2012 

(In thousands) 

$  

$  

$  

$  

 12,412  
 7,747  
 20,159  

 1,553  
 776  
 350  
 2,679  

$  

$  

$  

$  

 11,349 
 19,631 
 30,980 

 224 
 1,507 
 437 
 2,168 

As of December 31, 2012, the Company had $13.4 million recorded for an insurance recovery receivable.  The Company collected this 

entire amount from its insurer in January 2013. 

(9) Accrued Liabilities  

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:  

Accrued merchant fees  
Accrued taxes 
Accrued merchant settlement amounts 
Accrued compensation  
Accrued interest expense  
Accrued armored fees  
Accrued maintenance fees  
Accrued cash rental and management fees  
Accrued purchases  
Accrued interest rate swap payments  
Accrued ATM telecommunications costs 
Accrued processing costs  
Other accrued expenses  
Total  

2013 

2012 

(In thousands) 

$  

$  

 32,619  
 23,033  
 17,365  
 12,501  
 6,140  
 5,271  
 5,186  
 4,570  
 2,392  
 2,211  
 1,682  
 939  
 23,867  
 137,776  

$  

$  

 23,510 
 1,794 
 9,255 
 9,524 
 5,753 
 4,628 
 4,865 
 4,067 
 2,084 
 2,299 
 1,254 
 1,510 
 9,569 
 80,112 

The increase in Accrued merchant settlement amounts was primarily related to the increase in merchant-owned arrangements as a result of 

acquisitions completed during 2013. The increase in the accrued taxes line above relates to increased estimated liabilities for U.K. business 
rates (similar to property taxes), which increased significantly during the third quarter of 2013 as the governmental agency responsible for 
assessing property values in the U.K. materially changed its approach for locating and assessing ATM sites and is now also seeking to 
recover assessments for prior periods dating back to 2010 for some of the Company’s ATM locations in the U.K. The Company has no 
statutory responsibility to self-assess property taxes in the U.K., but instead, must pay business rates invoices when they are invoiced. Prior to 
the third quarter of 2013, only a minority of its ATMs had been assessed business rates. The Company had $14.7 million in accrued property 
taxes in the U.K. as an estimate of the Company’s expected liability through December 31, 2013, based on the information available as of 
that date. The Company’s estimated liability is subject to change based on potential challenges associated with valuations of the assessments, 

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
possible legal challenges the Company may assert, the Company’s ability to recover a portion of the estimated costs for which the Company’s 
merchants are contractually liable, and other factors. 

(10) Long-Term Debt  

The carrying value of the Company's long-term debt consisted of the following as of December 31, 2013 and 2012  

8.25% Senior subordinated notes due September 2018 
1.00% Convertible senior notes due December 2020 
Revolving credit facility, including swing-line credit facility (weighted-average combined 
interest rate of 2.5% and 2.2% as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively) 
Equipment financing notes  
Total  
Less: current portion  
Total long-term debt, excluding current portion  

  $  

  $  

Revolving Credit Facility  

2013 

2012 

(In thousands) 

 200,000  
 216,635  

$  

 72,547  
 1,332  
 490,514  
 1,289  
 489,225  

$  

 200,000 
 — 

 152,000 
 2,819 
 354,819 
 1,467 
 353,352 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company's revolving credit facility provided for $375.0 million in borrowings and letters of credit (subject 

to the covenants contained within the facility) and had a termination date of July 15, 2016.  The revolving credit facility was amended on 
August 5, 2013, in anticipation of the completion of the Cardpoint acquisition. This amendment expanded the borrowing capacity from 
$250.0 million to $375.0 million and amended certain covenants to allow for certain indebtedness, investments, acquisitions, intercompany 
loans and dispositions of assets made in connection with the Cardpoint acquisition. Further, the revolving credit facility was amended on 
November 18, 2013 to amend certain covenants to permit the issuance of (1) the $287.5 million 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 
(“Convertible Notes”), (2) the related convertible note hedge transactions, and (3) the related warrant transactions. Also amended were the 
covenants related to the performance of the Company’s obligations under the Convertible Notes, the related convertible note hedge 
transactions and the warrant transactions, and the repurchase of shares of the Company’s common stock concurrent with the issuance of the 
Convertible Notes (these transactions are further discussed below). There were no other material modifications made to the Company's 
revolving credit facility. 

This revolving credit facility includes a $15.0 million swing-line facility, an $85.0 million foreign currency sub-limit, and a $20.0 million 
letter of credit sub-limit. Borrowings under the facility bear interest at a variable rate, based upon the Company's total leverage ratio and the 
London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") or Alternative Base Rate (as defined in the agreement) at the Company's option. Additionally, the 
Company is required to pay a commitment fee on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility. Substantially all of the Company's assets, 
including the stock of its wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and 66% of the stock of its foreign subsidiaries, are pledged to secure 
borrowings made under the revolving credit facility. Furthermore, each of the Company's domestic subsidiaries has guaranteed the 
Company's obligations under the revolving credit facility. There are currently no restrictions on the ability of the Company's wholly-owned 
subsidiaries to declare and pay dividends directly to us.  

The primary restrictive covenants within the facility include (1) limitations on the amount of senior debt and total debt that the Company 
can have outstanding at any given point in time and (2) the maintenance of a set ratio of earnings to fixed charges, as computed quarterly on a 
trailing 12-month basis. Additionally, the Company is limited on the amount of restricted payments, including dividends, which it can make 
pursuant to the terms of the revolving credit facility. These limitations are generally governed by a senior leverage ratio test and the 
existing fixed charge ratio covenant.  

The failure to comply with the covenants will constitute an event of default (subject, in the case of certain covenants, to applicable notice 
and/or cure periods) under the agreement.  Other events of default under the agreement include, among other things, (1) the failure to timely 
pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts due and owing; (2) the inaccuracy of representations or warranties in any material respect; (3) 
the occurrence of certain bankruptcy or insolvency events; (4) loss of lien perfection or priority; and (5) the occurrence of a change in 
control.  The occurrence and continuance of an event of default could result in, among other things, termination of the lenders' commitments 
and acceleration of all amounts outstanding.  The Company's obligations under the credit agreement are guaranteed by certain of the 
Company's existing and future domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain limitations.  In addition, the Company's obligations under the credit 
agreement, subject to certain exceptions, are secured on a first-priority basis by liens on substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets 
of the Company and the guarantors. As of December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants and ratios 
under the revolving credit facility.  

As of December 31, 2013, $72.5 million was outstanding under the Company’s revolving credit facility, all of which was denominated in 

British pounds. Additionally, the Company has posted a $2.0 million letter of credit serving to secure the overdraft facility of its U.K. 
subsidiary (further discussed below) and a $0.1 million letter of credit serving to secure a third-party processing contract in Canada. These 

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
letters of credit, which the applicable third-parties may draw upon in the event the Company defaults on the related obligations, reduce the 
Company’s borrowing capacity under the revolving credit facility. As of December 31, 2013, the Company’s available borrowing capacity 
under the revolving credit facility totaled approximately $300.4 million. 

$200.0 Million 8.25% Senior Subordinated Notes Due 2018  

The $200.0 million 8.25% senior subordinated notes due September 2018 (the "2018 Notes"), which are guaranteed by all of the 

Company's domestic subsidiaries, contain no maintenance covenants and only limited incurrence covenants, under which the Company has 
considerable flexibility. Interest under the 2018 Notes is paid semi-annually in arrears on March 1st and September 1st of each year. As of 
December 31, 2013, the Company was in compliance with all applicable covenants required under the 2018 Notes.  

$287.5 Million 1.00% Convertible Senior Notes Due 2020 and Related Equity Instruments 

On November 19, 2013, the Company issued $250.0 million of 1.00% convertible senior notes due December 2020 (the "Convertible 

Notes") at par value. The Company also granted to the initial purchasers the option to purchase, during the 13 day period following the 
issuance of the notes, up to an additional $37.5 million of Convertible Notes (the “Over-allotment Option”). The initial purchasers exercised 
the Over-allotment Option on November 21, 2013. The Company received $254.2 million in net proceeds from the offering after deducting 
underwriting fees paid to the initial purchasers and the amount paid to repurchase its outstanding common stock concurrently with the 
offering. The Company used a portion of the net proceeds from the offering and the warrant transaction to pay the net cost of the convertible 
note hedge transaction, as described below. The convertible note hedge and warrant transactions were entered into with the initial purchasers 
on November 19, 2013, concurrently with the pricing of the Convertible Notes, and on November 21, 2013, concurrently with the exercise of 
the Over-allotment Option. The Company pays interest semi-annually (payable in arrears) on June 1st and December 1st of each year, 
beginning on June 1, 2014. Under U.S. GAAP, certain convertible debt instruments that may be settled in cash (or other assets) upon 
conversion are required to be separately accounted for as liability (debt) and equity (conversion option) components of the instrument in a 
manner that reflects the issuer’s non-convertible debt borrowing rate. The Company, with assistance from a valuation professional, 
determined that the fair value of the debt component was $215.8 and the fair value of the embedded option was $71.7 million as of the 
issuance date. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is required to recognize effective interest expense on the debt component and that interest 
expense effectively accretes the debt component to the total principal amount due at maturity of $287.5 million. The effective rate of interest 
to accrete the debt balance is approximately 5.26%, which corresponds to the Company’s estimated nonconvertible borrowing rate at the date 
of issuance.  

The Convertible Notes have an initial conversion price of $52.35 per share, which equals an initial conversion rate of 19.1022 shares of 
common stock per $1,000 principal amount of notes, for a total of approximately 5.5 million shares of our common stock initially underlying 
the debt. The conversion rate, however, is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Conversion can occur: (1) any time on or after 
September 1, 2020; (2) after March 31, 2014, during any calendar quarter that follows a calendar quarter in which the price of the Company’s 
common stock exceeds 135% of the conversion price for at least 20 days during the 30 consecutive trading-day period ending on the last 
trading day of the quarter; (3) during the ten consecutive trading-day period following any five consecutive trading-day period in which the 
trading price of the Convertible Notes is less than 98% of the closing price of the Company’s common stock multiplied by the applicable 
conversion rate on each such trading day; (4) upon specified distributions to the Company’s shareholders upon recapitalizations, 
reclassifications or changes in stock; and (5) upon a make-whole fundamental change. A fundamental change is defined as any one of the 
following: (1) any person or group that acquires 50% or more of the total voting power of all classes of common equity that is entitled to vote 
generally in the election of the Company’s directors; (2) the Company engages in any recapitalization, reclassification or changes of common 
stock as a result of which the common stock would be converted into or exchanged for, stock, other securities, or other assets or property; (3) 
the Company engages in any share exchange, consolidation or merger where the common stock is converted into cash, securities or other 
property; (4) the Company engages in any sales, lease or other transfer of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets; or (5) the 
Company’s stock is not listed for trading on any U.S. national securities exchange. 

As of December 31, 2013, none of the contingent conversion thresholds described above were met in order for the Convertible Notes to 

be convertible at the option of the note holders. As a result, the Convertible Notes have been classified as a noncurrent liability on the 
Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2013. In future financial reporting periods, the classification of the Convertible 
Notes may change depending on whether any of the above contingent criteria have been subsequently satisfied. 

Upon conversion, holders of the Convertible Notes are entitled to receive cash, shares of the Company’s common stock or a combination 

of cash and common stock, at the Company’s election. In the event of a change in control, as defined in the indenture under which the 
Convertible Notes have been issued, holders can require the Company to purchase all or a portion of their Convertible Notes for 100% of the 
notes' par value plus any accrued and unpaid interest.  

81 

 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
Interest expense related to with the Convertible Notes consisted of the following: 

Cash interest per contractual coupon rate 
Amortization of note discount 
Amortization of deferred financing costs 
Total interest expense related to Convertible Notes 

2013 

2012 
(In thousands) 

2011 

$  

$  

 288  
 848  
 48  
 1,184  

$  

$  

 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  

$  

$  

The carrying value of the Convertible Notes consisted of the following as of December 31, 2013 and 2012: 

Principal balance 
Discount, net of accumulated amortization 
Net carrying amount of Convertible Notes 

2013 

2012 

$  

$  

(In thousands) 

 287,500  
 (70,865)  
 216,635  

$  

$  

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 

In connection with the issuance of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into separate convertible note hedge and warrant 

transactions with certain of the initial purchasers to reduce the potential dilutive impact upon the conversion of the Convertible Notes. The net 
effect of these transactions effectively raised the price at which dilution would occur from the $52.35 initial conversion price of the 
Convertible Notes to $73.29. Pursuant to the convertible note hedge, the Company purchased call options granting the Company the right to 
acquire up to approximately 5.5 million shares of its common stock with an initial strike price of $52.35. The call options automatically 
become exercisable upon conversion of the Convertible Notes, and will terminate on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding 
December 1, 2020. The Company also sold to the initial purchasers warrants to acquire up to approximately 5.5 million shares of its common 
stock with a strike price of $73.29. The warrants will expire incrementally on a series of expiration dates subsequent to the maturity date of 
the Convertible Notes through August 30, 2021. If the conversion price of the Convertible Notes remains between the strike prices of the call 
options and warrants, the Company’s shareholders will not experience any dilution in connection with the conversion of the Convertible 
Notes; however, to the extent that the price of the Company’s common stock exceeds the strike price of the warrants on any or all of the 
series of related expiration dates of the warrants, the Company will be required to issue additional shares of its common stock to the initial 
purchasers. The amounts allocated to both the note hedge and warrants were recorded in equity, as further described in Note 13, Stockholders’ 
Equity. 

Other Borrowing Facilities  

Cardtronics Mexico equipment financing agreements. Between 2007 and 2010, Cardtronics Mexico entered into several separate five-year 

equipment financing agreements with a single lender, of which four agreements have outstanding balances as of December 31, 2013. These 
agreements, which are denominated in pesos and bear interest at an average fixed rate of 9.94%, were utilized for the purchase of ATMs to 
support growth in the Company’s Mexico operations. As of December 31, 2013, approximately $17.4 million pesos ($1.3 million U.S.) were 
outstanding under the agreements. Pursuant to the terms of the loan agreements, the Company has issued guarantees for 51.0% of the 
obligations under these agreements (consistent with its ownership percentage in Cardtronics Mexico). As of December 31, 2013, the total 
amount of these guarantees was $8.9 million pesos ($0.7 million U.S.). 

U.K. overdraft facility.  The Company’s U.K. operation has a £1.0 million overdraft facility. This overdraft facility, which bears interest at 

1.0% over the bank’s base rate (0.5% as of December 31, 2013) and is secured by a letter of credit posted under the Company’s revolving 
credit facility as discussed above in the Revolving Credit Facility section, is utilized for general corporate purposes for the Company’s U.K. 
operations. As of December 31, 2013, there were no amounts outstanding under the overdraft facility. 

Debt Maturities 

Aggregate maturities of the principal amounts of the Company’s long-term debt as of December 31, 2013, were as follows (in thousands) 

for the years indicated: 

2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
Thereafter 
Total 

$  

$  

 1,292 
 40 
 72,547 
 — 
 200,000 
 287,500 
 561,379 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(11) Asset Retirement Obligations  

Asset retirement obligations consist primarily of costs to deinstall the Company's ATMs and costs to restore the ATM sites to their 
original condition, which are estimated based on current market rates. In most cases, the Company is contractually required to perform this 
deinstallation and restoration work. For each group of ATMs, the Company has recognized the fair value of the asset retirement obligation as 
a liability on its balance sheet and capitalized that cost as part of the cost basis of the related asset. The related assets are depreciated on a 
straight-line basis over five years, which is the estimated average time period that an ATM is installed in a location before being deinstalled, 
and the related liabilities are accreted to their full value over the same period of time. As reflected in the table below, during the year ended 
December 31, 2013, the Company revised its estimated future liabilities based on recent actual experience, changes in certain customer-
specific estimates and other cost estimate changes. The changes in estimated future costs were recorded as a reduction in the carrying amount 
of the remaining unamortized asset and reduce the Company’s depreciation and accretion expense amounts prospectively. Additionally, as of 
December 31, 2013, the Company reclassified a portion of the liabilities as current, which is included in the Current portion of other long-
term liabilities line item in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. A portion of the liabilities as of December 31, 2012 was also 
reclassified as current, although the total amount of liabilities was unchanged. 

The following table is a summary of the changes in the Company's asset retirement obligation liability for the years ended December 31, 

2013 and 2012:  

Asset retirement obligation as of beginning of period 

Additional obligations  
Estimated obligations assumed in Cardpoint acquisition 
Accretion expense  
Change in estimates 
Payments  
Foreign currency translation adjustments  

Total asset retirement obligation at end of period  
Less: current portion  
Asset retirement obligation, excluding current portion  

2013 

2012 

(In thousands) 

$  

$  

 44,696 
 6,399 
 18,494 
 2,777 
 (6,477) 
 (2,495) 
 437 
 63,831  
 3,166  
 60,665  

 $  

$  

 34,517 
 10,303 
 — 
 2,602 
 — 
 (3,510) 
 784 
 44,696 
 2,834 
 41,862 

See Note 16, Fair Value Measurements for additional disclosures on the Company's asset retirement obligations with respect to its fair 

value measurements. 

(12) Other Liabilities  

The following is a summary of the components of the Company’s other liabilities as of December 31, 2013 and 2012:  

Current Portion of Other Long-Term Liabilities: 
Interest rate swaps  
Deferred revenue  
Asset retirement obligations 
Other  
Total  

Other Long-Term Liabilities: 
Interest rate swaps  
Obligations associated with acquired unfavorable contracts 
Deferred revenue  
Other  
Total  

2013 

2012 

(In thousands) 

$  

$  

$  

$  

 31,069  
 1,315  
 3,166  
 47  
 35,597  

 34,509  
 —  
 962  
 3,265  
 38,736  

$  

$  

$  

$  

 23,117 
 835 
 2,834 
 434 
 27,220 

 84,973 
 964 
 1,353 
 5,831 
 93,121 

Other long-term liabilities related to interest rate swaps decreased significantly from December 31, 2012 to December 31, 2013 mostly as 

a result of changes (increases) in forward interest rate curves since December 31, 2012. See Note 15, Derivative Financial Instruments for 
additional information on the Company's interest rate swaps. 

83 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(13) Stockholders’ Equity 

Common and Preferred Stock. The Company is authorized to issue 125,000,000 shares of common stock, of which 44,375,952 and 
44,641,224 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Additionally, the Company is authorized to issue 
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, of which no shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

Additional Paid-In Capital. Included in the balance of Additional paid-in capital are amounts related to the Convertible Notes issued in 

November 2013 and the related equity instruments. These amounts include: (1) the fair value of the embedded option of the Convertible 
Notes for $71.7 million, (2) the amount paid to purchase the associated convertible note hedges for $72.6 million, (3) the amount received for 
selling associated warrants for $40.5 million, and (4) $1.7 million in debt issuance costs allocated to the equity component of the convertible 
note. See Note 10, Long-Term Debt for additional information on the Convertible Notes and the related equity instruments. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss, Net.  Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net, is displayed as a separate component of 
Stockholders' equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. The following table presents the changes in the balances of each 
component of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011:  

Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net as of January 1, 2011 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassification 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net 
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net as of December 31, 2011 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net 
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net as of December 31, 2012 

Other comprehensive income before reclassification 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net 
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss, net as of December 31, 2013 

$  

$  

$  

$  

 (26,569)  
 (566)  
 —  
 (27,135)  
 2,501  
 —  
 (24,634)  
 6,198  
 —  
 (18,436)  

$  

$  

$  

$  

___________ 

Foreign 
currency 
translation 
adjustments    

Unrealized (losses) 
gains on interest 
rate swap contracts, 
net of tax 
(In thousands) 

Total 

 (38,484) (1)  $  
 (65,053) 
 (41,960) (2) 
 (42,526) 
 23,677  (2) 
 23,677 
 (56,767) (1)  $  
 (83,902) 
 (49,485) (3) 
 (46,984) 
 25,801  (3) 
 25,801 
 (80,451) (1)  $    (105,085) 
 6,260 
 25,871 
 (72,954) 

 62  (4) 
 25,871  (4) 
 (54,518) (1)  $  

(1) Net of deferred income tax benefit of $1,383 as of January 1, 2011, and $12,602, $27,413, and $10,829 as of December 31, 2011, 2012, 

and 2013, respectively. 

(2) Net of deferred income tax benefit of $25,748 for Other comprehensive income before reclassification and deferred income tax expense of 

$14,529 for Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net, for the year ended December 31, 2011.  

(3) Net of deferred income tax benefit of $30,946 for Other comprehensive income before reclassification and deferred income tax expense of 

$16,135 for Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net, for the year ended December 31, 2012. 

(4) Net of deferred income tax expense of $40 for Other comprehensive income before reclassification and deferred income tax expense of 
$16,544 for Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

The Company records unrealized gains and losses related to its interest rate swaps net of estimated taxes in the Accumulated other 

comprehensive loss, net, line item within Stockholders' equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets since it is more likely than 
not that the Company will be able to realize the benefits associated with its net deferred tax asset positions in the future. The amounts 
reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net are recognized in Cost of ATM operating revenues line item on the 
accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. 

The Company currently believes that the unremitted earnings of its foreign subsidiaries will be reinvested for an indefinite period of 
time. Accordingly, no deferred taxes have been provided for the differences between the Company's book basis and underlying tax basis in 
these subsidiaries or on the foreign currency translation adjustment amounts. 

(14)  Employee Benefits 

The Company sponsors defined contribution retirement plans for its employees, the principal plan being the 401(k) plan which is offered 

to its employees in the U.S. During 2013, the Company matched 50% of employee contributions up to 4% of the employee’s eligible 
compensation (for a maximum matching contribution of 2% of the employee’s eligible compensation by the Company). Employees 
immediately vest in their contributions while the Company’s matching contributions vest at a rate of 20% per year. The Company also 

84 

 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
sponsors a similar plan for its employees in the U.K. The Company contributed $0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million to the defined 
contribution benefit plans for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. 

(15) Derivative Financial Instruments  

Cash Flow Hedging Strategy  

The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations, including interest rate risk associated with its vault 

cash rental obligations and, to a lesser extent, borrowings under its revolving credit facility.  The Company is also exposed to foreign 
currency exchange rate risk with respect to its investments in its foreign subsidiaries.  While the Company does not currently utilize 
derivative instruments to hedge its foreign currency exchange rate risk, it does utilize interest rate swap contracts to manage the interest rate 
risk associated with its vault cash rental obligations in the U.S. The Company’s interest rate swap contracts to manage its vault cash rental 
interest rate risk in the U.K. expired as of December 31, 2013. The Company does not currently utilize any derivative instruments to manage 
the interest rate risk associated with its vault cash rental obligations in any of the other international subsidiaries, nor does it utilize derivative 
instruments to manage the interest rate risk associated with borrowings outstanding under its revolving credit facility.  

The interest rate swap contracts entered into with respect to the Company's vault cash rental obligations serve to mitigate the Company's 
exposure to interest rate risk by converting a portion of the Company's monthly floating rate vault cash rental obligations to a fixed rate.  The 
Company has contracts in varying notional amounts through December 31, 2018 for the Company's U.S. vault cash rental obligations.  By 
converting such amounts to a fixed rate, the impact of future interest rate changes (both favorable and unfavorable) on the Company's 
monthly vault cash rental expense amounts has been reduced.  The interest rate swap contracts typically involve the receipt of floating rate 
amounts from the Company's counterparties that match, in all material respects, the floating rate amounts required to be paid by the Company 
to its vault cash providers for the portions of the Company's outstanding vault cash obligations that have been hedged.  In return, the 
Company typically pays the interest rate swap counterparties a fixed rate amount per month based on the same notional amounts 
outstanding.  At no point is there an exchange of the underlying principal or notional amounts associated with the interest rate 
swaps. Additionally, none of the Company's existing interest rate swap contracts contain credit-risk-related contingent features.  

For each derivative instrument that is designated and qualifies as a cash flow hedge (i.e., hedging the exposure to variability in expected 

future cash flows attributable to a particular risk), the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is reported as a 
component of other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) and reclassified into earnings in the same line item associated with the forecasted 
transaction and in the same period or periods during which the hedge transaction affects earnings.  Gains and losses on the derivative 
instrument representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components that are excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are 
recognized in earnings.  However, because the Company currently only utilizes fixed-for-floating interest rate swaps in which the underlying 
pricing terms agree, in all material respects, with the pricing terms of the Company’s vault cash rental obligations, the amount of 
ineffectiveness associated with such interest rate swap contracts has historically been immaterial.  Accordingly, no ineffectiveness amounts 
associated with the Company’s effective cash flow hedges have been recorded in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. For 
derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, the gain or loss is recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations 
during the current period. 

 The notional amounts, weighted average fixed rates, and terms associated with the Company's interest rate swap contracts accounted for 

as cash flow hedges that are currently in place (as of the date of the issuance of these financial statements) are as follows:   

Notional Amounts 
(In millions) 
$   1,250 
$   1,300 
$   1,300 
$   1,000 
$   750 

Accounting Policy  

   Weighted Average Fixed Rate 

Term  

2.98  %  
2.84  %  
2.74  %  
2.53  %  
2.54  %  

January 1, 2014 – December 31, 2014 
January 1, 2015 – December 31, 2015 
January 1, 2016 – December 31, 2016 
January 1, 2017 – December 31, 2017 
January 1, 2018 – December 31, 2018 

The Company recognizes all of its derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets 
at fair value.  The accounting for changes in the fair value (e.g., gains or losses) of those derivative instruments depends on (1) whether these 
instruments have been designated (and qualify) as part of a hedging relationship and (2) the type of hedging relationship actually designated. 
For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as hedging instruments, the Company designates the hedging instrument, based 
upon the exposure being hedged, as a cash flow hedge, a fair value hedge, or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.  

The Company has designated all of its interest rate swap contracts as cash flow hedges of the Company’s forecasted vault cash rental 
obligations.  Accordingly, changes in the fair values of the related interest rate swap contracts have been reported in the Accumulated other 
comprehensive loss, net line item within stockholders’ equity in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

85 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
The Company believes that it is more likely than not that it will be able to realize the benefits associated with its domestic net deferred tax 
asset positions in the future.  Therefore, the Company records the unrealized losses related to its domestic interest rate swaps net of estimated 
tax benefits in the Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net line item within Stockholders' equity in the accompanying Consolidated 
Balance Sheets.  

Tabular Disclosures  

The following tables depict the effects of the use of the Company's derivative contracts on its Consolidated Balance Sheets and 

Consolidated Statements of Operations.  

Balance Sheet Data  

Liability Derivative Instruments:  

(In thousands) 

December 31, 2013 

December 31, 2012 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Fair Value 

Balance Sheet 
Location 

Fair Value 

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments: 

Interest rate swap contracts  

Interest rate swap contracts  

Total Derivatives  

Statements of Operations Data 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging 
Relationship 

Current portion of 
other long-term 
liabilities 
Other long-term 
liabilities 

$  

$  

 31,069 

 34,509 
 65,578  

Current portion of 
other long-term 
liabilities 
Other long-term 
liabilities 

$  

$  

 23,117 

 84,973 
 108,090 

Amount of Gain (Loss) 
Recognized in OCI on 
Derivative Instruments 
(Effective Portion) 

2013 

2012 

(In thousands)  

Years Ended December 31,  
Location of Loss 
Reclassed from 
Accumulated OCI 
Into Income 
(Effective Portion)  

Cost of ATM 

Amount of Loss Reclassified 
from Accumulated OCI into 
Income  
(Effective Portion)  
2012 

2013 

(In thousands) 

Interest rate swap contracts  

 $  

 62  

$  

 (49,486) 

operating revenues  

 $  

 (25,871) 

 $  

 (26,167) 

The Company does not currently have any derivative instruments that have been designated as fair value or net investment hedges.  The 

Company has not historically, and does not currently anticipate terminating its existing derivative instruments prior to their expiration 
dates.  If the Company concludes that it is no longer probable that the anticipated future vault cash rental obligations that have been hedged 
will occur, or if changes are made to the underlying terms and conditions of the Company's vault cash rental agreements, thus creating some 
amount of ineffectiveness associated with the Company's current interest rate swap contracts, any resulting gains or losses will be recognized 
within the Other expense (income) line item of the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations.  

As of December 31, 2013, the Company expected to reclassify $31.1 million of net derivative-related losses contained within accumulated 

OCI into earnings during the next twelve months concurrent with the recording of the related vault cash rental expense amounts.  

See Note 16, Fair Value Measurements for additional disclosures on the Company's interest rate swap contracts in respect to its fair value 

measurements. 

(16) Fair Value Measurements  

The following table provides the assets and liabilities carried at fair value measured on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2013 and 
2012 using the fair value hierarchy prescribed by U.S. GAAP. The fair value hierarchy has three levels based on the reliability of the inputs 
used to determine fair value. Level 1 refers to fair values determined based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. Level 2 
refers to fair values estimated using significant other observable inputs, and Level 3 includes fair values estimated using significant non-
observable inputs. An asset or liability’s classification within the hierarchy is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to 
the fair value measurement.   

86 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
Liabilities  

Liabilities associated with interest rate swaps 
Acquisition-related contingent consideration 

$ 

 65,578  
 575  

$ 

$ 

—   
—  

 65,578  
—  

$ 

— 
 575 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2013 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

(In thousands) 

Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2012 

Total 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3 

(In thousands) 

Liabilities  

Liabilities associated with interest rate swaps 
Acquisition-related contingent consideration 

$ 

 108,090  
 3,455  

$ 

$ 

—  
—  

 108,090  
—  

$ 

— 
 3,455 

Additions to asset retirement obligation liability. The Company estimates the fair value of additions to its asset retirement obligation 
liability using expected future cash outflows discounted at the Company’s credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate. Liabilities added to the asset 
retirement obligations line item in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets are measured at fair value at the time of the asset 
installations using Level 3 inputs, and are only reevaluated periodically based on estimated current fair value.  Amounts added to the asset 
retirement obligation liability during the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 totaled $24.9 million, $10.3 million, and $8.7 
million, respectively. The substantial increase in 2013 relates primarily to estimated liabilities assumed in conjunction with the Company’s 
acquisition of Cardpoint in August 2013. 

Below are descriptions of the Company's valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured at fair value. The methods described 

below may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, 
while the Company believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different 
methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at 
the reporting date.  

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts and notes receivable, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts, other current assets, accounts 
payable, accrued expenses, and other current liabilities. These financial instruments are not carried at fair value, but are carried at amounts 
that approximate fair value due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk.  

Acquisition-related intangible assets.  The estimated fair values of acquisition-related intangible assets are valued based on a discounted 

cash flows analysis using significant non-observable inputs (Level 3 inputs). The Company tests intangible assets for impairment on a 
quarterly basis by measuring the related carrying amounts against the estimated undiscounted future cash flows associated with the related 
contract or portfolio of contracts. 

Interest rate swaps. The fair value of the Company's interest rate swaps was a liability of $65.6 million as of December 31, 2013. These 

financial instruments are carried at fair value, calculated as the present value of amounts estimated to be received or paid to a marketplace 
participant in a selling transaction. These derivatives are valued using pricing models based on significant other observable inputs (Level 2 
inputs), while taking into account the creditworthiness of the party that is in the liability position with respect to each trade. See Note 15, 
Derivative Financial Instruments for additional disclosures on the valuation process of this liability.   

Acquisition-related contingent consideration.  Liabilities from acquisition-related contingent consideration are estimated by the Company 

using a discounted cash flow model.  Acquisition-related contingent consideration liabilities are classified as Level 3 liabilities, because the 
Company uses unobservable inputs to value them, based on its best estimate of operational results upon which the payment of these 
obligations are contingent. Gains and losses related to the contingent consideration associated with acquisitions are included in other 
(income) expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.    

Long-term debt. The carrying amount of the long-term debt balance related to borrowings under the Company's revolving credit facility 
approximates fair value due to the fact that any borrowings are subject to short-term floating interest rates. As of December 31, 2013, the fair 
value of the Company's 2018 Notes and 2020 Convertible Notes (see Note 10, Long-Term Debt) totaled $214.8 million and $288.5 million, 
respectively, based on the quoted market price (Level 1 input) for these notes as of that date.  

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
(17) Commitments and Contingencies  

Legal Matters 

Automated Transactions. On August 16, 2010, a lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware (the “District 
Court”) entitled Automated Transactions LLC (“ATL”) v. IYG Holding Co., et al. 10 Civ. 0691 (D. Del.) (the "2010 Lawsuit"). The 2010 
Lawsuit names the Company's wholly-owned subsidiary, Cardtronics USA, Inc. (“Cardtronics USA”), as one of the defendants. The 2010 
Lawsuit alleges that Cardtronics USA and the other defendants infringed upon seven of the plaintiff's patents by providing retail transactions 
to consumers through their ATMs. The plaintiff, ATL, is seeking a permanent injunction, damages, treble damages and costs, including 
attorney's fees and expenses. The allegations raised by the plaintiff in this suit are similar to the allegations made by the same plaintiff in a 
suit filed in January 2006 (the "2006 Lawsuit") in the District Court against 7-Eleven, Inc. (“7-Eleven”) concerning six of the same seven 
patents. In July 2007, when the Company acquired the 7-Eleven portfolio, the Company became subject to the 2006 Lawsuit. The ATM 
supplier in that case agreed to indemnify 7-Eleven against the plaintiff's claims. That indemnity was assigned by 7-Eleven to the Company, 
and the supplier acknowledged that assignment.  

The 2010 Lawsuit was initially stayed by order of the District Court pending the outcome of the 2006 Lawsuit.  In the 2006 Lawsuit, 
following the Company’s submission for summary judgment the District Court found that the defendants did not infringe the claims asserted 
in any of the plaintiff's five patents (the allegations as to the sixth patent having been dismissed earlier). In addition, the District Court granted 
the defendants partial summary judgment, concluding that the plaintiff's patent claims were, in part, invalid and rendered other findings so as 
to materially weaken the plaintiff's case. In addition, on January 28, 2011, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office Board of Patent Appeals and 
Interferences ("BPAI") issued a decision affirming the rejection on the grounds of obviousness of all the claims relating to one of the patents 
asserted by the plaintiff in both the 2006 Lawsuit and the 2010 Lawsuit. The plaintiff appealed both of these rulings to the U.S. Court of 
Appeals for the Federal Circuit (the “Court of Appeals”). On April 23, 2012, the Court of Appeals rendered a decision that affirmed both the 
District Court’s rulings and the BPAI decision (the “Appeals Decision”).  ATL’s request for rehearing of the Appeals Decision was 
denied.  As a consequence, the 2006 Lawsuit has been effectively resolved in the Company’s favor pending entry of a formal final judgment.  
Furthermore, though the Appeals Decision in the 2006 Lawsuit does not formally terminate the 2010 Lawsuit, the findings set forth in the 
Appeals Decision should also resolve in favor of the Company all of the claims made involving the same patents as had been asserted in the 
2006 Lawsuit. The Appeals Decision should also materially weaken the plaintiff’s claims in the two remaining patents in the 2010 Lawsuit, 
which has been consolidated with the 2006 Lawsuit and resumed.    

Notwithstanding the outcome of the 2006 Lawsuit, ATL initiated several new patent infringement lawsuits against other companies, based 
on “child” patents of the parent patent which are at issue in the 2006 Lawsuit and the 2010 Lawsuit.  The asserted claims of the parent patent 
have already been held invalid in the Appeals Decision. The claims of infringement of the child patents are substantially similar to the prior 
claims under the parent and other child patents, i.e. the ATMs allowed the cardholders to access the internet and to conduct retail transactions 
at the ATM that were asserted by the defendants to be non-routine banking transactions. Two of those new cases were brought in the District 
Court for the Southern District of New York (“New York District Court”) and named as defendants, two customers of the Company under 
ATM placement agreements pursuant to which the Company operates ATMs alleged to infringe ATL’s child patents. Until resolved, these 
cases implicate the Company in defending its customers where these ATMs are placed and could involve ATL alleging new claims directly 
against the Company. The Company has joined as a defendant in both of those cases and asserted counterclaims against ATL for invalidity, 
non-infringement and requesting costs and attorneys’ fees for improperly bringing such a suit. On January 17, 2013, the Court in one case 
agreed with the Company’s request to transfer the case for all purposes to the District Court because of that Court’s familiarity with the 
patents in suit. Subsequently, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation transferred the other case against the Company’s customer, along 
with many other ATL cases filed in other district courts, to the District Court for consolidated pretrial proceedings, and the Company then 
joined that action as a defendant and counterclaimant, as noted above. 

On April 1, 2013, a panel for the U.S. Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation, over ATL’s objection, transferred eight other suits 

involving ATL’s parent patent and 12 child patents and several different types of ATMs to the District Court to be consolidated or 
coordinated before the judge who had previously decided the 2006 Lawsuit against ATL. In addition, the other action still pending in New 
York District Court against the Company’s customer, noted above, was also transferred to that judge, along with other ATL cases deemed to 
be “tag along” actions to the cases already transferred. The District Court has issued a scheduling order pursuant to which discovery will be 
conducted and all pre-trial motions have been scheduled to be submitted by June 19, 2015.  Under that order, trial for these matters has not 
been set. 

The Company believes that these ATL lawsuits have no merit, primarily because the asserted child patents have patent claims or 

limitations previously held invalid or not infringed by the Appeals Decision. Accordingly, the Company does not expect that the 
remaining lawsuits will have a material impact on its financial condition or results of operations, and the Company will continue to 
vigorously defend its position.  

National Federation of the Blind. Through its acquisition of the E*Trade ATM portfolio, the Company became the sole defendant in the 

June 2003 lawsuit filed by the National Federation of the Blind, the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, et. al. and certain individuals 
representing a class of similarly situated persons (the "Plaintiffs") against E*Trade Access, Inc., et al. in the U.S. District Court for the 
District of Massachusetts (“Massachusetts District Court”): Civil Action No. 03-11206-NMG (the “Lawsuit”).  The Plaintiffs sought to 

88 

 
 
   
 
  
  
 
 
  
require, among other things, that ATMs deployed by E*Trade be voice-guided. In December 2007, the Company and Plaintiffs entered into a 
settlement agreement (as modified in November 2010, the "Settlement Agreement").  In 2011, the Plaintiffs filed a motion of contempt with 
the Massachusetts District Court alleging that the Company had failed to fully comply with the requirements of the Settlement Agreement.  
On December 15, 2011, the Massachusetts District Court issued an order that required the Company to bring all of its ATMs in compliance 
with the terms of the Settlement Agreement by March 15, 2012.  In August 2012, the Plaintiffs filed their second motion of contempt, which 
alleged, among other things, that the Company had failed to meet the Massachusetts District Court’s deadline and sought a fine of $50 per 
ATM for each month that the Massachusetts District Court determined the Company was not in compliance.  

In March 2013, the Massachusetts District Court issued an order that stated that sanctions would be imposed, but did not specify what 

violations had occurred. In April 2013, the Massachusetts District Court appointed a Special Master to determine how many of the 
Company’s ATMs were not in compliance with the Settlement Agreement as of March 15, 2012 and to determine an appropriate sanction or 
fine for such compliance, if any.  Since his appointment,  the Special Master has met three times with all the parties, reviewed all matters 
thought relevant by him and in December 2013, filed under seal his Report and Recommendation with the Court.  The parties have until 
March 21, 2014 to file any objection to the report or to enter into any further mutually agreed modification to the Settlement Agreement. The 
Company does not expect the outcome of this matter to have a material adverse effect upon its financial statements. 

In addition to the above legal proceedings, the Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course 

of its business. The Company has provided reserves where necessary for all claims and the Company's management does not expect the 
outcome in any of these legal proceedings, individually or collectively, to have a material adverse impact on the Company's financial 
condition or results of operations. Additionally, the Company currently expenses all legal costs as they are incurred.  

Operating Lease Obligations 

The Company was a party to several operating leases as of December 31, 2013, primarily for office space and the rental of space at certain 

merchant locations.  

Future minimum lease payments under the Company’s operating and merchant space leases (with initial lease terms in excess of one year) 

as of December 31, 2013 were as follows for each of the five years indicated and in the aggregate thereafter (amounts in thousands):  

2014 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2018 
Thereafter 
Total minimum lease payments 

$ 

$ 

 8,284 
 6,098 
 3,568 
 2,739 
 2,439 
 3,721 
 26,849 

Total rental expense under the Company’s operating leases, net of sublease income, was approximately $7.2 million, $6.7 million, and 

$6.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively.  

Other Commitments  

Asset Retirement Obligations. The Company's asset retirement obligations consist primarily of deinstallation costs of the ATM and costs 
to restore the ATM site to its original condition. In most cases, the Company is legally required to perform this deinstallation and restoration 
work. The Company had $63.8 million accrued for these liabilities as of December 31, 2013. For additional information, see Note 11, Asset 
Retirement Obligations. 

Purchase commitments. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had entered into an agreement to purchase $1.3 million of ATM parts for 

its U.S. segment and $3.9 million of ATMs and equipment for its Europe segment during 2014. Other material purchase commitments as of 
December 31, 2013 included $3.2 million in minimum service requirements for certain gateway and processing fees over the next four years 
for its U.S. segment. 

89 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
(18) Income Taxes 

Income tax expense (benefit) based on the Company’s income before income taxes consisted of the following for the years ended 

December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011: 

Current: 
U.S. federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total current 

Deferred: 
U.S. federal 
State and local 
Foreign 

Total deferred 

Total income tax expense (benefit) 

2013 

2012 
(In thousands) 

2011 

$  

$  

$  

$  

 26,766  
 5,503  
 1,216  
 33,485  

 11,648  
 (1,901)  
 (1,214)  
 8,533  
 42,018  

$  

$  

$  

$  

 503  
 812  
 —  
 1,315  

 24,005  
 1,749  
 (60)  
 25,694  
 27,009  

$  

$  

$  

$  

 (86) 
 1,774 
 — 
 1,688 

 (12,025) 
 (2,839) 
 — 
 (14,864) 
 (13,176) 

Income tax expense (benefit) differs from amounts computed by applying the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to income before taxes as 

follows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011: 

Income tax expense, at the statutory rate of 35.0% 
Provision to return and deferred tax adjustments 
Change in federal and state effective tax rates 
State tax, net of federal benefit 
Permanent adjustments 
Foreign subsidiary tax rate differences 
Impact of entity restructuring 
Foreign subsidiary change in statutory rate 
Other 

Subtotal 

Change in valuation allowance 

Total income tax expense (benefit) 

2013 

2012 
(In thousands) 

2011 

 21,932  
 (1,637)  
 —  
 2,275  
 (115)  
 1,252  
 15,501  
 —  
 (6)  
 39,202  
 2,816  
 42,018  

$  

$  

 24,595  
 200  
 —  
 1,858  
 322  
 120  
 —  
 —  
 67  
 27,162  
 (153)  
 27,009  

$  

$  

 19,940 
 (190) 
 (780) 
 2,418 
 341 
 139 
 (37,019) 
 524 
 256 
 (14,371) 
 1,195 
 (13,176) 

$  

$  

Income tax expense for the year ended December 31, 2013 relates primarily to the consolidated income generated from the Company’s 

U.S. operations and tax structure changes during the year.  The significant expense and effective tax rate increase for the year ended 
December 31, 2013 when compared to the same period in 2012 was primarily due to: (1) restructuring of its U.K. operations during the third 
quarter of 2013, which resulted in the recognition of a $13.8 million income tax charge associated with its U.K. restructuring in the third 
quarter, which primarily relates to deferred tax assets that are no longer realizable as a result of the restructuring; (2) operating losses in 
certain foreign operations for which the Company does not record a tax benefit, as a result of carrying a valuation allowance on those 
deferred tax assets;  (3) certain current year losses on its U.S. tax return that cannot be recognized as a result of the U.K. restructuring; and (4) 
certain non-deductible acquisition costs. The Company continues to maintain valuation allowances for its local net deferred tax asset 
positions for certain of its entities in the U.K. and Mexico, as it currently believes that it is more likely than not that these tax assets will not 
be realized. 

90 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The net current and noncurrent deferred tax assets and liabilities (by segment) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows: 

United States 

Europe 

2013 

2012 

2013 

2012 

Other International 
2012 
2013 

  $ 

Current deferred tax asset 
Valuation allowance 
Current deferred tax liability 
Net current deferred tax asset (liability) 
Noncurrent deferred tax asset 
Valuation allowance 
Noncurrent deferred tax liability 
Net noncurrent deferred tax (liability) asset     
Net deferred tax asset (liability) 

  $ 

 17,652   
 —  
 (2)  
 17,650   
 31,414   
 —  
 (36,264)  
 (4,850)  
 12,800    

$ 

$ 

 12,839   
 —  
 (62)  
 12,777   
 55,704   
 —  
(30,348)  
 25,356   
 38,133   

$ 

$ 

$ 

(In thousands) 
 3,576   
 (70)  
 (1,188)  
 2,318   
 24,487   
 (9,900)  
 (5,909)  
 8,678  
 10,996   

 107   
 (75)  
 (1,286)  
 (1,254)  
 14,888   
(10,233)  
 (3,401)  
 1,254   
 —  

$ 

$ 

$ 

 171   
 (88)  
 —  
 83  
 3,945   
 (2,008)  
 (1,755)  
 182   
 265  

$ 

$ 

 395  
 (11) 
 — 
 384  
 2,341  
 (244) 
 (2,421) 
 (324) 
 60  

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at 

December 31, 2013 and 2012 were as follows: 

Current deferred tax assets: 
Reserve for receivables 
Accrued liabilities and inventory reserves 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Unrealized losses on interest rate swap contracts 
Other 

Subtotal 

Valuation allowance 

Current deferred tax assets 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets: 
Net operating loss carryforward 
Unrealized loss on interest rate swap contracts 
Stock-based compensation 
Asset retirement obligations 
Tangible and intangible assets 
Deferred revenue 
Other 

Subtotal 

Valuation allowance 

Noncurrent deferred tax assets 
Current deferred tax liabilities: 
Other 

Current deferred tax liabilities 

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities: 
Tangible and intangible assets 
Asset retirement obligations 

Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities 

$ 

2013 

2012 

(In thousands) 

$ 

 258 
 5,069 
 3,614 
 12,197 
 261 
 21,399 
 (158) 
 21,241 

 17,350 
 13,548 
 6,111 
 2,434 
 15,970 
 798 
 3,635 
 59,846 
 (11,908) 
 47,938 

 (1,190) 
 (1,190) 

 (41,303) 
 (2,625) 
 (43,928) 

 218 
 3,813 
 375 
 8,677 
 258 
 13,341 
 (86) 
 13,255 

 4,434 
 32,916 
 4,819 
 4,963 
 24,065 
 138 
 1,598 
 72,933 
 (10,477) 
 62,456 

 (1,348) 
 (1,348) 

 (33,441) 
 (2,729) 
 (36,170) 

Net deferred tax asset 

$ 

 24,061 

$ 

 38,193 

On August 7, 2013, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, the Company acquired all of the outstanding shares of Cardpoint, with 

operations in the U.K. and Germany. At the time of the acquisition, ten legal entities were active under Cardpoint (collectively, the 
“Cardpoint group”).  Various entities in the Cardpoint group have accumulated net operating loss carryforwards (“NOL”) and allowable 
capital allowances that the Company expects to utilize in the future to offset expected future profits in the group.  As of the acquisition date, 
the Cardpoint group had NOLs in the amount of approximately $60.5 million and allowable capital allowances of approximately $72.4 
million. The Company determined that it is more likely than not that the Cardpoint group will be able to realize the benefits of its deferred tax 
assets.   

Following the Cardpoint acquisition in September 2013, the Company restructured a portion of its other U.K. operations (Bank Machine 

entities). Through a series of restructuring completed during the third quarter of 2013, the Bank Machine entities are now owned by 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cardpoint Limited. Concurrent with the restructuring, the Company implemented a financing structure to fund future growth of its European 
operations.  

The deferred tax benefits associated with the Company’s net unrealized losses on derivative instruments have been reflected within the 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net, balance in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $7.9 million in U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards that will begin 

expiring in 2025.   

As of December 31, 2013, the Company had approximately $67.4 million in net operating loss carryforwards in the U.K. not subject to 
expiration, $8.5 million in net operating loss carryforwards in Mexico that will begin expiring in 2016, and approximately $3.0 million in net 
operating loss carryforwards in Germany that are not subject to expiration.  The deferred tax benefits associated with such carryforwards in 
Mexico and some of the Company’s U.K. entities, to the extent they are not offset by deferred tax liabilities, have been fully reserved for 
through a valuation allowance. The Company determined that it is more likely than not that the Cardpoint group will be able to realize the 
benefits of its tax assets related to net operating losses.    

At this time, the Company does not expect that its U.K. and Mexico operations that carry valuation allowances will be in a position in the 

near future to be able to more likely than not fully utilize their deferred tax assets in their respective tax jurisdictions, including their net 
operating loss carryforwards.  As a result, the deferred tax benefits associated with these companies, to the extent they are not offset by 
deferred tax liabilities, have been fully reserved through a valuation allowance  

The Company currently believes that the unremitted earnings of its international subsidiaries will be reinvested in the corresponding 
country of origin for an indefinite period of time. Accordingly, no deferred taxes have been provided for on the differences between the 
Company’s book basis and underlying tax basis in those subsidiaries or on the foreign currency translation adjustment amounts related to 
such operations. 

The Company files U.S., state, and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. With few exceptions, 

the Company is not subject to income tax examination by tax authorities for years before 2010. 

(19)  Concentration Risk 

Significant Supplier.  For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s U.S., U.K., and Canada operations purchased 
equipment from one supplier that accounted for 63.5% and 70.3%, respectively, of the Company’s total ATM purchases for those years.  

Significant Vendors.  The Company obtains the cash to fill a substantial portion of its domestic Company-owned, and, in some cases, 
merchant-owned, ATMs from Bank of America and Wells Fargo.  For the quarter ended December 31, 2013, the Company had an average of 
$2.0 billion in cash in its domestic ATMs, of which 31.7% was provided by Bank of America and 29.7% was provided by Wells Fargo. The 
Company’s existing vault cash rental agreements expire at various times from March 2014 to December 2016.  However, each provider has 
the right to demand the return of all or any portion of its cash at any time upon the occurrence of certain events beyond the Company’s 
control, including certain bankruptcy events of the Company or its subsidiaries, or a breach of the terms of the Company’s cash provider 
agreements.  Other key terms of the agreements include the requirement that the cash providers provide written notice of their intent not to 
renew.  Such notice provisions typically require a minimum of 180 to 360 days’ notice prior to the actual termination date.  If such notice is 
not received, then the contracts will typically automatically renew for an additional one-year period.  Additionally, the Company’s contract 
with one of its vault cash providers contains a provision that allows the provider to modify the pricing terms contained within the agreement 
at any time with 90 days prior written notice.  However, in the event both parties do not agree to the pricing modifications, then either party 
may provide 180 days prior written notice of its intent to terminate.  In the U.K., the Company obtains the majority of its vault cash from 
Santander, for which the existing vault cash rental agreement expires in December 2014.  

In addition to the above, the Company had concentration risks in significant vendors for the provision of on-site maintenance services and 

armored courier services in the U.S. for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.   

Significant Customers.  For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company derived 40.8% and 45.2%, respectively, of its 
unaudited pro forma revenues from ATMs placed at the locations of its five largest merchants. The Company’s top five merchants (based on 
its total revenues) were 7-Eleven, Inc. (“7-Eleven”), CVS Caremark Corporation (“CVS”), Walgreen Co. (“Walgreens”), Speedway LLC 
(“Speedway”), and Valero Energy Corporation (“Valero”) for the year ended December 31, 2013 and were 7-Eleven, CVS, Walgreens, 
Speedway, and The Pantry, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2012. Unaudited pro forma revenues are the Company’s actual total 
revenues for 2013 and the pro forma effect of the Cardpoint acquisition for the entire year of 2013. 7-Eleven, which represents the single 
largest merchant customer in the Company’s portfolio, comprised 24.0% and 26.9% of the Company’s unaudited pro forma revenues for the 
years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Accordingly, a significant percentage of the Company’s future revenues and 
operating income will be dependent upon the successful continuation of its relationship with these merchants. 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(20) Segment Information 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company's operations consisted of its U.S., Europe, and Other International segments. The Company's 

operations in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands are included in its U.S. segment. The Other International segment currently is 
comprised of the Company’s operations in Mexico and Canada. During 2013, the U.K. segment was expanded and renamed the Europe 
segment to include Germany, as a result of the Cardpoint acquisition. While each of these reporting segments provides similar kiosk-based 
and/or ATM-related services, each segment is currently managed separately as they require different marketing and business strategies.  

Management uses Adjusted EBITDA, along with other U.S. GAAP-based measures, to assess the operating results and effectiveness of its 
segments. Management believes Adjusted EBITDA is a useful measure because it allows management to more effectively evaluate operating 
performance and compare its results of operations from period to period without regard to financing method or capital structure. The 
Company excludes depreciation, accretion, and amortization expense as these amounts can vary substantially depending upon book values of 
assets, capital structures and the method by which the assets were acquired. Additionally, Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect acquisition-
related costs and the Company's obligations for the payment of income taxes, loss on disposal of assets, interest expense, certain other non-
operating and nonrecurring items or other obligations such as capital expenditures. 

 Adjusted EBITDA, as defined by the Company, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies and is 
not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In evaluating the Company's performance as measured by Adjusted 
EBITDA, management recognizes and considers the limitations of this measurement. Accordingly, Adjusted EBITDA is only one of the 
measurements that management utilizes. Therefore, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for operating 
income, net income, cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities or other income or cash flow statement data prepared in 
accordance with U.S. GAAP. 

Below is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income attributable to controlling interests:  

Adjusted EBITDA  

Less:  
Loss on disposal of assets 
Other income 
Noncontrolling interests 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Other adjustments to cost of ATM operating revenues (1) 
Other adjustments to selling, general, and administrative expenses (2)   

EBITDA  
Less:  
Interest expense, net, including amortization of deferred financing 
costs and note discount 
Income tax expense (benefit)  
Depreciation and accretion expense  
Amortization expense  

2013 

2012 
(In thousands)  

2011 

 $  

 218,842  

$  

 189,533  

$  

 156,307 

 $  

 2,790  
 (3,150)  
 (2,399)  
 12,290  
 15,400  
 8,670  
 505  
 184,736  

 23,086  
 42,018  
 68,480  
 27,336  

$  

 1,787  
 (1,830)  
 (1,668)  
 11,072  
 3,332  
 —  
 972  
 175,868  

 22,057  
 27,009  
 61,499  
 21,712  

$  

 981 
 (849) 
 (1,897) 
 9,283 
 4,747 
 — 
 — 
 144,042 

 21,109 
 (13,176) 
 47,962 
 17,914 

Net income attributable to controlling interests and available to 
common stockholders 
____________  
 (1) Adjustment to cost of ATM operating revenues for the year ended December 31, 2013 is related to the charge for retroactive property taxes on certain 

 43,591  

 23,816  

 $ 

$ 

$ 

 70,233 

ATM locations in the U.K. 

(2) Adjustment to selling, general, and administrative expense for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 represent severance related costs associated 

with management of the Company’s U.K. operations. 

93 

 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables reflect certain financial information for each of the Company's reporting segments for the year ended December 31, 

2013, 2012, and 2011:  

Revenue from external customers 
Intersegment revenues 
Cost of revenues 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets 

$ 

$ 

U.S. 

 657,390  
 8,319  
 426,635  
 67,890  
 8,036  
 1,626  

Europe 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 
Other 
International  
(In thousands) 
 40,648  
$ 
 56  
 36,122  
 3,127  
 31  
 1,287  

 178,448  
 407  
 140,812  
 13,575  
 7,333  
 (123)  

$ 

Eliminations  

Total 

 876,486 
 — 
 595,287 
 84,592 
 15,400 
 2,790 

$ 

 —  
 (8,782)  
 (8,282)  
 —  
 —  
 —  

Adjusted EBITDA 

 183,498  

 33,580  

Depreciation and accretion expense 
Amortization expense 
Interest expense, net, including amortization of 
deferred financing costs and note discount 

Income tax expense (benefit) 

 41,530  
 21,101  

 21,494  
 42,017  

 22,448  
 5,541  

 1,262  
 (190)  

 2,261  

 4,582  
 694  

 330  
 191  

 (497)  

 218,842 

 (80)  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 68,480 
 27,336 

 23,086 
 42,018 

Capital expenditures (1) 

$ 

 53,023  

$ 

 21,745  

$ 

 2,434  

$ 

 (49)  

$ 

 77,153 

Revenue from external customers 
Intersegment revenues 
Cost of revenues 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Loss on disposal of assets 

$ 

$ 

U.S. 

 626,241  
 10,087  
 423,813  
 54,635  
 3,207  
 1,716  

Eliminations  

Europe 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 
Other 
International  
(In thousands) 
 36,394  
$ 
 89  
 28,909  
 2,970  
 5  
 10  

 117,814  
 —  
 93,030  
 7,491  
 120  
 61  

$ 

 —  
 (10,176)  
 (9,665)  
 429  
 —  
 —  

$ 

Total 

 780,449 
 — 
 536,087 
 65,525 
 3,332 
 1,787 

Adjusted EBITDA 

 168,915  

 18,256  

Depreciation and accretion expense 
Amortization expense 
Interest expense, net, including amortization of 

deferred financing costs 
Income tax expense (benefit) 

Capital expenditures (1) 

 37,831  
 20,088  

 21,005  
 27,069  

 19,894  
 1,437  

 647  
 —  

 3,303  

 3,768  
 187  

 405  
 (60)  

 (941)  

 189,533 

 6  
 —  

 —  
 —  

 61,499 
 21,712 

 22,057 
 27,009 

$ 

 62,496  

$ 

 21,839  

$ 

 8,851  

$ 

 (383)  

$ 

 92,803 

94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Capital expenditures (1) 
_________  
(1)  

Revenue from external customers 
Intersegment revenues 
Cost of revenues 
Selling, general, and administrative expenses 
Acquisition-related expenses 
Loss (gain) on disposal of assets 

$ 

$ 

U.S. 

 501,439  
 4,277  
 329,782  
 47,342  
 4,747  
 791  

Eliminations  

Europe 

Year Ended December 31, 2011 
Other 
International  
(In thousands) 
 25,472  
$ 
 111  
 19,612  
 2,290  
 —  
 (25)  

 97,665  
 —  
 75,109  
 5,950  
 —  
 215  

$ 

Adjusted EBITDA 

 137,840  

 16,554  

Depreciation and accretion expense 
Amortization expense 
Interest expense, net, including amortization of 
deferred financing costs 
Income tax benefit 

 28,719  
 15,985  

 17,144  
 (13,176)  

 16,194  
 1,892  

 3,260  
 —  

 1,913  

 3,070  
 37  

 705  
 —  

Total 

 624,576 
 — 
 420,115 
 55,582 
 4,747 
 981 

 156,307 

 47,962 
 17,914 

 21,109 
 (13,176) 

$ 

 —  
 (4,388)  
 (4,388)  
 —  
 —  
 —  

 —  

 (21)  
 —  

 —  
 —  

$ 

 46,154  

$ 

 20,478  

$ 

 254  

$ 

 —  

$ 

 66,886 

Capital expenditure amounts include payments made for exclusive license agreements and site acquisition costs. Additionally, capital expenditure 
amounts for Mexico (included in the Other International segment) are reflected gross of any noncontrolling interest amounts.  

Identifiable Assets: 

United States 
Europe 
Other International 
Eliminations 
Total 

December 31, 2013  

December 31, 2012  
(In thousands)  

December 31, 2011 

$  

$  

 931,396  
 341,618  
 26,452  
 (243,263)  
 1,056,203  

$  

$  

 714,110  
 108,894  
 30,066  
 (84,178)  
 768,892  

$  

$  

 665,553 
 93,182 
 16,626 
 (62,560) 
 712,801 

(21) Supplemental Guarantor Financial Information 

The Company's 2018 Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, subject to certain customary release provisions, on a joint and 
several basis by all of the Company's 100% owned domestic subsidiaries. The following information sets forth the condensed consolidating 
statements of operations and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011 and the condensed consolidating balance 
sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 of (1) Cardtronics, Inc., the parent company and issuer of the 2018 Notes ("Parent"); (2) all of the 
Company's 100% owned domestic subsidiaries on a combined basis (collectively, the "Guarantors"); and (3) the Company's international 
subsidiaries on a combined basis (collectively, the "Non-Guarantors"):  

95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income 

Revenues 
Operating costs and expenses 
Operating (loss) income  
Interest expense, net, including 
amortization of deferred financing costs 
and note discount 
Equity in (earnings) losses of subsidiaries  
Other expense (income), net 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income (loss)  
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling 
interests 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
controlling interests and available to 
common stockholders 
Other comprehensive (loss) income 
attributable to controlling interests 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable 
to controlling interests 

Revenues 
Operating costs and expenses 
Operating (loss) income  
Interest (income) expense, net, including 
amortization of deferred financing costs   
Equity in (earnings) losses of subsidiaries  
Other expense (income), net 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax expense (benefit) 
Net income (loss)  
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling 
interests 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
controlling interests and available to 
common stockholders 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
attributable to controlling interests 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable 
to controlling interests 

Parent 

  Guarantors 

  Eliminations    

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 
Non-
Guarantors 
(In thousands) 
 219,559  
 $  
 235,429  
 (15,870)  

$  

 665,709 
 554,235 
 111,474 

$ 

 $  

 — 
 12,583 
 (12,583) 

 (8,782) 
 (8,362) 
 (420) 

 $  

 876,486 
 793,885 
 82,601 

 10,357 
 (87,874) 
 5,453 
 59,481 
 38,414 
 21,067 

 11,137 
 6,499 
 (3,519) 
 97,357 
 3,603 
 93,754 

 1,592  
 —  
 (5,084)  
 (12,378)  
 1  
 (12,379)  

 — 
 81,375 
 — 
 (81,795) 
 — 
 (81,795) 

 23,086 
 — 
 (3,150) 
 62,665 
 42,018 
 20,647 

 — 

 — 

 —  

 (3,169) 

 (3,169) 

 21,067 

 93,754 

 (12,379)  

 (78,626) 

 23,816 

 (11,151) 

 39,646 

 3,636  

 (35) 

 32,096 

$ 

 9,916 

 $  

 133,400 

 $  

 (8,743)  

$  

 (78,661) 

 $  

 55,912 

  Guarantors 

  Eliminations    

Year Ended December 31, 2012 
Non-
Guarantors 
(In thousands) 
 154,297  
 $  
 157,882  
 (3,585)  

$  

 636,328 
 529,924 
 106,404 

 $  

 21,546 
 7,890 
 (4,529) 
 81,497 
 2,561 
 78,936 

 1,052  
 —  
 3,257  
 (7,894)  
 (60)  
 (7,834)  

Total 

 $  

 780,449 
 689,942 
 90,507 

 22,057 
 — 
 (1,821) 
 70,271 
 27,009 
 43,262 

 (10,176) 
 (9,230) 
 (946) 

 — 
 71,102 
 (557) 
 (71,491) 
 — 
 (71,491) 

$ 

Parent 

 — 
 11,366 
 (11,366) 

 (541) 
 (78,992) 
 8 
 68,159 
 24,508 
 43,651 

 — 

 — 

 —  

 (329) 

 (329) 

 43,651 

 78,936 

 (7,834)  

 (71,162) 

 43,591 

 14,536 

 (38,689) 

 2,970  

 (109) 

 (21,292) 

$ 

 58,187 

 $  

 40,247 

 $  

 (4,864)  

$  

 (71,271) 

 $  

 22,299 

96 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Comprehensive Income — continued 

Revenues 
Operating costs and expenses 
Operating (loss) income 
Interest (income) expense, net, including 
amortization of deferred financing costs   
Equity in (earnings) losses of subsidiaries  
Other (income) expense, net 
Income (loss) before income taxes 
Income tax benefit 
Net income (loss) 
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling 
interests 
Net income (loss) attributable to 
controlling interests and available to 
common stockholders 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
attributable to controlling interests 
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable 
to controlling interests 

  Guarantors 

  Eliminations    

Year Ended December 31, 2011 
Non-
Guarantors 
(In thousands) 
 123,248  
 $  
 124,344  
 (1,096)  

$  

 505,716 
 417,762 
 87,954 

 $  

 18,084 
 7,572 
 15,714 
 46,584 
 (1,060) 
 47,644 

 3,965  
 —  
 2,734  
 (7,795)  
 —  
 (7,795)  

Total 

 $  

 624,576 
 547,301 
 77,275 

 21,109 
 — 
 (804) 
 56,970 
 (13,176) 
 70,146 

 (4,388) 
 (4,409) 
 21 

 — 
 39,849 
 — 
 (39,828) 
 — 
 (39,828) 

$ 

Parent 

 — 
 9,604 
 (9,604) 

 (940) 
 (47,421) 
 (19,252) 
 58,009 
 (12,116) 
 70,125 

 — 

 — 

 —  

 (87) 

 (87) 

 70,125 

 47,644 

 (7,795)  

 (39,741) 

 70,233 

 10,687 

 (29,405) 

 (131)  

 219 

 (18,630) 

$ 

 80,812 

 $  

 18,239 

 $  

 (7,926)  

$  

 (39,522) 

 $  

 51,603 

97 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets  

Parent 

  Guarantors 

As of December 31, 2013 
Non-
Guarantors 
(In thousands) 

  Eliminations    

$ 

Assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts and notes receivable, net  
Current portion of deferred tax asset, net    
Other current assets  
Total current assets  
Property and equipment, net  
Intangible assets, net  
Goodwill  
Investments in and advances to 
subsidiaries  
Intercompany receivable 
Deferred tax asset, net  
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and 
other noncurrent assets  

 $ 

$ 

$ 

 412  
 130,835  
 15,735  
 917  
 147,899  
 —  
 9,466  
 —  

 445,318  
 150,890  
 —  

$ 

 73,379  
 43,929  
 1,915  
 11,580  
 130,803  
 166,909  
 78,404  
 288,439  

 245,985  
 43,965  
 —  

 —  

 1,164  

 13,148  
 17,942  
 3,552  
 27,948  
 62,590  
 104,488  
 73,745  
 116,052  

 —  
 —  
 9,680  

 1,515  

 — 
 (134,432) 
 — 
 (88) 
 (134,520) 
 (431) 
 — 
 — 

 (691,303) 
 (194,855) 
 — 

 — 

Total 

 86,939 
 58,274 
 21,202 
 40,357 
 206,772 
 270,966 
 161,615 
 404,491 

 — 
 — 
 9,680 

 2,679 

Total assets  
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:  
Current portion of long-term debt and 
notes payable  
Current portion of other long-term 
liabilities  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Current portion of deferred tax liability, 
net 
Total current liabilities  
Long-term debt  
Intercompany payable  
Asset retirement obligations  
Deferred tax liability, net 
Other long-term liabilities  
Total liabilities  
Stockholders' equity 

$ 

 753,573  

$ 

 955,669  

$ 

 368,070  

$ 

(1,021,109) 

 $ 

1,056,203 

$ 

 —  

$ 

 —  

$ 

 1,289  

$ 

 — 

 $ 

 1,289 

 —  
 12,953  

 —  
 12,953  
 489,182  
 —  
 —  
 4,324  
 —  
 506,459  
 247,114  

 34,009  
 213,128  

 —  
 247,137  
 3  
 148,306  
 21,517  
 526  
 38,681  
 456,170  
 499,499  

 1,588  
 84,705  

 1,152  
 88,734  
 40  
 99,420  
 39,148  
 818  
 55  
 228,215  
 139,855  

 — 
 (134,029) 

 — 
 (134,029) 
 — 
 (247,726) 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 (381,755) 
 (639,354) 

 35,597 
 176,757 

 1,152 
 214,795 
 489,225 
 — 
 60,665 
 5,668 
 38,736 
 809,089 
 247,114 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

$ 

 753,573  

$ 

 955,669  

$ 

 368,070  

$ 

(1,021,109) 

 $ 

1,056,203 

98 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets — continued 

Assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents  
Accounts and notes receivable, net  
Current portion of deferred tax asset, net    
Other current assets  
Total current assets  
Property and equipment, net  
Intangible assets, net  
Goodwill  
Investments in and advances to 
subsidiaries  
Intercompany receivable 
Deferred tax asset, net  
Prepaid expenses, deferred costs, and 
other noncurrent assets  
Total assets  
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity:  
Current portion of long-term debt and 
notes payable  
Current portion of other long-term 
liabilities  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Current portion of deferred tax liability, 
net 
Total current liabilities  
Long-term debt  
Intercompany payable  
Asset retirement obligations  
Deferred tax liability, net 
Other long-term liabilities  
Total liabilities  
Stockholders' equity 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Guarantors 

  Eliminations    

As of December 31, 2012 
Non-
Guarantors 
(In thousands) 

$ 

 $ 

$ 

 10,674  
 39,384  
 1,094  
 28,116  
 79,268  
 154,737  
 87,670  
 268,454  

 100,048  
 48,128  
 2,195  

 3,182  
 9,934  
 309  
 14,793  
 28,218  
 82,001  
 10,219  
 17,242  

 —  
 —  
 1,111  

$ 

 — 
 (60,905) 
 — 
 (6) 
 (60,911) 
 (500) 
 — 
 — 

 (309,716) 
 (252,226) 
 — 

Parent 

 5  
 56,722  
 11,683  
 764  
 69,174  
 —  
 4,684  
 —  

 209,668  
 204,098  
 23,162  

Total 

 13,861 
 45,135 
 13,086 
 43,667 
 115,749 
 236,238 
 102,573 
 285,696 

 — 
 — 
 26,468 

 —  
 510,786  

$ 

 1,999  
 742,499  

$ 

 169  
 138,960  

 — 
 (623,353) 

$ 

 $ 

 2,168 
 768,892 

 —  

$ 

 —  

$ 

 1,467  

$ 

 — 

 $ 

 1,467 

 —  
 9,982  

 —  
 9,982  
 352,000  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 —  
 361,982  
 148,804  
 510,786  

$ 

 25,658  
 122,501  

 —  
 148,159  
 15  
 250,827  
 19,176  
 —  
 92,966  
 511,143  
 231,356  
 742,499  

$ 

 1,562  
 30,127  

 1,179  
 34,335  
 1,337  
 54,270  
 22,686  
 182  
 155  
 112,965  
 25,995  
 138,960  

 — 
 (60,905) 

 — 
 (60,905) 
 — 
 (305,097) 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 (366,002) 
 (257,351) 
 (623,353) 

$ 

 $ 

 27,220 
 101,705 

 1,179 
 131,571 
 353,352 
 — 
 41,862 
 182 
 93,121 
 620,088 
 148,804 
 768,892 

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows 

Parent 

  Guarantors 

  Eliminations    

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 
Non-
Guarantors 
(In thousands) 

  $ 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating 
activities 
Additions to property and equipment 
Payments for exclusive license agreements, 
site acquisition costs, and other intangible 
assets 
Intercompany fixed asset mark-up 
Investment in subsidiary 
Funding of intercompany notes payable 
Payments received on intercompany notes 
payable 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Net cash used in investing activities 
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt     
Repayments of long-term debt and capital 
leases  
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes     
Proceeds from issuance of warrants 
Purchase of convertible note hedges 
Proceeds from intercompany notes payable     
Repayments of intercompany notes payable     
Debt issuance and modification costs 
Payment of contingent acquisition 
consideration 
Proceeds from exercises of stock options  
Excess tax benefit from stock-based 
compensation expense 
Repurchase of capital stock 
Issuance of capital stock  
Net cash provided by financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents as of beginning 
of period  
Cash and cash equivalents as of end of 
period  

  $ 

 (39,202)  
 —  

$ 

 193,206 
 (50,414) 

 $ 

 29,602 
 (21,148) 

 $ 

 $ 

 (49) 
 — 

 183,557 
 (71,562) 

 —  
 —  
 (80,680)  
 (335,266)  

 298,303  
 —  
 (117,643)  
 311,277  

 (396,153)  
 287,500  
 40,509  
 (72,565)  
 —  
 —  
 (7,540)  

 —  
 2,626  

 24,007  
 (32,409)  
 —  
 157,252  
 —  
 407  

 (2,609) 
 — 
 (131,668) 
 (3,100) 

 35,266 
 (19,997) 
 (172,522) 
 — 

 (11) 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 168,604 
 (206,775) 
 — 

 (750) 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 80,953 
 42,021 
 — 
 62,705 

 (2,982) 
 (49) 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 (169,590) 
 (193,769) 
 — 

 (1,503) 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 169,762 
 (126,794) 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 131,395 
 172,860 
 1,273 
 9,966 

 — 
 49 
 212,348 
 338,366 

 (333,569) 
 — 
 217,194 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 (338,366) 
 333,569 
 — 

 — 
 — 

 — 
 — 
 (212,348) 
 (217,145) 
 — 
 — 

 (5,591) 
 — 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 (189,587) 
 (266,740) 
 311,277 

 (397,667) 
 287,500 
 40,509 
 (72,565) 
 — 
 — 
 (7,540) 

 (750) 
 2,626 

 24,007 
 (32,409) 
 — 
 154,988 
 1,273 
 73,078 

 5  

 10,674 

 3,182 

 — 

 13,861 

 412  

$ 

 73,379 

 $ 

 13,148 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 86,939 

100 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows — continued  

Parent 

  Guarantors 

  Eliminations    

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2012 
Non-
Guarantors 
(In thousands) 

  $ 

 (2,375)  
 —  

$ 

 116,424 
 (60,932) 

 $ 

 22,722 
 (28,647) 

 $ 

 (383) 
 — 

 $ 

 136,388 
 (89,579) 

 —  
 —  
 (209,875)  

 223,680  
 —  

 13,805  
 245,100  

 (259,100)  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 7,344  
 (4,770)  

 (11,426)  
 —  
 4  

 (1,564) 
 — 
 (11,797) 

 — 
 (17,661) 

 (91,954) 
 — 

 (11) 
 205,174 
 (223,680) 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 (18,517) 
 — 
 5,953 

 (1,660) 
 (383) 
 — 

 — 
 (3,300) 

 (33,990) 
 — 

 (2,485) 
 16,498 
 — 

 (162) 
 — 
 — 

 13,851 
 (255) 
 2,328 

 1  

 4,721 

 854 

 — 
 383 
 221,672 

 (223,680) 
 — 

 (1,625) 
 — 

 — 
 (221,672) 
 223,680 

 — 
 — 
 — 

 2,008 
 — 
 — 

 — 

 (3,224) 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 (20,961) 

 (113,764) 
 245,100 

 (261,596) 
 — 
 — 

 (162) 
 7,344 
 (4,770) 

 (14,084) 
 (255) 
 8,285 

 5,576 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating 

activities 

Additions to property and equipment 
Payments for exclusive license agreements, 
site acquisition costs, and other intangible 
assets 

Intercompany fixed asset mark-up 
Funding of intercompany notes payable 
Payments received on intercompany notes 

payable 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing 

activities 

Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt     
Repayments of long-term debt and capital 

leases  

Proceeds from intercompany notes payable     
Repayments of intercompany notes payable     
Repayments of borrowings under bank 

overdraft facility, net 

Proceeds from exercises of stock options  
Repurchase of capital stock  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing 

activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents as of beginning 

of period  

Cash and cash equivalents as of end of 

period  

  $ 

 5  

$ 

 10,674 

 $ 

 3,182 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 13,861 

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows — continued 

  $ 

Net cash provided by operating activities 
Additions to property and equipment 
Payments for exclusive license agreements, 
site acquisition costs, and other intangible 
assets 
Investment in subsidiary 
Funding of intercompany notes payable 
Payments received on intercompany notes 
payable 
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired 
Net cash used in investing activities 
Proceeds from borrowings of long-term debt     
Repayments of long-term debt and capital 
leases  
Proceeds from intercompany notes payable     
Repayments of intercompany notes payable     
Repayments of borrowings under bank 
overdraft facility, net 
Proceeds from exercises of stock options  
Repurchase of capital stock  
Issuance of capital stock 
Debt issuance and modification costs 
Net cash provided by financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash 
equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents as of beginning 
of period  
Cash and cash equivalents as of end of 
period  

  $ 

 2,496  
 —  

$ 

 —  
 —  
 (316,231)  

 189,040  
 (2,800)  
 (129,991)  
 381,738  

 (261,938)  
 —  
 —  

 —  
 11,420  
 (3,150)  
 —  
 (655)  
 127,415  
 —  

 (80)  

 81  

Parent 

  Guarantors 

  Eliminations    

Total 

Year Ended December 31, 2011 
Non-
Guarantors 
(In thousands) 
 10,369 
 $ 
 (18,778) 

 $ 

 100,460 
 (45,640) 

 — 
 — 

 $ 

 113,325 
 (64,418) 

 (514) 
 (100,048) 
 — 

 93,663 
 (164,811) 
 (217,350) 
 — 

 (3) 
 308,294 
 (188,899) 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 — 
 119,392 
 — 

 2,502 

 2,219 

 (1,954) 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 43 
 (20,689) 
 — 

 (3,050) 
 7,937 
 (93,804) 

 (830) 
 — 
 — 
 100,048 
 — 
 10,301 
 (16) 

 (35) 

 889 

 — 
 100,048 
 316,231 

 (282,703) 
 — 
 133,576 
 — 

 — 
 (316,231) 
 282,703 

 — 
 — 
 — 
 (100,048) 
 — 
 (133,576) 
 — 

 — 

 — 

 (2,468) 
 — 
 — 

 — 
 (167,568) 
 (234,454) 
 381,738 

 (264,991) 
 — 
 — 

 (830) 
 11,420 
 (3,150) 
 — 
 (655) 
 123,532 
 (16) 

 2,387 

 3,189 

 1  

$ 

 4,721 

 $ 

 854 

 $ 

 — 

 $ 

 5,576 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
   
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
(22)  Supplemental Selected Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited) 

Financial information by quarter is summarized below for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. 

2013 
Total Revenues 
Gross profit (1) 
Net income (loss) 
Net income (loss) attributable to controlling 
interests and available to common stockholders 
Basic net income (loss) per common share 
Diluted net income (loss) per common share 

2012 
Total revenues  
Gross profit (2)  
Net income 
Net income attributable to controlling interests and 
available to common stockholders 
Basic net income per common share 
Diluted net income per common share 
____________ 
(1)  

March 31 

June 30 

Quarter Ended 
September 30   December 31  

Total 

(In thousands, except per share amounts) 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 197,738  
 64,049  
 9,148  

 9,430  
 0.21  
 0.21  

 191,040  
 58,632  
 10,043  

 9,829  
 0.22  
 0.22  

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 207,984  
 70,274  
 14,765  

 15,327  
 0.34  
 0.33  

 192,020  
 58,920  
 9,579  

 9,664  
 0.22  
 0.21  

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 228,819  
 68,550  
 (8,982)  

 (8,408)  
 (0.19)  
 (0.19)  

 199,029  
 62,300  
 12,706  

 12,897  
 0.29  
 0.28  

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 241,945  
 78,326  
 5,716  

 7,467  
 0.16  
 0.16  

 198,360  
 64,510  
 10,934  

 11,201  
 0.25  
 0.25  

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

 876,486 
 281,199 
 20,647 

 23,816 
 0.52 
 0.52 

 780,449 
 244,362 
 43,262 

 43,591 
 0.97 
 0.96 

Excludes $20.0 million, $19.9 million, $22.8 million and $24.5 million of depreciation, accretion, and amortization for the quarters ended March 31, 
June 30, September 30, and December 31, respectively.  

(2)  

Excludes $17.4 million, $18.2 million, $19.1 million and $20.0 million of depreciation, accretion, and amortization for the quarters ended March 31, 
June 30, September 30, and December 31, respectively. 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

There have been no changes in or disagreements on any matters of accounting principles or financial statement disclosure between us and 

our independent registered public accountants. 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

As required by Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act, we have evaluated, under the supervision and with the participation of our 
management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of our 
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered 
by this 2013 Form 10-K. Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be 
disclosed by us in reports that we file under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal 
executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure and is recorded, 
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. Based upon that evaluation, our 
principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of 
December 31, 2013 at the reasonable assurance level. 

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting 

There have been no changes in our system of internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-

15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the quarter ended December 31, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined 

in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by 
management, under the supervision of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to provide reasonable assurance 
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide 
reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. 
generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our 
management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or 
disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, 
or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

The scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 

includes our consolidated subsidiaries, except for the acquisition of Cardpoint during 2013. Cardpoint’s internal control over financial 
reporting was associated with 21% of total gross assets (of which 15% represents goodwill and intangibles included within the scope of the 
assessment) and total revenues of 5% included in the consolidated financial statements of Cardtronics Inc. as of and for the year ended 
December 31, 2013.  

Our management, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, 
assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 based on the framework in Internal 
Control – Integrated Framework 1992 issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based 
on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control — Integrated Framework 1992, our management concluded that our internal 
control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2013.  

Attestation Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2013 has been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public 
accounting firm that audited our consolidated financial statements included in this 2013 Form 10-K, as stated in their attestation report which 
is included on page 58. 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 

None.  

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

Code of Ethics 

PART III 

We have adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, 
and persons performing similar functions. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available on our website at http://www.cardtronics.com, and you 
may also request a copy of the Code of Ethics at no cost, by writing or telephoning us at the following: Cardtronics, Inc., Attention: Chief 
Financial Officer, 3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400, Houston, Texas 77042, (832) 308-4000. We intend to disclose any amendments to or 
waivers of the Code of Ethics on behalf of our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer, and persons 
performing similar functions on our website at http://www.cardtronics.com promptly following the date of any such amendment or waiver. 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference the remaining information required by this Item 10 from the 

information to be disclosed in our definitive proxy statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference into this Item 11 the information to be disclosed in our 

definitive proxy statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED 
STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference into this Item 12 the information to be disclosed in our 

definitive proxy statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference into this Item 13 the information to be disclosed in our 

definitive proxy statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

Pursuant to General Instruction G of Form 10-K, we incorporate by reference into this Item 14 the information to be disclosed in our 

definitive proxy statement for our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

1. Financial Statements 

PART IV 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011  
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2013, 2012, and 2011  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

2. Financial Statement Schedules 

All schedules are omitted because they are either not applicable or required information is shown in the financial statements or notes 

thereto. 

3. Index to Exhibits 

The exhibits required to be filed pursuant to the requirements of Item 601 of Regulation S-K are set forth in the Index to Exhibits 

accompanying this 2013 Form 10-K.  

Page 
58 
60 
61 
62 
63 
64 
65 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be 

signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of Texas, on February 18, 2014. 

SIGNATURES 

CARDTRONICS, INC. 

/s/ Steven A. Rathgaber 
Steven A. Rathgaber 
Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf 

of the registrant in the capacities indicated on February 18, 2014. 

Title 

Chief Executive Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Chief Accounting Officer 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

Chairman of the Board of Directors 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Signature 

/s/ Steven A. Rathgaber 
Steven A. Rathgaber 

/s/ J. Chris Brewster 
J. Chris Brewster 

/s/ E. Brad Conrad 
E. Brad Conrad 

/s/ Dennis F. Lynch 
Dennis F. Lynch 

/s/ Tim Arnoult 
Tim Arnoult 

/s/ Juli Spottiswood 
Juli Spottiswood 

/s/ Jorge M. Diaz 
Jorge M. Diaz 

/s/ G. Patrick Phillips 
G. Patrick Phillips 

/s/ Mark Rossi 
Mark Rossi 

/s/ Julie Gardner 
Julie Gardner 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit Number 
2.1 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

Description 

  Share Sale and Purchase Agreement relating to Cardpoint Limited, dated August 7, 2013 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 4, 2013, 
Registration No. 001-33864). 

  Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Cardtronics, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 3.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on December 14, 2007, Registration No. 
001-33864). 

  Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Cardtronics, Inc. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 

Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 26, 2011, Registration No. 001-33864). 

  Indenture, dated August 26, 2010, among Cardtronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors defined therein, and Wells 
Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 26, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

  First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 26, 2010, among Cardtronics, Inc., the Subsidiary Guarantors defined 
therein, and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 26, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

  Form of 8 ¼ % Senior Notes due 2018 (incorporated herein by reference to Annex A of Exhibit 4.2 of the Current 

Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 26, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

  Indenture, dated November 25, 2013, among Cardtronics, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as trustee  

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on 
November 26, 2013, File No. 001-33864). 

  Form of 1.00 % Convertible Senior Notes due 2020 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit A of Exhibit 4.1 

the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 26, 2013, File No. 001-33864). 

  Credit Agreement, dated July 15, 2010, by and among Cardtronics, Inc., the Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders 
party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., J.P. Morgan Europe Limited, Bank of America, N.A, and Wells Fargo 
Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

  First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated July 25, 2011, by and between Cardtronics, Inc., the Guarantors 
party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 4, 2011, File No. 001-
33864). 

  Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated May 11, 2012, by and between Cardtronics, Inc., the Guarantors 
party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on February 21, 2013, Registration 
No. 001-33864).  

  Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated August 5, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc., the Guarantors 
party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 4, 2013, File No. 001-
33864). 

10.5 

  Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated November 18, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc., the 

Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, 
Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.6 

  Placement Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2007, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and 7-Eleven, Inc. 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. 
on November 9, 2007). 

10.7 

  Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2007, by and between Cardtronics, LP and 7-Eleven, Inc. 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on 
July 26, 2007, Registration No. 333-113470). 

109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
10.8 

10.9 

  ATM Cash Services Agreement between Bank of America and Cardtronics, LP, dated effective as of August 2, 
2004 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on 
Form S-4/A filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 25, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199). 

  Amendment No. 1 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated August 2, 2004 (incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.25 of the Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on 
August 25, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199). 

10.10 

  Amendment No. 2 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated February 9, 2006 (incorporated herein by reference to 

Exhibit 10.26 of the Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on 
August 25, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199). 

10.11 

  Amendment No. 3 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated February 21, 2007, by and between Cardtronics, LP 
and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-
Q filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

10.12 

  Amendment No. 4 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated March 23, 2009, by and between Cardtronics USA, 

Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

10.13 

  Amendment No. 5 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated April 13, 2010, by and between Cardtronics USA, 

Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of the Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

10.14 

  Amendment No. 6 to ATM Cash Services Agreement, dated September 22, 2011, by and between Cardtronics 

USA, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report 
on Form 10-Q filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 7, 2011, File No. 001-33864). 

10.15 

  Vault Cash Agreement, dated as of July 20, 2007, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and Wells Fargo, N.A. 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, by Cardtronics, Inc. filed 
on November 9, 2007). 

10.16 

  First Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated February 28, 2009, by and between Cardtronics 

USA, Inc., Cardtronics, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

10.17 

10.18 

  Second Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated July 19, 2009, by and between Cardtronics 
USA, Inc. and Wells Fargo, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on 
Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 7, 2009, File No. 001-33864). 

  Third Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated September 1, 2009, by and between Cardtronics 
USA, Inc., Cardtronics, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

10.19 

  Fourth Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated July 15, 2010, by and between Cardtronics 

USA, Inc., Cardtronics, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on August 6, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

10.20 

  Fifth Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated March 10, 2011, by and between Cardtronics 

USA, Inc., Cardtronics, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of 
the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on February 21, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.21 

  Temporary Increase in Maximum Available Amount among Cardtronics Inc., Cardtronics USA, Inc. (successor by 

conversion to Cardtronics LP) and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association dated as of August 22, 2011. 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. 
on November 7, 2011, File No. 001-33864). 

10.22 

  Sixth Amendment to Contract Cash Solutions Agreement, dated March 1, 2012, by and between Cardtronics 

USA, Inc., Cardtronics, Inc., and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of 
the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on February 21, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.23 

  Base Bond Hedge Confirmation dated as of November 19, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and Bank of 
America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

110 

 
 
10.24 

   Base Bond Hedge Confirmation dated as of November 19, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and JPMorgan 

Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.25 

  Base Bond Hedge Confirmation dated as of November 19, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and Wells 

Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 
8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.26 

  Base Warrant Confirmation dated as of November 19, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and Bank of 

America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.27 

   Base Warrant Confirmation dated as of November 19, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and JPMorgan 
Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the 
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.28 

  Base Warrant Confirmation dated as of November 19, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and Wells Fargo 

Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, 
filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.29 

  Additional Bond Hedge Confirmation dated as of November 21, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and Bank 
of America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.30 

  Additional Bond Hedge Confirmation dated as of November 21, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of 
the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.31 

  Additional Bond Hedge Confirmation dated as of November 21, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and 

Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of the Current Report 
on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.32 

  Additional Warrant Confirmation dated as of November 21, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and Bank of 
America, N.A. (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.33 

  Additional Warrant Confirmation dated as of November 21, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association, London Branch (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.11 
of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-
33864).  

10.34 

  Additional Warrant Confirmation dated as of November 21, 2013, by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and Wells 
Fargo Bank, National Association (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Current Report on 
Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 22, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.35† 

  Form of Director Indemnification Agreement entered into by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and each of its 

directors, dated as of February 10, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Registration 
Statement on Form S-4, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 20, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199). 

10.36† 

  2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc., dated effective as of June 4, 2001 (incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 20, 
2006, Registration No. 333-131199). 

10.37† 

  Amendment No. 1 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc., dated effective as of January 30, 

2004 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on January 20, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199). 

10.38† 

  Amendment No. 2 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc., dated effective as of June 23, 2004 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on January 20, 2006, Registration No. 333-131199). 

111 

 
 
10.39† 

  Amendment No. 3 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc. dated effective as of May 9, 2006 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.38 of Post-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on December 10, 2007, Registration No. 333-145929). 

10.40† 

10.41† 

  Amendment No. 4 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc. dated effective as of August 22, 
2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.39 of Post-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on December 10, 2007, Registration No. 333-145929). 

  Amendment No. 5 to the 2001 Stock Incentive Plan of Cardtronics Group, Inc. dated effective as of November 26, 
2007 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of Post-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration 
Statement on Form S-1, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on December 10, 2007, Registration No. 333-145929). 

10.42† 

  Cardtronics, Inc. Amended and Restated 2007 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated herein by reference to Appendix 

B of Cardtronics, Inc.’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 30, 2010, File No. 001-33864). 

  10.43*† 

  Cardtronics, Inc. 2013 Annual Executive Cash Incentive Plan, effective January 1, 2013.  

10.44† 

  Form of Non-statutory Stock Option Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.40 of the Annual 

Report on Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on March 13, 2009, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.45† 

  Form of Restricted Stock Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of the Annual Report on 

Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on March 13, 2009, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.46† 

  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report 

on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on April 4, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.47† 

  Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report 

on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on January 24, 2011, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.48† 

  Cardtronics, Inc. 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated January 31, 2011 (incorporated herein by reference to 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on February 1, 2011, Registration No. 
001-33864).  

10.49† 

  Cardtronics, Inc. 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated January 31, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to 

Exhibit 10.34 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on February 21, 2013, Registration 
No. 001-33864).  

10.50† 

  Cardtronics, Inc. 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan, dated March 29, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to 

Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on April 4, 2013, Registration No. 001-
33864).  

10.51† 

  Form of Employment Agreement (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 

8-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on June 25, 2008, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.52† 

  Form of Employment Agreement (Form A) (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.36 of the Annual 

Report on Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on February 21, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.53† 

  Employment Agreement by and between Cardtronics USA Inc., Cardtronics, Inc. and Steven A. Rathgaber, dated 
effective as of February 1, 2010 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.48 of the Annual Report on Form 
10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on March 4, 2010, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.54† 

  Employment Agreement by and between Cardtronics USA Inc., Cardtronics, Inc. and Christopher Todd Clark, 

dated effective as of January 23, 2012 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.41 of the Annual Report on 
Form 10-K, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on February 21, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

10.55† 

10.56† 

  Employment Agreement by and between Cardtronics USA Inc. and P. Michael McCarthy, dated effective as of 
May 13, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed by 
Cardtronics, Inc. on July 31, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

  Employment Agreement by and between Cardtronics USA Inc., Cardtronics, Inc. and David Dove, dated effective 
as of September 3, 2013 (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, 
filed by Cardtronics, Inc. on November 4, 2013, Registration No. 001-33864).  

112 

 
 
  10.57*† 

  Restricted Stock Unit Agreement by and between Cardtronics, Inc. and David Dove, dated effective September 1, 

2013. 

  10.58*† 
12.1* 
14.1 

  Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation. 
  Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges. 
  Cardtronics, Inc. Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Approved by the Board of Directors on January 21, 2011 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. 
on January 26, 2011, Registration No. 001-33864). 

14.2 

  Cardtronics, Inc. Financial Code of Ethics Amended and Restated by the Audit Committee on January 21, 2011 

(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K/A, filed by Cardtronics, Inc. 
on January 26, 2011, Registration No. 001-33864). 

21.1* 
23.1* 
31.1* 

31.2* 

  Subsidiaries of Cardtronics, Inc. 
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm KPMG LLP. 
  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer of Cardtronics, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 

Act of 2002. 

  Certification of the Chief Financial Officer of Cardtronics, Inc. pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act 

of 2002. 

32.1** 

  Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Cardtronics, Inc. pursuant to Section 

101.INS* 
101.SCH* 
101.CAL* 
101.LAB* 
101.PRE* 
101.DEF* 

906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

  XBRL Instance Document  
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document  
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document  
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document  
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document  
  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document  

__________ 
*   

Filed herewith.  

** 

†   

Furnished herewith.  

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.  

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Corporate Headquarters

Cardtronics, Inc.

3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400

Houston, TX 77042

800.786.9666

www.cardtronics.com

Stock Listing

Cardtronics, Inc. common stock is listed on the NASDAQ 

Global Market Exchange and trades under the ticker 

symbol CATM.

Investor Contact

Chris Brewster, Chief Financial Officer

832.308.4128

cbrewster@cardtronics.com

Notice of Annual Meeting

The Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be held at 5:00 

p.m. CDT on May 21, 2014 at Cardtronics’ headquarters: 

3250 Briarpark Drive, Suite 400, Houston, TX 77042

Transfer Agent

Wells Fargo Shareowner Services

161 North Concord Exchange

South St. Paul, MN 55075

800.767.3330

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

Except for the historical information and discussions 

contained herein, statements contained in this annual 

report may constitute “forward-looking statements” within 

the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform 

Act of 1995. Achieving the results described in these 

statements involves a number of risks, uncertainties and 

other factors that could cause actual results to differ 

materially, as discussed in Cardtronics’ filings with the 

Securities and Exchange Commission, and in the attached 

Form 10-K.

©2014 Cardtronics, Inc.

CardtroniCs3250 Briarpark drive, suite 400Houston, tX 77042800.786.9666cardtronics.com